Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
BID - 8273 EPIC PUMP ROOM & POOL RENOVATION (3)
SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR EPIC PUMP ROOM & POOL RENOVATION BID NO. 8273 PURCHASING DIVISION 215 NORTH MASON STREET, 2ND FLOOR, FORT COLLINS APRIL 13, 2016 – 3:00 P.M. (OUR CLOCK) Financial Services Purchasing Division 215 N. Mason St. 2nd Floor PO Box 580 Fort Collins, CO 80522 970.221.6775 970.221.6707 fcgov.com/purchasing CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Pages BID INFORMATION 00020 Notice Inviting Bids 00020-1 - 00020-2 00100 Instruction to Bidders 00100-1 - 00100-9 00300 Bid Form 00300-1 - 00300-3 00400 Supplements to Bid Forms 00400-1 00410 Bid Bond 00410-1 - 00410-2 00420 Statements of Bidders Qualifications 00420-1 - 00420-3 00430 Schedule of Major Subcontractors 00430-1 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 00500 Agreement Forms 00500-1 00510 Notice of Award 00510-0 00520 Agreement 00520-1 - 00520-6 00530 Notice to Proceed 00530-1 00600 Bonds and Certificates 00600-1 00610 Performance Bond 00610-1 - 00610-2 00615 Payment Bond 00615-1 - 00615-2 00630 Certificate of Insurance 00630-1 00635 Certificate of Substantial Completion 00635-1 00640 Certificate of Final Acceptance 00640-1 00650 Lien Waiver Release (Contractor) 00650-1 - 00650-2 00660 Consent of Surety 00660-1 00670 Application for Exemption Certificate 00670-1 - 00670-2 CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 00700 General Conditions 00700-1 - 00700-34 Exhibit GC-A GC-A1 - GC-A2 00800 Supplementary Conditions 00800-1 - 00800-2 00900 Addenda, Modifications, and Payment 00900-1 00950 Contract Change Order 00950-1 - 00950-2 00960 Application for Payment 00960-1 - 00960-4 01000 Owner Documents 01000-1 01010 LT Environmental Report 01010-1 - 01010-30 01020 Debris Recycling Resources 01020-1 - 01020-2 01030 Waste Tracking Form 01030-1 01040 Waste Management Plan Form 01040-1 SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 00020 INVITATION TO BID SECTION 00020 INVITATION TO BID Date: March 21, 2016 Sealed Bids will be received by the City of Fort Collins (hereinafter referred to as OWNER), at the office of the Purchasing Division, 3:00 P.M., our clock, on April 13, 2016, for the EPIC Pump Room & Pool Renovation; BID NO. 8273. If delivered, they are to be delivered to 215 North Mason Street, 2nd Floor, Fort Collins, Colorado, 80524. If mailed, the mailing address is P. O. Box 580, Fort Collins, CO 80522-0580. At said place and time, and promptly thereafter, all Bids that have been duly received will be publicly opened and read aloud. The Contract Documents provide for the construction of Bid 8273. The Work involves extensive changes to the existing pool gutter system, installation of two new bulkheads, extensive rework of the pump room, and a chlorine system change to bleach at the Edora Pool & Ice Center, 1801 Riverside Ave., Fort Collins. All Bids must be in accordance with the Contract Documents on file with the City of Fort Collins, 215 North Mason St., 2nd floor, Fort Collins, Colorado 80524. The City encourages all disadvantaged business enterprises to submit bid in response to all invitations and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, national origin. A prebid conference and job walk with representatives of prospective Bidders will be held at 10 AM, on March 29, in the EPIC Large Conference Room at EPIC Pool Swim Center 1801 Riverside Ave., Fort Collins, CO 80525. Prospective Bidders are invited to present their questions relative to this Bid proposal at this meeting. Questions concerning the scope of the bid should be directed to the Ethan Cozzens, Facilities Project Manager, at (970)-221-6273 or ecozzens@fcgov.com. Questions concerning bid submittal or process should be directed to Elliot Dale, Buyer, at (970) 221-6777 or edale@fcgov.com. All questions must be submitted in writing via email to Ethan Cozzens, with a copy to Elliot Dale, no later than 5:00 PM our clock on April 5, 2016. Questions received after this deadline will not be answered. The Contract Documents and Construction Drawings may be examined online at: • Rocky Mountain E-Purchasing System: www.rockymountainbidsystem.com Bids will be received as set forth in the Bidding Documents. The Work is expected to be commenced within the time as required by Section 2.3 of General Conditions. Substantial Completion of the Work is required as specified in the Agreement. The successful Bidder will be required to furnish a Performance Bond and a Payment Bond guaranteeing faithful performance and the payment of all bills and obligations arising from the performance of the Contract. No Bid may be withdrawn within a period of forty-five (45) days after the date fixed for opening Bids. The OWNER reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, and to waive any informalities and irregularities therein. Bid security in the amount of not less than 5% of the total Bid must accompany each Bid in the form specified in the Instructions to Bidders. Sales Prohibited/Conflict of Interest: No officer, employee, or member of City Council, shall have a financial interest in the sale to the City of any real or personal property, equipment, material, supplies or services where such officer or employee exercises directly or indirectly any decision- making authority concerning such sale or any supervisory authority over the services to be rendered. This rule also applies to subcontracts with the City. Soliciting or accepting any gift, gratuity favor, entertainment, kickback or any items of monetary value from any person who has or is seeking to do business with the City of Fort Collins is prohibited. City of Fort Collins Gerry Paul Purchasing Director SECTION 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS SECTION 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1.0 DEFINED TERMS Terms used in these Instructions to Bidders which are defined in the Standard General Conditions of the Construction Contract (No. 1910-8, 1990 ed.) have the meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions. The term "Bidder" means one who submits a Bid to OWNER, as distinct from a sub-bidder, who submits a Bid to Bidder. The terms "Successful Bidder" means the lowest, qualified, responsible and responsive Bidder to whom OWNER (on basis of OWNER's evaluation as hereinafter provided) makes an award. The term "Bidding Documents" includes the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, the Bid Form, and the proposed Contract Documents (including all Addenda issued prior to receipt of Bids). 2.0 COPIES OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS 2.1. Complete sets of Bidding Documents may be obtained as stated in the Invitation to Bid. No partial sets will be issued. The Bidding Documents may be examined at the locations identified in the Invitation to Bid. 2.2. Complete sets of Bidding Documents shall be used in preparing Bids; neither OWNER nor Engineer assumes any responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. 2.3. The submitted Bid proposal shall include Sections 00300, 00410, 00420, and 00430 fully executed. 2.4. OWNER and Engineer, in making copies of Bidding Documents available on the above terms, do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bids on the Work and do not confer a license or grant for any other use. 3.0 QUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS 3.1 To demonstrate qualifications to perform the Work, each Bidder must submit at the time of the Bid opening, a written statement of qualifications including financial data, a summary of previous experience, previous commitments and evidence of authority to conduct business in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. Each Bid must contain evidence of Bidder's qualification to do business in the state where the Project is located or covenant to obtain such qualification prior to award of the contract. The Statement of Qualifications shall be prepared on the form provided in Section 00420. 3.2. In accordance with Section 8-160 of the Code of the City of Fort Collins in determining whether a bidder is responsible, the following shall be considered: (1) The ability, capacity and skill of the bidder to perform the contract or provide the services required, (2) whether the bidder can perform the contract or provide the service promptly and within the time specified without delay or interference, (3) the character, integrity, reputation, judgment, experience and efficiency of the bidder, (4) the quality of the bidder's performance of previous contracts or services, (5) the previous and existing compliance by the bidder with laws and ordinances relating to the contract or service, (6) the sufficiency of the financial resources and ability of the bidder to perform the contract or provide the service, (7) the quality, availability and adaptability of the materials and services to the particular use required, (8) the ability of the bidder to provide future maintenance and service for the use of the subject of the contract, and (9) any other circumstances which will affect the bidder's performance of the contract. 3.3. Each Bidder may be required to show that he has handled former Work so that no just claims are pending against such Work. No Bid will be accepted from a Bidder who is engaged on any other Work which would impair his ability to perform or finance this Work. 3.4 No Bidder shall be in default on the performance of any other contract with the City or in the payment of any taxes, licenses or other monies due to the City. 4.0 EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE 4.1. It is the responsibility of each Bidder, before submitting a Bid, to (a) examine the Contract Documents thoroughly, (b) visit the site to familiarize himself with local conditions that may in any manner affect cost, progress or performance of the Work, (c) familiarize himself with federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations that may in any manner affect cost, progress or performance of the Work, (d) study and carefully correlate Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents, and (e) notify Engineer of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies in the Contract Documents. 4.2. Reference is made to the Supplementary Conditions for identification of: Subsurface and Physical Conditions SC-4.2. 4.3. The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation by Bidder that Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Article 4, that without exception the Bid is premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents and such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction as may be indicated in or required by the Contract Documents, and that the Contract Documents are sufficient in scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. 5.0 INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA. 5.1. All questions about the meaning or intent of the Bidding Documents are to be submitted in writing to the Engineer and the OWNER. Interpretation or clarifications considered necessary in response to such questions will be issued only by Addenda. Questions received less than seven days prior to the date for opening of the Bids may not be answered. Only questions answered by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect. 5.2. All questions concerning the scope of this project should be directed to the Engineer. Questions regarding submittal of bids should be directed to the City of Fort Collins' Purchasing Division. 5.3. Addenda may also be issued to modify the Bidding Documents as deemed advisable by OWNER or Engineer. 5.4. Addenda will be mailed or delivered to all parties recorded by the OWNER as having received the Bidding documents. 6.0 BID SECURITY 6.1. Each Bid must be accompanied by Bid Security made payable to OWNER in the amount stated in the Invitation to Bid. The required security must be in the form of a certified or bank cashier's check payable to OWNER or a Bid Bond on the form enclosed herewith. The Bid Bond must be executed by a surety meeting the requirements of the General Conditions for surety bonds. 6.2. The Bid Security of the successful Bidder will be retained until such Bidder has executed the Agreement and furnished the required contract security, whereupon Bid Security will be returned. If the successful Bidder fails to execute and deliver the Agreement and furnish the required contract security within 15 days of the Notice of Award, OWNER may annul the Notice of Award and the Bid Security of that Bidder will be forfeited. The Bid Security of other Bidders whom OWNER believes to have reasonable chance receiving the award may be retained by OWNER until the earlier of the seventh day after the effective date of the Agreement or the thirty-first day after the Bid Opening, whereupon Bid Security furnished by such Bidders will be returned. Bid Security with Bids which are not competitive will be returned within seven days after the Bid opening. 7.0 CONTRACT TIME. The number of days within which, or the date by which the Work is to be substantially complete and also completed and ready for Final Payment (the Contract Times) are set forth in the Agreement. 8.0 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES. Provisions for liquidated damages are set forth in the Agreement. 9.0 SUBSTITUTE ("OR EQUAL") MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT The Contract, if awarded, will be on the basis of material and equipment described on the Drawings or specified in the Specifications without consideration of possible substitute or "or equal" items. Whenever it is indicated on the Drawings or specified in the Specifications that a substitute or "or equal" item of material or equipment may be furnished or used by CONTRACTOR if acceptable to Engineer, application for such acceptance will not be considered by Engineer until after the "effective date of the Agreement". The procedure for submittal of any such application by CONTRACTOR and consideration by Engineer is set forth in the General Conditions which may be supplemented in the General Requirements. 10.0 SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS AND OTHERS 10.1. Each Bidder shall submit at the Bid opening to OWNER a list of principal subcontractors he proposes to use in the Work. Refer to Section 00430 contained within these Documents. 10.2. If OWNER or Engineer after due investigation has reasonable objection to any proposed Subcontractor, either may, before the Notice of Award is given, request the apparent successful Bidder to submit an acceptable substitute without an increase in Bid price. If the apparent successful Bidder declines to make any substitution, OWNER may award the contract to the next lowest responsive and responsible Bidder that proposes to use acceptable subcontractors. Subcontractors, suppliers, other persons or organization listed and to whom OWNER or Engineer does not make written objection prior to the giving of the Notice of Award will be deemed acceptable to OWNER and ENGINEER subject to revocation of such acceptance after the effective date of the Agreement as provided in the General Conditions. 10.3. CONTRACTOR shall not be required to employ any subcontractor, supplier or other persons or organizations against whom he has reasonable objection. The use of subcontractors listed by the Bidder and accepted by OWNER prior to the Notice of Award will be required in the performance of the Work. 11.0 BID FORM. 11.1. A copy of the Bid Form is bound in the Contract Documents which may be retained by the Bidder. A separate unbound copy is enclosed for submission with the Bid. 11.2. Bid Forms must be complete in ink or typed. All lump sum prices on the form must be stated in words and numerals; in case of conflict, words will take precedence. Unit prices shall govern over extensions of sums. 11.3. Bids by corporations must be executed in the corporate name by the president or a vice-president (or other appropriate officer accompanied by evidence of authority to sign) and the corporate seal shall be affixed and attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary. The corporate address and state of incorporation shall be shown below the corporate name. 11.4. Bids by partnerships must be executed in the partnership name and signed by a partner, his title must appear under his signature and the official address of the partnership must be shown below the signature. 11.5. Bids by joint venture shall be signed by each participant in the joint venture or by an authorized agent of each participant. The full name of each person or company interested in the Bid shall be listed on the Bid Form. 11.6. The Bid shall contain an acknowledgement of receipt of all Addenda (the numbers of which must be filled in on the Bid Form). 11.7. No alterations in Bids, or in the printed forms therefore, by erasures, interpolations, or otherwise will be acceptable unless each such alteration is signed or initialed by the Bidder; if initialed, OWNER may require the Bidder to identify any alteration so initialed. 11.8. The address and telephone number for communications regarding the Bid shall be shown. 12.0 BID PRICING. Bids must be priced as set forth in the Bid Schedule or Schedules. 13.0 SUBMISSION OF BIDS. 13.1. Bids shall be submitted at the time and place indicated in the Invitation to Bid and shall be enclosed in an opaque sealed envelope marked with the Project title, Bid No., and name and address of the Bidder and accompanied by the Bid Security, Bid Form, Bid Bond, Statement of Bidders Qualifications, and Schedule of Subcontractors as required in Section 00430. If the Bid is sent through the mail or other delivery system, the sealed envelope shall be enclosed in a separate envelope with the notation "BID ENCLOSED" on the face of it. 13.2. Bids shall be deposited at the designated location prior to the time and date for receipt of Bids indicated in the Invitation to Bid, or any extension thereof made by addendum. Bids received after the time and date for receipt of Bids will be returned unopened. Bidder shall assume full responsibility for timely delivery at the location designated for receipt of Bids. 13.3. Oral, telephonic, telegraphic, or facsimile Bids are invalid and will not receive consideration. 13.4. No Bidder may submit more than one Bid. Multiple Bids under different names will not be accepted from one firm or association. 14.0 MODIFICATION AND WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS. 14.1. Bids may be modified or withdrawn by an appropriate document duly executed (in a manner that a Bid must be executed) and delivered to the place where Bids are to be submitted at any time prior to the opening of Bids. 14.2. Bids may also be modified or withdrawn in person by the Bidder or an authorized representative provided he can prove his identity and authority at any time prior to the opening of Bids. 14.3. Withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted up to the time designated for the receipt of Bids provided that they are then fully in conformance with these Instructions to Bidders. 15.0 OPENINGS OF BIDS. Bids will be opened and (unless obviously non-responsive) read aloud publicly as indicated in the Invitation to Bid. An abstract of the amounts of the Base Bids and major alternates (if any) will be made available after the opening of Bids. 16.0 BIDS TO REMAIN OPEN SUBJECT TO ACCEPTANCE. All Bids shall remain open for forty-five (45) days after the day of the Bid Opening, but OWNER may, in his sole discretion, release any Bid and return the Bid Security prior to that date. 17.0 AWARD OF CONTRACT. 17.1. OWNER reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, to waive any and all informalities not involving price, time or changes in the Work, to negotiate contract terms with the Successful Bidder, and the right to disregard all nonconforming, nonresponsive, unbalanced or conditional Bids. Also, OWNER reserves the right to reject the Bid of any Bidder if OWNER believes that it would not be in the best interest of the Project to make an award to that Bidder, whether because the Bid is not responsive or the Bidder is unqualified or of doubtful financial ability or fails to meet any other pertinent standard or criteria established by OWNER. Discrepancies between the indicated sum of any column of figures and the correct sum thereof will be resolved in favor of the correct sum. 17.2. In evaluating Bids, OWNER will consider the qualifications of the Bidders, whether or not the Bids comply with the prescribed requirements, and such alternates, unit prices and other data, as may be requested in the Bid Form or prior to the Notice of Award. 17.3. OWNER may consider the qualification and experience of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations proposed for those portions of the Work as to which the identity of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other persons and organizations is submitted as requested by OWNER. OWNER also may consider the operating costs, maintenance requirements, performance data and guarantees of major items of materials and equipment proposed for incorporation in the Work when such data is required to be submitted prior to the Notice of Award. 17.4. OWNER may conduct such investigations as OWNER deems necessary to assist in the evaluation of any Bid and to establish the responsibility, qualifications and financial ability of the Bidder's proposed Subcontractors, Suppliers and other persons and organizations to do the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents to OWNER's satisfaction within the prescribed time. 17.5. If the Contract is to be awarded, it will be awarded to the lowest responsive and responsible Bidder whose evaluation by OWNER indicates to OWNER that the award will be in the best interest of the OWNER. Award shall be made on the evaluated lowest base, or any combination of selected alternates, at the OWNER’s sole option. The basis for award shall be the lowest Bid total for the Schedule or, in the case of more than one schedule, for the sum of the selected alternates. Only one contract will be awarded. 17.6. If the Contract is to be awarded, OWNER will give the Successful Bidder a Notice of Award within forty-five (45) days after the date of the Bid opening. 18.0 CONTRACT SECURITY. The General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions set forth OWNER's requirements as to performance and other Bonds. When the Successful Bidder delivers the executed Agreement to the OWNER, it shall be accompanied by the required Contract Security. 19.0 SIGNING OF AGREEMENT. When OWNER gives a Notice of Award to the Successful Bidder, it will be accompanied by the required number of unsigned counterparts of the Agreement with all other written Contract Documents attached. Within fifteen (15) days thereafter, CONTRACTOR shall sign and deliver the required number of counterparts of the Agreement and attached documents to OWNER with the required Bonds. Within ten (10) days thereafter, OWNER hall deliver one fully signed counterpart to CONTRACTOR. Each counterpart is to be accompanied by a complete set of the Drawings with appropriate identification. 20.0 TAXES. OWNER is exempt from Colorado State Sales and Use Taxes on materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Work. Said taxes shall not be included in the Contract Price. Reference is made to the General and Supplementary Conditions. 21.0 RETAINAGE. Provisions concerning retainage are set forth in the Agreement. 22.0 PURCHASING RESTRICTIONS. Purchasing restrictions: The Bidder's authorized signature of this Bid assures the Bidder's compliance with the City's purchasing restrictions. A copy of the resolutions is available for review in the Purchasing and Risk Management Division or the City Clerk's office. A. Cement Restrictions: City of Fort Collins Resolution 91-121 requires that suppliers and producers of cement or products containing cement to certify that the cement was not made in cement kilns that burn hazardous waste as a fuel. 23.0 COLLUSIVE OR SHAM BIDS. Any Bid deemed by the City in its sole discretion to be a collusive or sham Bid will be rejected and reported to authorities as such. Your authorized signature of this Bid assures that such Bid is genuine and is not a collusive or sham Bid. 24.0 BID RESULTS. For information regarding results for individual Bids, visit www.rockymountainbidsystem.com. Results will be posted within 24 hours of the next business day. END OF SECTION SECTION 00300 BID FORM SECTION 00300 BID FORM PROJECT: 8273 EPIC Pump Room & Pool Renovation Place: Date: 1. In compliance with your Invitation to Bid dated , 20 and subject to all conditions thereof, the undersigned a (Corporation, Limited Liability Company, Partnership, Joint Venture, or Sole Proprietor) authorized to do business in the State of Colorado hereby proposes to furnish and do everything required by the Contract Documents to which this refers for the construction of all items listed on the following Bid Schedule or Bid Schedules. 2. The undersigned Bidder does hereby declare and stipulate that this proposal is made in good faith, without collusion or connection with any other person or persons Bidding for the same Work, and that it is made in pursuance of and subject to all the terms and conditions of the Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders, the Agreement, the detailed Specifications, and the Drawings pertaining to the Work to be done, all of which have been examined by the undersigned. 3. Accompanying this Bid is a certified or cashier's check or standard Bid bond in the sum of ($ ) in accordance with the Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders. 4. The undersigned Bidder agrees to execute the Agreement and a Performance Bond and a Payment Bond for the amount of the total of this Bid within fifteen (15) calendar days from the date when the written notice of the award of the contract is delivered to him at the address given on this Bid. The name and address of the corporate surety with which the Bidder proposes to furnish the specified performance and payment Bonds is as follows: . 5. All the various phases of Work enumerated in the Contract Documents with their individual jobs and overhead, whether specifically mentioned, included by implication or appurtenant thereto, are to be performed by the CONTRACTOR under one of the items listed in the Bid Schedule, irrespective of whether it is named in said list. 6. Payment for Work performed will be in accordance with the Bid Schedule or Bid Schedules subject to changes as provided in the Contract Documents. 7. The undersigned Bidder hereby acknowledges receipt of Addenda No. through . 8. GENERAL PROJECT OVERVIEW - Project Start Date – 5/9/16. - Project Completion Date – 10/28/16. - Contractor will be responsible for coordination of removal, storage on-site, installation, & certification of the existing diving boards on-site. Contractor will be required to use John Strider of Diving Board Solutions to complete the certification of the existing diving boards. No exceptions. John Strider; Director Diving Board Solutions, LLC 970-227-7807 www.divingboardsolutions.com - Environmental Testing: o Please reference the attached LT Environmental (“LTE”) Report dated February 12, 2016 for results (Section 01010). Asbestos – No ACMs have been identified based on this report. Lead – Lead was detected in the coating of the 1”x1” white and blue ceramic tiles. o LT Environmental – Scope of Work Task 1 • Based on our findings during the limited asbestos and lead survey conducted January 15, 2016, LTE recommends a Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP) sample should be obtained to determine the concentration of lead in the likely waste stream to be generated during renovation activities to determine if the waste will leach lead overtime at concentrations that exceed the standard of 5.0 milligrams per liter (mg/L). TCLP samples collected will be submitted to Reservoirs Environmental, Inc. for analysis. TCLP sample analysis is to be conducted at City’s expense. • The TCLP is a test designed to simulate the leaching a waste will undergo if disposed in a sanitary landfill. Samples are taken which will be representative of the waste that is likely to be generated as part of the renovation. The samples are then extracted with a weak acid solution in a way that will mimic the release of toxic materials into the environment at the landfill. Lead that is weakly bound chemically will be leached into solution. Lead that is more tightly bound will not. The solution is then analyzed and if greater that 5 mg/L of lead is in the solution it is considered hazardous waste. Task 2 • In addition, the City intends to engage LTE, at the City’s expense, to provide oversight of the general abatement contractor or other contractor during abatement activities to collect dust whip samples outside the containment area to confirm that the lead concentration found within dust surrounding the work area does not exceed the standard of 800 milligrams per cubic centimeter (mg/cm²). Dust whip samples collected will be submitted to Reservoirs Environmental, Inc. for analysis by Graphite Furnace AA (GFAA) or inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry (ICP-MS). Upon completion of abatement activities, LTE will conduct a final visual and final clearance sampling, collecting 4 dust whip samples from the floor and 1 from each window sill (or other flat surface) via Graphite Furnace AA (GFAA) or inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry (ICP-MS) analysis of the containment area. All final clearance samples collected will be submitted to Reservoirs Environmental, Inc. for analysis. • LTE will provide a summary report detailing the field observations, laboratory analytical results, and conclusions. REPORTING • LTE will provide a cover letter report with the TCLP results. LTE will also provide a summary report for the lead abatement oversight and sampling for the City’s records. ASSUMPTIONS • Based on the scope of work and walkthrough of the building, LTE has developed the following assumptions: o One TCLP sample from the likely waste to be generated by renovation activities will be submitted for standard turnaround time; o LTE will provide oversight throughout the duration of the abatement project; o LTE will collect no more than two dust whip samples outside the containment area each day during abatement activities; o LTE will conduct final visual and final clearance sampling via Graphite Furnace AA (GFAA) or inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry (ICP-MS) analysis a upon completion of abatement within the containment area; and o Abatement will be completed by the awarded contractor in 10 days of the project start date. LT Environmental will provide abatement “oversite” only. The general contractor is responsible for all abatement work pursuant to the LT Environmental Report dated February 12, 2016 (Section 01010). All lead abatement work must be coordinated with LT Environmental and the City of Fort Collins. All openings must be sealed during abatement. OSHA guidelines must be followed during the abatement. - Contractor to ensure a clean and safe work site at all times. - General contractor, and sub-contractors, will be required to park on Riverside Avenue. - All OSHA regulations to be followed at all times. - All construction work must adhere to the City of Fort Collins Design Standards at: o http://www.fcgov.com/opserv/design-standards.php - Upon completion the general contractor must provide as-built drawings which shall be subject to the City’s review and approval. - All final construction work must be ADA compliant. - Contractor to fill out owner provided Waste Management Plan Form (Section 01040). o Please reference the specifications for this form. o Contractor will not receive final payment until this has been provided, filled out with back-up. - General contractor will be required to provide required dumpster(s) and coordination the location of dumpster(s) with the City of Fort Collins at pre-construction meeting. - General contractor will be required to provide their own portable toilets. Location to be coordinated with the City of Fort Collins at the construction pre-construction meeting. - General Contractor will be required to pull all necessary City of Fort Collins building permits. - General Contractor will be required to coordinate all necessary City of Fort Collins building inspections and upon completion of the job will issue to the City of Fort Collins a Certificate of Occupancy before final payment will be issued. - The City of Fort Collins has released smoking restrictions in certain areas. Smoking on the premises is prohibited. If smoking is necessary, employees can smoke in their personal vehicles. Please go to: fcgov.com/smokefree for more information. - The General contractor is responsible for obtaining all necessary and required building permits. - POTENTIAL POOL CONTRACTORS: 1. Acapulco Pools 1550 Victoria Street, North Kitchener, Ontario N2B 2E2 Canada (519) 743-6357 (voice) Contact: Mr. Bernie Gall 2. Associated Pool Builders, Inc. 2121 Lovett Avenue Bismark, ND 58504 (701) 258-6012 (voice) Contact: David Volk 3. California Commercial Pools 2255 E. Auto Centre Drive Glendora, CA 91740 (909) 394-1280 (voice) Contact: Mr. Lee Jackson 4. Condor, Inc. 3000 Durfee Avenue El Monte, CA 91732 (626) 455-0050 (voice) Contact: Mr. Earl Weiss 5. Front Range Aquatech 1539 Dustry Drive Colorado Springs, CO 80905 (719) 226-5014 (voice) Contact: Mr. Duane Harpe 6. High County Pools 6541 S. College Avenue Fort Collins, CO 80525 (970) 226-2657 (voice) Contact: Mr. Tyler Westerman 7. Monarch Swimming Pools 2211 S. Leydon Street Denver, CO 80222 (303) 757-5481 (voice) Contact: Mr. John Grimes 8. The Pool Company 3077 20th Street W, Suite D Tacoma, WA 98424 (253) 926-6875 (voice) (253) 926-0590 (facsimile) Contact: Mr. Matt Ruzika 9. Aquatic Development Group 13 Green Mountain Drive Cohoes, NY 12047 (518) 783-0038 x298 (voice) Contact: Mr. Steve Biernacki 10. Utilization of an alternate pool contractor is subject to the City’s review and written approval. 9. BID SCHEDULE (Base Bid) 1. MISC. ITEMS: 1. Pump room re-piping & re-configuration. 2. Chlorine System a) Existing gas chlorine system will be converted to liquid bleach. 3. New doors to be installed per plans & spec’s. 4. Install access hatch to south plenum area. a) Hatch to be located at southwest corner of lap pool. 5. Emergency shower and eyewash per plans & spec’s. 6. Raise the 1-Meter diving boards. 7. New depth markers per plans & spec’s. 8. New pipe hangers throughout. 9. New electrical throughout. 10. Permit Fees. The contractor will be required pull any and all permit fees through an at-the-counter application at the Building Department. 11. Raise competition pool surge tank walls and catwalk. 12. Add door curbs. 13. Brick/Masonry patching/replacement associated with exterior door widening. 14. Removal and replacement of all electrical conduit. 15. Install new acid containment enclosure. 16. Install motorized ball valves at all heat exchanger bypass loops. 17. Survey existing pool elevations, depths and surge tank rim. 18. Install new air compressor system to be used by each filter. 2. LAP POOL 1. Replace Gutter & Plumbing a) Demo Existing Gutter • Demo of existing gutter to prepare for the new gutter system • Removal of a portion of the deck to access plumbing b) New Gutter c) Re-plumb Plumbing from Gutter to Tank • Circulation of pool supply line and dropout lines back to tank • Core drill for new plumbing in gutter system and pool return inlets d) Tile work per plans & spec’s. e) Provide Valves to Balance Tank • Provide float, drain, and tank valves with fittings 2. Pool Bulkheads – Two Total a) Replace existing per plans/spec’s. 3. Re-plumbing of Circulation Lines a) Re-plumb plumbing from tank/return line in equipment room with fittings and valves 4. New Regenerative Filter – Filter Already Purchased by the City of Fort Collins a) Neptune Benson filter, plumbing, compressor, valves, and controls b) Contractor will be responsible to move the existing filter from the City of Fort Collins warehouse at 518 N. Loomis to the pump room and install. 5. Replace heat exchanger plumbing loop. 6. Pressure test existing main drain plumbing. 7. Refinish handrails and grab rails as noted in plans. 8. Install new autofill system. 9. Install new UV system. 10. Install new CO2 system. 11. Install new VFD. 12. Install new chemical controller. 13. Install new filter backwash pumps. 14. Install new circulation pumps. 15. Install new strainers. 3. THERAPY POOL 1. Re-plumbing Circulation Lines a) Re-plumb plumbing from tank to return line in equipment room with fittings and valves 2. Regenerative Filter a) Re-use existing filter 3. Pressure test all existing main drain plumbing. 4. Refinish handrails. 5. Install new autofill system. 6. Install new CO2 system. 7. Install new VFD. 8. Install new chemical controller. 9. Install new filter backwash pumps. 10. Install new circulation pumps. 11. Install new strainers. 4. KIDS POOL 1. Re-plumbing Circulation Lines a) Re-plumb plumbing from tank to return line in equipment room with fittings and valves 2. New Regenerative Filter - Filter Already Purchased by the City of Fort Collins a) Neptune Benson filter, plumbing, compressor, valves, and controls b) Contractor will be responsible to move the existing filter from the City of Fort Collins warehouse at 518 N. Loomis to the pump room and install. 3. Pressure test all existing main drain plumbing. 4. Refinish handrails. 5. Install new CO2 system. 6. Install new VFD. 7. Install new chemical controller. 8. Install new filter backwash pumps. 9. Install new circulation pumps. 10. Install new strainers. BID SCHEDULE (BASE BID) LUMP SUM BASE BID $________________________ IN WORDS:________________________________________________________ ADD/ALTERNATES: AWARD OF THE CONTRACT IS BASED ON THE BASE BID OR AT THE CITY’S SOLE OPTION IN THE EVENT THE CITY ELECTS TO INCLUDE ANY OF THE ALTERNATES LISTED BELOW TO THE LOWEST QUALIFIED RESPONSIVE AND RESPONSIBLE BIDDER BASED ON THE CUMULATIVE TOTAL OF THE BASE BID AND ALL SELECTED ALTERNATES. SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES • Alternate No. 1: Replace Heat Exchanger Copper − Base Bid: No changes to existing equipment. − Alternate: Provide new copper components both TO and FROM the pool's heat exchanger. $______________ lump sum • Alternate No. 2: Additional Backstroke Flags − Base Bid: No changes to existing layout. − Alternate: Provide new backstroke flag anchors, stanchions, and flags at the 5 yard mark for short course configurations. $______________ lump sum • Alternate No. 3: Line and Target Deep End − Base Bid: No changes to existing layout. − Alternate: Provide additional lane markings and targets in the deep end of the competition pool. $______________ lump sum • Alternate No. 4: New Starting Blocks − Base Bid: No changes to existing equipment. − Alternate: Replace existing starting blocks with new, add additional blocks as needed to match the number of lanes installed. $______________ lump sum • Alternate No. 5: New Rope Anchors − Base Bid: No changes to existing equipment. − Alternate: Provide new rope anchors where additional lane marking is provided. $______________ lump sum • Alternate No. 6: Kid's Pool UV − Base Bid: No changes to the equipment shown. − Alternate: Provide new UV system for the Kid's Pool. $______________ lump sum • Alternate No. 7: Therapy Pool UV − Base Bid: No changes to the equipment shown. − Alternate: Provide new UV system for the Therapy Pool. $______________ lump sum • Alternate No. 8: Painted Lines in lieu of Tile − Base Bid: Provide short course tile lane markers as designed. − Alternate: Paint short course lane markers. $______________ lump sum • Alternate No.9: Competition Pool Bottom Tile − Base Bid: Existing tile finish to remain. − Alternate: Remove existing tile finish and thick set throughout pool. Brown coat all surfaces to rebuild wall depth. Re-finish pool with new 1"x1" non-slip tile. Replace end wall targets and racing lanes in existing locations. Provide new depth markers on deck and waterline at locations shown in plan. $______________ lump sum • Alternate No. 10: Kid's Pool Bottom Tile − Base Bid: Existing tile finish to remain. − Alternate: Remove existing tile finish and thick set throughout pool. Brown coat all surfaces to rebuild wall depth. Re-finish pool with new 1"x1" non-slip tile. Provide new depth markers on deck and waterline at locations shown in plan. $______________ lump sum • Alternate No.11: Therapy Pool Bottom Tile − Base Bid: Existing tile finish to remain. − Alternate: Remove existing tile finish and thick set throughout pool. Brown coat all surfaces to rebuild wall depth. Re-finish pool with new 1"x1" non-slip tile. Provide new depth markers on deck and waterline at locations shown in plan. $______________ lump sum • Alternate No. 12: Replace Pool Deck Tile − Base Bid: Protect existing pool deck tile to remain and patch/replace to match existing at areas disturbed by trenching for pool plumbing replacement per 09 3013; coordinate all work with general contractor's abatement schedule. − Alternate: Replace existing pool deck tile with new 12"x24" porcelain tile as indicated in Architectural drawings and specifications; refer to 09 3013. Coordinate all work with general contractor's abatement schedule. $______________ lump sum • Alternate No. 13: Natatorium Repainting − Base Bid: No changes to existing surfaces. − Alternate: Repaint the two accent colors on the first eleven courses (from deck elevation to +88") along all CMU walls and columns throughout the natatorium with two new accent colors to be chosen by the owner. Refer to section 09 9123. $______________ lump sum • Alternate No. 14: Mechanical Room Floor − Base Bid: No changes to existing surface. − Alternate: Apply new paints/coatings to the mechanical room floor per section 09 9123. $______________ lump sum • Alternate No. 15: Mechanical Room Paint − Base Bid: No changes to existing surfaces. − Alternate: Patch and repair all mechanical room walls and ceiling, prime and paint the walls and ceiling throughout the mechanical room per section 09 9123. $______________ lump sum • Alternate No. 16: Painted Metal − Base Bid: No changes to existing materials − Alternate: Prime and paint all exposed metal guardrails, doors, jambs, exposed structural beams, and miscellaneous metals in the pool mechanical room with paints and coatings as specified in 09 9123 & 09 9600. $______________ lump sum • Alternate No. 17: Electrical Conduit − Base Bid: No changes to existing electrical not indicated for replacement as part of pool mechanical scope. − Alternate: Replace all electrical wiring and conduit in the pool mechanical room that is not addressed as part of the remodel. $______________ lump sum • Alternate No. 18: Exterior Door Access Control − Base Bid: No modifications to existing mechanical room access control. − Alternate: Provide "Continental Access" key card access system on the existing set of double exterior mechanical room doors and at single exterior Chemical Room door. $______________ lump sum • Alternate No. 19: Stair Replacement − Base Bid: No modifications to existing stairs. − Alternate: Remove and replace existing concrete filled metal pan stair treads and risers with same per 05 5113. Paint new stair construction as well as existing handrails per 09 9123; or apply coatings per 09 9600 if alternate 'Painted Metal' accepted. $______________ lump sum • Alternate No. 20: Bleacher Tile − Base Bid: No modifications to existing bleacher landing. − Alternate: Remove existing VCT at the bottom aisle at the base of the bleachers; coordinate w/ general contractor's abatement schedule prior to starting replacement. Tile and grout to match pool deck tile per 09 3013. $______________ lump sum • Alternate No. 21: Surge Pit Repair − Base Bid: No modifications to existing Surge Pit. − Alternate: Fix crack in existing Surge Pit and refinish all interior surfaces with cementitious waterproofing per 13 1109. $______________ lump sum • Alternate No. 22: Suspended Grid Ceiling − Base Bid: No modifications to existing suspended ceiling above Therapy and Kids Pools. − Alternate: Remove existing ceiling grid and ceiling tiles located above the Therapy and Kids Pools and replace with new per specification section 09 5123. $______________ lump sum • Alternate No. 24: Therapy Pool Finish − Base Bid: Existing tile finish to remain. − Alternate: Remove existing tile finish and thick set throughout pool and gutter. Brown coat all surfaces to rebuild wall depth. Re-finish pool with new plaster finish. Provide new depth markers on deck and waterline at locations shown in plan. $______________ lump sum • Alternate No. 25: Kids Pool Finish − Base Bid: Existing tile finish to remain. − Alternate: Remove existing tile finish and thick set throughout pool. Brown coat all surfaces to rebuild wall depth. Refinish pool with new plaster finish. Provide new depth markers on deck and waterline at locations shown in plan. $______________ lump sum • Alternate No. 26: Pool Grout − Base Bid: Existing tile finish to remain. − Alternate: Acid wash existing tile with stiff nylon brush and 10% acid mixture throughout pool and gutter. Re-grout with white Laticrete Spectraguard Pro premium epoxy grout. $______________ lump sum • Alternate No. 27: Pool Mechanical Rm Lighting Replacement − Base Bid: Existing flourescent lighting fixtures to remain. − Alternate 27a: Replace light fixtures with linear LED IP-65 rated heavy industrial low bay lighting fixtures; UL 1598 & UL 8750 compliant. Utilize existing circuitry, wiring, junction boxes, and switching. New fixtures to be surface mounted or suspended to match configuration of existing lighting. $______________ lump sum Alternate 27b: Basis-of-Design Product: Albeo ALR1-series LED Luminaire Unit Characteristics: 4 ft fixture length Light Characteristics: CCT 4000K, CRI 69+, non- dimming Electrical: new fixtures to be configured so compatible with existing voltage, circuitry, wiring, junction boxes, and switching to remain. $______________ lump sum • Alternate No. 28: Abatement Cost - Removal of deck tile for base bid pool plumbing work − Base Bid: Not Applicable − Alternate: Provide abatement pricing associated with removing existing pool deck tile as required for slab removal and trenching to accommodate pool plumbing improvements. $______________ lump sum • Alternate No. 29: Abatement Cost - Removal of remaining deck tile not addressed under Alternate #28 for base bid pool plumbing work. − Base Bid: Existing deck tile not affected by base bid pool plumbing improvements to remain in place. − Alternate: Provide abatement pricing associated with removal of the balance of existing pool deck tile not associated with base bid pool plumbing improvements. $______________ lump sum • Alternate No. 30: Abatement Cost - Removal of existing Competition Pool tile − Base Bid: Existing Competition Pool 1x1 tile to remain in place. − Alternate: Provide abatement pricing associated with the removal of all Competition Pool surfacing tile (sides and bottoms). $______________ lump sum • Alternate No. 31: Abatement Cost - Removal of existing Therapy & Kid's Pool tile − Base Bid: Existing Therapy Pool and Kid's Pool 1x1 tile to remain in place. − Alternate: Provide abatement pricing associated with the removal of all Therapy Pool and Kid's Pool surfacing tile (sides and bottoms). $______________ lump sum 10. PRICES The foregoing prices shall include all labor, materials, transportation, shoring, removal, dewatering, overhead, profit, insurance, etc., to cover the complete Work in place of the several kinds called for. Bidder acknowledges that the OWNER has the right to delete items in the Bid or change quantities at his sole discretion without affecting the Agreement or prices of any item. RESPECTFULLY SUBMITTED: CONTRACTOR BY: Printed Date Title License Number (If Applicable) (Seal - if Bid is by corporation) Attest: Address Telephone Email AWARD OF THE CONTRACT IS BASED ON THE BASE BID OR AT THE CITY’S SOLE OPTION IN THE EVENT THE CITY ELECTS TO INCLUDE ANY OF THE ALTERNATES LISTED ABOVE TO THE LOWEST QUALIFIED RESPONSIVE AND RESPONSIBLE BIDDER BASED ON THE CUMULATIVE TOTAL OF THE BASE BID AND ALL SELECTED ALTERNATES. SECTION 00400 SUPPLEMENTS TO BID FORMS 00410 Bid Bond 00420 Statement of Bidder's Qualifications 00430 Schedule of Subcontractors SECTION 00410 BID BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that we, the undersigned as Principal, and , as Surety, are hereby held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Collins, Colorado, as OWNER, in the sum of $ for the payment of which, well and truly to be made, we hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, successors, and assigns. THE CONDITION of this obligation is such that whereas the Principal has submitted to the City of Fort Collins, Colorado the accompanying Bid and hereby made a part hereof to enter into a Construction Agreement for the construction of Fort Collins Project, 8273 EPIC Pump Room & Pool Renovation. NOW THEREFORE, (a) If said Bid shall be rejected, or (b) If said Bid shall be accepted and the Principal shall execute and deliver a Contract in the form of Contract attached hereto (properly completed in accordance with said Bid) and shall furnish a BOND for his faithful performance of said Contract, and for payment of all persons performing labor or furnishing materials in connection therewith, and shall in all other respects perform the Agreement created by the acceptance of said Bid, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise the same shall remain in force and effect, it being expressly understood and agreed that the liability of the Surety for any and all claims hereunder shall, in no event, exceed the penal amount of this obligation as herein stated. The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligations of said Surety and its BOND shall be in no way impaired or affected by any extension of the time within which the OWNER may accept such Bid; and said Surety does hereby waive notice of any such extension. Surety Companies executing bonds must be authorized to transact business in the State of Colorado and be accepted by the OWNER. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have hereunto set their hands and seals this day of , 20__, and such of them as are corporations have caused their corporate seals to be hereto affixed and these presents to be signed by their proper officers, the day and year first set forth above. PRINCIPAL SURETY Name: Address: By: By: Title: Title: ATTEST: By: (SEAL) (SEAL) SECTION 00420 STATEMENT OF BIDDER'S QUALIFICATIONS All questions must be answered and the data given must be clear and comprehensive. This statement must be notarized. If necessary, questions may be answered on separate attached sheets. The Bidder may submit any additional information he desires. 1. Name of Bidder: 2. Permanent main office address: 3. When organized: 4. If a corporation, where incorporated: 5. How many years have you been engaged in the contracting business under your present firm or trade name? 6. Contracts on hand: (Schedule these, showing the amount of each contract and the appropriate anticipated dates of completion.) 7. General character of Work performed by your company: 8. Have you, or a firm for which you were principal, ever failed to complete any Work awarded to you? If so, where and why? 9. Have you, or a firm for which you were principal, ever defaulted on a contract? If so, where and why? 10. Are you, or a firm for which you were principal, debarred by any government agency? If yes list agency name. 11. List the more important projects recently completed by your company, stating the approximate cost of each, and the month and year completed, location and type of construction. 12. List your major equipment available for this contract. 13. Experience in construction Work similar in importance to this project: 14. Background and experience of the principal members of your organization, including officers: 15. Credit available: $ 16. Bank Reference: 17. Will you, upon request, fill out a detailed financial statement and furnish any other information that may be required by the OWNER? 18. Are you licensed as a General Contractor? If yes, in what city, county and state? What class, license and numbers? 19. Do you anticipate subcontracting Work under this Contract? If yes, what percent of total contract? And to whom? 20. Are any lawsuits pending against you or your firm at this time? IF yes, DETAIL 21. The City of Fort Collins requires General Liability coverage of $1,000,000 and Automotive Liability of $1,000,000. Can you meet these requirements? What company is your insurance carrier? 22. What are your company's bonding limitations? 23. The undersigned hereby authorizes and requests any person, firm or corporation to furnish any information requested by the OWNER in verification of the recital comprising this Statement of Bidder's Qualifications. Dated at ________________ this ______ day of __________________, 20__. Company: By: Printed: Title: State of County of being duly sworn deposes and says that he is of (Name) (Organization) and that the answers to the foregoing questions and all statements therein contained are true and correct. Subscribed and sworn to before me this _______ day of____________, 20__. (Seal) Notary Public My commission expires: . SECTION 00430 SCHEDULE OF SUBCONTRACTORS List all subcontractors for the work items listed below and all subcontractors performing over 10% of the contract. ITEM SUBCONTRACTOR SECTION 00500 AGREEMENT FORMS 00510 Notice of Award 00520 Agreement 00530 Notice to Proceed SECTION 00510 NOTICE OF AWARD DATE: [Date] TO: [Contractor] PROJECT: 8273 EPIC Pump Room & Pool Renovation OWNER: CITY OF FORT COLLINS (hereinafter referred to as "the OWNER") You are hereby notified that your Bid dated [Contractor's Bid Date] for the above project has been considered. You are the apparent successful Bidder and have been awarded an Agreement for 8273 EPIC Pump Room & Pool Renovation. The Price of your Agreement is ($ ). Three (3) copies of each of the proposed Contract Documents (except Drawings) accompany this Notice of Award. Three (3) sets of the Drawings will be delivered separately or otherwise made available to you immediately. You must comply with the following conditions precedent within fifteen (15) days of the date of this Notice of Award, that is by [Date]. 1. You must deliver to the OWNER three (3) fully executed counterparts of the Agreement including all the Contract Documents. Each of the Contract Documents must bear your signature on the cover of the page. 2. You must deliver with the executed Agreement the Contract Security (Bonds) as specified in the Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions (Article 5.1) and Supplementary Conditions. Failure to comply with these conditions within the time specified will entitle OWNER to consider your Bid abandoned, to annul this Notice of Award and to declare your Bid Security forfeited. Within ten (10) days after you comply with those conditions, OWNER will return to you one (1) fully-signed counterpart of the Agreement with the Contract Documents attached. City of Fort Collins OWNER By: Gerry Paul Purchasing Director SECTION 00520 AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT is dated as of the [Day] day of [Month] in the year of 20[Year] and shall be effective on the date this AGREEMENT is signed by the City. The City of Fort Collins (hereinafter called OWNER) and [Contractor] (hereinafter called CONTRACTOR) OWNER and CONTRACTOR, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows: ARTICLE 1. WORK CONTRACTOR shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Project for which the Work under the Contract Documents may be the whole or only a part is defined as the construction of the 8273 EPIC Pump Room & Pool Renovation and is generally described in Section 01010. ARTICLE 2. ENGINEER The Project has been designed by Davis Partnership Architects. The City of Fort Collins - Operations Services, who is hereinafter called ENGINEER and who will assume all duties and responsibilities and will have the rights and authority assigned to ENGINEER in the Contract Documents in connection with completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 3. CONTRACT TIMES 3.1 The Work shall be Substantially Complete within One Hundred Fifty-Three (153) calendar days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run as provided in the General Conditions and completed and ready for Final Payment and Acceptance in accordance with the General Conditions within One Hundred Seventy-Three (173) calendar days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run. 3.2. Liquidated Damages. OWNER and CONTRACTOR recognize that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that OWNER will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in paragraph 3.1. above, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with Article 12 of the General Conditions. They also recognize the delays, expenses and difficulties involved in proving in a legal preceding the actual loss suffered by OWNER if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree that as Liquidated damages for delay (but not as penalty) CONTRACTOR shall pay OWNER the amounts set forth hereafter. 1) Substantial Completion: One Thousand Three Hundred Dollars ($1,300) for each calendar day or fraction thereof that expires after the One Hundred Fifty-Three (153) calendar day period for Substantial Completion of the Work until the Work is Substantially Complete. 2) Final Acceptance: After Substantial Completion, One Thousand Dollars ($1,000) for each calendar day or fraction thereof that expires after the One Hundred Seventy-Three (173) calendar day period for Final Payment and Acceptance until the Work is ready for Final Payment and Acceptance. ARTICLE 4. CONTRACT PRICE 4.1 OWNER shall pay CONTRACTOR for performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents in current funds as follows: Dollars ($ ), in accordance with Section 00300, attached and incorporated herein by this reference. ARTICLE 5. PAYMENT PROCEDURES CONTRACTOR shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 14 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by ENGINEER as provided in the General Conditions. 5.1. PROGRESS PAYMENTS. OWNER shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Price on the basis of CONTRACTOR's Application for Payment as recommended by ENGINEER, once each month during construction as provided below. All progress payments will be on the basis of the progress of the Work measured by the schedule of values established in paragraph 2.6 of the General Conditions and in the case of Unit Price Work based on the number of units completed, and in accordance with the General Requirements concerning Unit Price Work. 5.1.1. Prior to Substantial Completion, Owner will be entitled to withhold as contract retainage five percent (5%) of each progress payment, but, in each case, less the aggregate of payments previously made and less such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine, or OWNER may withhold, in accordance with paragraph 14.7 of the General Conditions. If , in the sole discretion of Owner, on recommendation of Engineer, Owner determines that the character and progress of the Work have been satisfactory to OWNER and ENGINEER, OWNER may determine that as long as the character and progress of the Work remain satisfactory to them, there will be no additional retainage on account of Work completed in which case the remaining progress payments prior to Substantial Completion will be in an amount equal to 100% of the Work completed. 95% of materials and equipment not incorporated in the Work (but delivered, suitably stored and accompanied by documentation satisfactory to OWNER as provided in paragraph 14.2 of the General Conditions) may be included in the application Section 00520 Page 3 for payment. 5.1.2. Upon Substantial Completion payment will be made in an amount sufficient, if necessary, to increase total payments to CONTRACTOR to 95% of the Contract Price, less such amounts as ENGINEER shall determine or OWNER may withhold in accordance with paragraph 14.7 of the General Conditions or as provided by law. 5.2. FINAL PAYMENT. Upon Final Completion and Acceptance of the Work in accordance with paragraph 14.13 of the General Conditions, OWNER shall pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by ENGINEER as provided in said paragraph 14.13. ARTICLE 6. CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATION In order to induce OWNER to enter into this Agreement, CONTRACTOR makes the following representations: 6.1. CONTRACTOR has familiarized himself with the nature and extent of the Contract Documents, Work, site, locality, and with all local conditions and Laws and Regulations that in any manner may affect cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work. 6.2. CONTRACTOR has studied carefully all reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions which are identified in the Supplementary Conditions as provided in paragraph 4.2 of the General Conditions. 6.3. CONTRACTOR has obtained and carefully studied (or assumes responsibility for obtaining and carefully studying) all such examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, and studies (in addition to or to supplement those referred to in paragraph 6.2 above) which pertain to the subsurface or physical condition at or contiguous to the site or otherwise may affect the cost, progress, performance or furnishing of the Work as CONTRACTOR considers necessary for the performance or furnishing of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including specifically the provisions of paragraph 4.2 of the General Conditions; and no additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information or data are or will be required by CONTRACTOR for such purposes. 6.4. CONTRACTOR has reviewed and checked all information and data shown or indicated on the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or contiguous to the site and assumes responsibility for the accurate location of said Underground Facilities. No additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, reports, studies or similar information or data in respect of said Underground Facilities are or will be required by CONTRACTOR in order to perform and furnish the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including specifically the provision of paragraph 4.3. of the General Conditions. 6.5. CONTRACTOR has correlated the results of all such observations, examinations, investigations, tests, reports and data with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 6.6. CONTRACTOR has given ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors or discrepancies that he has discovered in the Contract Documents and the written resolution thereof by ENGINEER is acceptable to CONTRACTOR. ARTICLE 7. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 7.1 The Contract Documents which comprise the entire Agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the Work consist of the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, those items included in the definition of “Contract Documents” in Article 1.10 of the General Conditions, and such other items as are referenced in this Article 7, all of which are incorporated herein by this reference. 7.2 Forms for use by CONTRACTOR in performing the Work and related actions in carrying out the terms of this Agreement are deemed Contract Documents and incorporated herein by this reference, and include, but are not limited to, the following: 7.2.1 Certificate of Substantial Completion 7.2.2 Certificate of Final Acceptance 7.2.3 Lien Waiver Releases 7.2.4 Consent of Surety 7.2.5 Application for Exemption Certificate 7.2.6 Application for Payment 7.3 Drawings, consisting of a cover sheet and sheets numbered as follows: The Contract Drawings shall be stamped "Final for Construction" and dated. Any revisions made shall be clearly identified and dated. 7.4. Addenda Numbers to , inclusive. 7.5. The Contract Documents also include all written amendments and other documents amending, modifying, or supplementing the Contract Documents pursuant to paragraphs 3.5 and 3.6 of the General Conditions. 7.6. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed or incorporated by reference in this Article 7. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified or supplemented as provided in paragraphs 3.5 and 3.6 of the General Conditions. ARTICLE 8. MISCELLANEOUS 8.1. Terms used in this Agreement which are defined in Article I of the General Conditions shall have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions. 8.2. No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound; and specifically but not without limitations, moneys that may become due and moneys that are due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment no assignment will release or discharge that assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Document. 8.3. OWNER and CONTRACTOR each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives in respect to all covenants, Agreement and obligations contained in the Contract Document. OWNER: CITY OF FORT COLLINS CONTRACTOR: [CONTRACTOR] By: By: GERRY S. PAUL PURCHASING DIRECTOR PRINTED Date: Title: Date: Attest: (CORPORATE SEAL) City Clerk Address for giving notices: P. O. Box 580 Fort Collins, CO 80522 Attest: Approved as to Form Address for giving notices: Senior Assistant City Attorney License No.: SECTION 00530 NOTICE TO PROCEED Description of Work: 8273 EPIC Pump Room & Pool Renovation To: [Contractor] This notice is to advise you: That the contract covering the above described Work has been fully executed by the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER. That the required CONTRACTOR's Performance Bond and Payment Bond have been received by the OWNER. That the OWNER has approved the said Contract Documents. Therefore, as the CONTRACTOR for the above described Work, you are hereby authorized and directed to proceed within ( ) calendar days from receipt of this notice as required by the Agreement. Dated this day of , 20 . The dates for Substantial Completion and Final Acceptance shall be , 20_ and , 20__, respectively. City of Fort Collins OWNER By: Title: ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF NOTICE Receipt of the above Notice to Proceed is hereby acknowledged this day of , 20__. CONTRACTOR: [Contractor] By: Title: SECTION 00600 BONDS AND CERTIFICATES 00610 Performance Bond 00615 Payment Bond 00630 Certificate of Insurance 00635 Certificate of Substantial Completion 00640 Certificate of Final Acceptance 00650 Lien Waiver Release (CONTRACTOR) 00660 Consent of Surety 00670 Application for Exemption Certificate SECTION 00610 PERFORMANCE BOND Bond No. KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that (firm) (address) (an Individual), (a Partnership), (a Corporation), hereinafter referred to as the "Principal" and (Firm) (Address) hereinafter referred to as "the Surety", are held and firmly bound unto City of Fort Collins, 300 Laporte Ave, Fort Collins, Colorado 80522 a (Municipal Corporation) hereinafter referred to as the "OWNER", in the penal sum of Dollars ($ ) in lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION are such that whereas the Principal entered into a certain Agreement with the OWNER, dated the [Day] day of [Month], 20[Year], a copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof for the performance of The City of Fort Collins Project, 8273 EPIC Pump Room & Pool Renovation. NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall well, truly and faithfully perform its duties, all the undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions and agreements of said Agreement during the original term thereof, and any extensions thereof which may be granted by the OWNER, with or without Notice to the Surety and during the life of the guaranty period, and if the Principal shall satisfy all claims and demands incurred under such Agreement, and shall fully indemnify and save harmless the OWNER from all cost and damages which it may suffer by reason of failure to do so, and shall reimburse and repay the OWNER all outlay and expense which the OWNER may incur in making good any default then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work to be performed thereunder or the Specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond; and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work or to the Specifications. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be unsatisfied. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the Surety Company must be authorized to transact business in the State of Colorado and be acceptable to the OWNER. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in three (3) counterparts, each one of which shall be deemed an original, this _____ day of _____ ____, 20__. IN PRESENCE OF: Principal (Title) (Title) (Corporate Seal) (Address) IN PRESENCE OF: Other Partners _____________________________ By: _____________________________ By: IN PRESENCE OF: Surety _____________________________ By:_____________________________________ _____________________________ (Address) (Surety Seal) NOTE: Date of Bond must not be prior to date of Agreement. If CONTRACTOR is Partnership, all partners should execute Bond. SECTION 00615 PAYMENT BOND Bond No. KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that (firm) (address) (an Individual), (a Partnership), (a Corporation), hereinafter referred to as the "Principal" and (Firm) (Address) hereinafter referred to as "the Surety", are held and firmly bound unto the City of Fort Collins, 300 Laporte Ave., Fort Collins, Colorado 80522 a (Municipal Corporation) hereinafter referred to as "the OWNER", in the penal sum of Dollars ($ ) in lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. THE CONDITIONS OF THIS OBLIGATION are such that whereas the Principal entered into a certain Agreement with the OWNER, dated the [Day] day of [Month], 20[Year], a copy of which is hereto attached and made a part hereof for the performance of The City of Fort Collins Project, 8273 EPIC Pump Room & Pool Renovation. NOW, THEREFORE, if the Principal shall make payment to all persons, firms, subcontractors, and corporations furnishing materials for or performing labor in the prosecution of the Work provided for in such Agreement and any authorized extension or modification thereof, including all amounts due for materials, lubricants, repairs on machinery, equipment and tools, consumed, rented or used in connection with the construction of such Work, and all insurance premiums on said Work, and for all labor, performed in such Work whether by subcontractor or otherwise, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the said Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work to be performed thereunder or the Specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond; and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Agreement or to the Work or to the Specifications. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that no final settlement between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR shall abridge the right of any beneficiary hereunder, whose claim may be unsatisfied. PROVIDED, FURTHER, that the Surety Company must be authorized to transact business in the State of Colorado and be acceptable to the OWNER. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this instrument is executed in three (3) counterparts, each one of which shall be deemed an original, this day of , 20__. IN PRESENCE OF: Principal (Title) (Title) (Corporate Seal) (Address) IN PRESENCE OF: Other Partners _____________________________ By: _____________________________ By: IN PRESENCE OF: Surety _____________________________ By:_____________________________________ _____________________________ (Address) (Surety Seal) NOTE: Date of Bond must not be prior to date of Agreement. If CONTRACTOR is Partnership, all partners should execute Bond. SECTION 00630 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE CONTRACTOR shall insert his own standard form for Certificate of Insurance in accordance with the following requirements: 1. The Contractor will provide, from insurance companies acceptable to the City, the insurance coverage designated hereinafter and pay all costs. Before commencing work under this bid, the Contractor shall furnish the City with certificates of insurance showing the type, amount, class of operations covered, effective dates and date of expiration of policies, and containing substantially the following statement: “The insurance evidenced by this Certificate will not reduce coverage or limits and will not be cancelled, except after thirty (30) days written notice has been received by the City of Fort Collins.” In case of the breach of any provision of the Insurance Requirements, the City, at its option, may take out and maintain, at the expense of the Contractor, such insurance as the City may deem proper and may deduct the cost of such insurance from any monies which may be due or become due the Contractor under this Agreement. The City, its officers, agents and employees shall be named as additional insureds on the Contractor’s general liability and automobile liability insurance policies for any claims arising out of work performed under this Agreement. 2. Insurance coverages shall be as follows: A. Workers' Compensation & Employer's Liability. The Contractor shall maintain during the life of this Agreement for all of the Contractor's employees engaged in work performed under this agreement: 1. Workers' Compensation insurance with statutory limits as required by Colorado law. 2. Employer's Liability insurance with limits of $100,000 per accident, $500,000 disease aggregate, and $100,000 disease each employee. B. Commercial General & Vehicle Liability. The Contractor shall maintain during the life of this Agreement such commercial general liability and automobile liability insurance as will provide coverage for damage claims of personal injury, including accidental death, as well as for claims for property damage, which may arise directly or indirectly from the performance of work under this Agreement. Coverage for property damage shall be on a "broad form" basis. The amount of insurance for each coverage, Commercial General and Vehicle, shall not be less than $1,000,000 combined single limits for bodily injury and property damage. In the event any work is performed by a subcontractor, the Contractor shall be responsible for any liability directly or indirectly arising out of the work performed under this Agreement by a subcontractor, which liability is not covered by the subcontractor's insurance SECTION 00635 CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION TO: CITY OF FORT COLLINS (OWNER) DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION: PROJECT TITLE: 8273 EPIC Pump Room & Pool Renovation PROJECT OR SPECIFIED PART SHALL LOCATION: Fort Collins, Colorado INCLUDE: OWNER: City of Fort Collins CONTRACTOR: [Contractor] CONTRACT DATE: [Date] The Work performed under this contract has been inspected by authorized representatives of the OWNER, CONTRACTOR, and the ENGINEER and the project or specified part of the project, as indicated above) is hereby declared to be substantially completed on the above date. A tentative list of items to be completed or corrected is appended hereto. This list may not be exhaustive, and the failure to include an item on it does not alter the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to complete all the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. ENGINEER AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE DATE The CONTRACTOR accepts the above Certificate of Substantial Completion and agrees to complete and correct the items on the tentative list within the time indicated. CONTRACTOR AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE DATE The OWNER accepts the project or specified area of the project as substantially complete and will assume full possession of the project or specified area of the project at 12:01 a.m., on . The responsibility for heat, utilities, security, and insurance under the Contract Documents shall be as set forth under "Remarks" below. CITY OF FORT COLLINS, COLORADO By: OWNER AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE DATE REMARKS: SECTION 00640 CERTIFICATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE , 20__ TO: [Contractor] Gentlemen: You are hereby notified that on the day of , 20__, the City of Fort Collins, Colorado, has accepted the Work completed by [Contractor] for the City of Fort Collins project, 8273 EPIC Pump Room & Pool Renovation. A check is attached hereto in the amount of $ as Final Payment for all Work done, subject to the terms of the Contract Documents which are dated [Contract Date]. In conformance with the Contract Documents for this project, your obligations and guarantees will continue for the specified time from the following date:____________ _, 20__. Sincerely, OWNER: City of Fort Collins By: Title: ATTEST: Title: SECTION 00650 LIEN WAIVER RELEASE (CONTRACTOR) TO: City of Fort Collins, Colorado (OWNER) FROM: [Contractor] (CONTRACTOR) PROJECT: 8273 EPIC Pump Room & Pool Renovation 1. The CONTRACTOR acknowledges having received payment, except retainage from the OWNER for all work, labor, skill and material furnished, delivered and performed by the CONTRACTOR for the OWNER or for anyone in the construction, design, improvement, alteration, addition or repair of the above described project. 2. In consideration of such payment and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the CONTRACTOR voluntarily waives all rights, claims and liens, including but not limited to, mechanic's liens, Miller Act claims (40 U.S.C.A. 270 a and b), stop notices, equitable liens and labor and material bond rights which the CONTRACTOR may now or may afterward have, claim or assert for all and any work, labor, skill or materials furnished, delivered or performed for the construction, design, improvement, alteration, addition or repair of the above described project, against the OWNER or its officers, agents, employees or assigns, against any fund of or in the possession or control of the OWNER, against the project or against all land and the buildings on and appurtenances to the land improved by the project. 3. The CONTRACTOR affirms that all work, labor and materials, furnished, delivered or performed to or for the construction, design, improvement, alteration, addition or repair of the project were furnished, delivered or performed by the CONTRACTOR or its agents, employees, and servants, or by and through the CONTRACTOR by various Subcontractors or materialmen or their agents, employees and servants and further affirms the same have been paid in full and have released in full any and all existing or possible future mechanic's liens or rights or claims against the project or any funds in the OWNER'S possession or control concerning the project or against the OWNER or its officers, agents, employees or assigns arising out of the project. 4. The CONTRACTOR agrees to defend and hold harmless the OWNER, the lender, if any, and the Surety on the project against and from any claim hereinafter made by the CONTRACTOR'S Subcontractors, materialmen, employees, servants, agents or assigns against the project or against the OWNER or its officers, employees, agents or assigns arising out of the project for all loss, damage and costs, including reasonable attorneys fees, incurred as a result of such claims. 5. The parties acknowledge that the description of the project set forth above constitutes and adequate description of the property and improvements to which this Lien Waiver Release pertains. It is further acknowledged that this Lien Waiver Release is for the benefit of and may be relied upon by the OWNER, the lender, if any, and Surety on any labor and material bonds for the project. Signed this day of , 20__. CONTRACTOR: [CONTRACTOR] By: Title: ATTEST: Secretary STATE OF COLORADO ) )ss. COUNTY OF LARIMER ) Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of 20__, by . Witness my hand and official seal. Notary Public My Commission Expires: SECTION 00660 CONSENT OF SURETY TO: City of Fort Collins, Colorado (hereinafter referred to as the "OWNER") CONTRACTOR: [Contractor] PROJECT: 8273 EPIC Pump Room & Pool Renovation CONTRACT DATE: [Date] In accordance with the provisions of the Contract between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR as indicated above, for . (Surety) on bond of hereby approves of the Final Payment to the CONTRACTOR, and agrees that Final Payment to the CONTRACTOR shall not relieve the Surety Company of any of its obligations to the OWNER, as set forth in the said Surety Company's Bond. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Surety Company has hereunto set its hand this day of , 20____ . (Surety Company) By: ATTACH: Power of Attorney and Certificate of Authority of Attorney(s)-in-Fact. SECTION 00670 APPLICATION FOR EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE Special Notice Contractors who have completed this application in the past, please note the following changes in procedure: The Department will no longer issue individual Certificates of exemption to subcontractors. Only prime contractors will receive a Contractor’s Exemption Certificate on exempt projects. Upon receipt of the Certificate, the prime contractor should make a copy for each subcontractor involved in the project and complete it by filling in the subcontractor’s name and address and signing it. The original Certificate should always be retained by the prime contractor. Copies of all Certificates that the prime contractor issued to subcontractors should be kept at the prime contractor’s place of business for a minimum of three years and be available for inspection in the event of an audit. Once an 89# has been assigned to you, please use the next five numbers following it for any applications submitted for future projects. This should be your permanent number. For instance, if you were assigned 89-12345-0001, every application submitted thereafter should contain 89-12345 on the application. The succeeding numbers will be issued by the Department of Revenue. DO NOT enter what you believe to be the next in sequence as this may delay processing of your application. SECTION 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS SECTION 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS SECTION 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Conditions of the Contract These Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement the General Conditions of the Construction Contract (EJCDC General Conditions 1910-8, 1990 edition with City of Fort Collins modifications) and other provisions of the Contract Documents as indicated below. SC-4.2 Subsurface and Physical Conditions: A. Add the following language to paragraph 4.2.1 of the General Conditions. 4.2.1.1.1 The following report(s) of exploration and tests of subsurface conditions at the site of the Work: Limited Asbestos & Lead Based Paint Survey completed by LT Environmental Inc, dated February 12, 2016. Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in the geotechnical documents, but not upon nontechnical data, interpretations or opinions contained therein or upon the completeness of any information in the report. B. 4.2.1.2.1 No drawing of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures (except Underground Facilities referred to in Paragraph 4.3) which are at or contiguous to the site have been utilized by the Engineer in preparation of the Contract Documents, except the following: N/A SC-5.4.8 Limits of Liability A. Add the following language at the end of paragraph 5.4.8. The limits of liability for the insurance required by the paragraph numbers of the General Conditions listed below are as follows: 5.4.1 and 5.4.2 Coverage A - Statutory Limits Coverage B - $100,000/$100,000/$500,000 5.4.3 and 5.4.5 Commercial General Liability policy will have limits of $1,000,000 combined single limits (CSL). This policy will include coverage for Explosion, Collapse, and Underground coverage unless waived by the Owner. 5.4.6 The Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance policy will have limits of $1,000,000 combined single limits (CSL). 5.4.9 This policy will include completed operations coverage/product liability coverage with limits of $1,000,000 combined single limits (CSL). SC-8.10 OWNER’s Project Manager A. Add the following language to ARTICLE 8: 8.10. The OWNER will provide a Project Manager. The CONTRACTOR shall direct all questions concerning Contract interpretation, Change Orders, and other requests for clarification or instruction to the Project Manager. 8.10.1 Authority: The Project Manager will be the OWNER's representative during the construction of the project. The Project Manager shall have the authority set forth in the OWNER's Capital Project Procedures Manual. The Project Manager shall have the authority to reject work and materials whenever such rejection may be necessary to ensure the proper performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 8.10.2 Duties and Responsibilities: The Project Manager will make periodic visits to the project site to observe the progress and quality of the Work and to determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Project Manager shall not be required to make comprehensive or continuous inspections to check the progress or quality of the Work. The Project Manager shall not be responsible for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures, or for safety precautions or programs in connection with the Work, or for any failure of the Contractor to comply with laws and regulation applicable to the performance or furnishing of the Work. Visits and observations made by the Project Manager shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of his obligation to conduct comprehensive inspections of the Work, to furnish materials and perform acceptable Work, and to provide adequate safety precautions in conformance with the Contract Documents. The Project Manager shall at all times have access to the Work. The CONTRACTOR shall provide facilities for such access so the Project Manager may perform his or her functions under the Contract Documents. 8.10.3 One or more Resident Construction Inspector(s) (RCI) may be assigned to assist the Project Manager in providing observation of the Work, to determine whether or not the Work is proceeding according to the construction documents. CONTRACTOR will receive written notification from the OWNER of any RCI assignments. The RCI shall not supervise, direct or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for, CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures of construction or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the Work. The RCI will not be responsible for CONTRACTOR's failure to perform or furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. The RCI's dealings in matters pertaining to the on-site work will be to keep the Project Manager properly apprised about such matters. 8.10.4 Communications: All instructions, approvals, and decisions of the Project Manager shall be in writing. The CONTRACTOR may not rely on instructions, approvals, or decisions of the Project Manager until the same are reduced to writing. SC-12.3 Add the following language to the end of paragraph 12.3. Contractor will include in the project schedule three (3) days lost due to abnormal weather conditions. SECTION 00900 ADDENDA, MODIFICATIONS AND PAYMENT 00950 Contract Change Order 00960 Application for Payment SECTION 00950 CHANGE ORDER NO. PROJECT TITLE: 8273 EPIC Pump Room & Pool Renovation CONTRACTOR: [Contractor] PROJECT NUMBER: 8273 DESCRIPTION: 1. Reason for change: 2. Description of Change: 3. Change in Contract Cost: 4. Change in Contract Time: ORIGINAL CONTRACT COST $ .00 TOTAL APPROVED CHANGE ORDER .00 TOTAL PENDING CHANGE ORDER .00 TOTAL THIS CHANGE ORDER .00 TOTAL % OF THIS CHANGE ORDER % TOTAL C.O.% OF ORIGNINAL CONTRACT % ADJUSTED CONTRACT COST $ .00 (Assuming all change orders approved) ACCEPTED BY: DATE: Contractor's Representative ACCEPTED BY: DATE: Project Manager REVIEWED BY: DATE: Title: APPROVED BY: DATE: Title: APPROVED BY: DATE: Purchasing Agent over $30,000 cc: City Clerk Contractor Engineer Project File Architect Purchasing SECTION 00960 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT SECTION 01000 OWNER DOCUMENTS COMPLIANCE / ENGINEERING / REMEDIATION LT Environmental Inc. 4600 West 60th Avenue Arvada, Colorado 80003 T 303.433.9788 / F 303.433.1432 February 12, 2016 Mr. Ethan Cozzens City of Fort Collins Facilities Project Manager 300 LaPorte Avenue, Building B Fort Collins, Colorado 80522-0580 RE: Limited Asbestos and Lead-Based Paint Survey for Renovation Epic Swim Center 1801 Riverside Avenue Fort Collins, Colorado 80525 Dear Mr. Cozzens: LT Environmental, Inc. (LTE) has prepared this report on behalf of the City of Fort Collins (the City) following the limited asbestos and lead-based paint survey and sampling of select areas of the Epic Swim Center located at 1801 Riverside Avenue in Fort Collins, Colorado (Site, Figure 1). The Site is currently occupied by a multi-story recreation center comprised of a swim area, indoor ice surfaces, cardio/weight room, concession stand, multi-purpose and skate service rooms, other common areas, and various mechanical rooms. The planned renovation includes the swim area and the pool mechanical room and were the only locations surveyed. Within these spaces, homogeneous materials of suspect asbestos-containing materials (ACMs) were identified and documented. Although reasonable effort was made to survey accessible suspect materials, additional suspect but unsampled materials could be located in walls, voids, interior equipment components, or in below grade (sub-grade) or other concealed areas. Suspect ACM was sampled in conformance with the sampling protocols outlined in the United States Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) regulations 40 Code of Federal Record (CFR) 763.86, Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act (AHERA). Samples were delivered to an accredited laboratory for analysis by polarized light microscopy (PLM). SAMPLING OBJECTIVES LTE understands this asbestos survey was requested as a result of planned renovation of the swim area and the pool mechanical room of the site building. The EPA 40 CFR Part 61, National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAP), prohibits the release of asbestos fibers to the atmosphere during renovation or demolition activities. The asbestos NESHAP rule requires that potentially regulated asbestos-containing building materials (RACM) be identified, classified, and quantified prior to planned disturbance or renovation activities. SECTION 01000 Cozzens, E. Page 2 SITE DESCRIPTION The Site is a multi-story recreation center comprised of a swim area, indoor ice surfaces, cardio/weight room, concession stand, multi-purpose and skate service rooms, other common areas, and various mechanical rooms. FIELD ACTIVITIES The survey was conducted by Mr. Mike Hupp, a Colorado Certified Asbestos Building Inspector (CABI). A copy of Mr. Hupp’s state certification is included as Attachment 1. Mr. Hupp collected samples in adherence to the EPA 40 CFR Part 763 and the Colorado Department of Public Health and Environment (CDPHE) Regulation 8. Visual Assessment Sample location maps (Figures2 and 3) depicting the building and areas sampled are attached. The LTE survey activities began with a visual observation of the Site and interior portions of the building to identify functional spaces and homogeneous materials and determine the different painted surfaces. Physical Assessment A physical assessment of each homogeneous suspect ACM was conducted to assess the condition of the material as friable or non-friable. The EPA defines friable material as one which, when dry, can be crumbled, pulverized, or reduced to a powder by hand pressure. Friability was assessed by physically touching suspect ACM. Asbestos Sample Collection Based on the results of visual observations, bulk samples of suspect ACM were collected in general conformance with AHERA protocols. The samples were collected using wet methods as applicable to reduce the potential for a friable release. Samples were placed in sealable containers and labeled with unique sample identifications based on the material’s location. A total of 36 bulk samples of suspect ACM were collected. Bulk samples were collected from: Miscellaneous Materials: Wall Penetration Fire Stop Floor Epoxy Tile Grout Caulking Cozzens, E. Page 3 Floor Tile Mastic Gaskets Pipe Sealant Ventilation Tape Sealant Tank Sealant Surfacing Materials: Beam Covering. The suspect ACM samples were submitted to Reservoirs Environmental, Inc. (REI) in Denver, Colorado, an independent laboratory accredited by the American Industrial Hygiene Association and has successfully participated in the National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program. All the bulk samples were submitted under chain of custody procedures to REI for analysis by PLM per EPA methodology (EPA-600/R-93/116). Visual estimation was used to obtain the percentage of asbestos present within the bulk samples. The EPA defines ACM as those materials that contain greater than 1 percent (%) asbestos. Bulk Lead Sampling LTE collected samples of the following materials: 1 inch (”) x 1” white ceramic tile (swim area); 1” x 1” blue and white ceramic tile (swim area); and 2” x 4” ceramic tile on walls (swim area). The bulk samples were submitted to REI. in Denver, Colorado, for analysis by Atomic Absorption Spectroscopy (AAS)/Atomic Emission Spectroscopy – Inductively Coupled Plasma (AES-ICP). REGULATORY OVERVIEW Asbestos The asbestos NESHAP rule (40 CFR Part 61) regulates asbestos fiber emissions and asbestos waste disposal practices. It requires the identification and classification of existing building materials prior to renovation or demolition activities. Under NESHAP, asbestos-containing building materials are classified as either friable, Category I non-friable, or Category II non-friable ACM. Friable materials are those that, when dry, may be crumbled, pulverized, or reduced to a powder by hand pressure. Category I non-friable ACM includes packings, gaskets, resilient flooring Cozzens, E. Page 4 covering, and asphalt roofing products. Category II non-friable ACM are any materials other than Category I materials that contain more than 1% asbestos. Friable ACM and Category I and Category II non-friable ACM which is in poor condition and has become friable or which will be subjected to drilling, sanding, grinding, cutting, or abrading and which could be crushed or pulverized during anticipated renovation or demolition activities are considered RACM. RACM must be removed prior to renovation or demolition activities. If the amount of RACM exceeds the trigger levels of 260 linear feet (LF) or 160 square feet (SF), the owner or operator must provide the CDPHE Air Pollution Control Division (APCD) with written notification of planned removal activities at least 10 working days prior to the commencement of asbestos abatement activities. Removal of RACM must be conducted by a trained and appropriately licensed asbestos abatement contractor. The State of Colorado CDPHE Regulation 8, Hazardous Air Pollutants Control, Part B, Asbestos, and 5 Code of Colorado Regulations (CCR) 1001-10, Part B applies, in general, to buildings, facilities, and associated components. The CDPHE-APCD is the implementing regulatory agency for all NESHAP regulations. The United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) asbestos standard for the construction industry (29 CFR 1926.1101) regulates workplace exposure to asbestos. The OSHA standard requires that employee exposure to airborne asbestos fibers be maintained below 0.1 asbestos fibers per cubic centimeter (0.1 f/cc) of air for an 8-hour day. The OSHA standard classifies construction and maintenance activities, which could disturb ACM, and specifies work practices and precautions, which employers must follow when engaging in each class of regulated work. Lead Title IV of the Toxic Substance Control Act (TSCA), as well as other authorities in the Residential Lead-Based Paint Hazard Reduction Act of 1992, directs EPA to regulate lead-based paint hazards. In addition, the OSHA Regulation 29 CFR 1910.1025 outlines health and safety for workers that have the potential to disturb lead-containing paint or lead-based paint. The OSHA standard requires that employee exposure to airborne lead be maintained below 50 micrograms per cubic meter (µg/m3 ). FINDINGS AND RECOMMENDATIONS Asbestos Bulk samples that were collected and submitted to the laboratory for analysis are identified on the asbestos sample description tables included as Table 1 and on the laboratory analytical reports included as Attachment 2. Based on the results of laboratory analysis, no ACMs have been identified. Roofing materials and other suspect ACM located in additional areas of the building were not sampled during this limited asbestos survey and should be tested prior to renovation or demolition which could render suspect materials friable. Cozzens, E. Page 5 Lead The EPA definition of lead-based paint is paint or other surface coatings that contain lead at concentrations equal to or exceeding 1 milligram of lead per square centimeter (mg/cm2) of paint or greater, or paint that contains lead greater than 0.5% lead by weight or 5,000 parts per million (ppm) by weight. Based on the analytical results, no bulk samples exceeded the EPA standard; however lead was detected in the coating of the 1” x 1” white and blue ceramic tile (Sample ID LEAD02-EPIC-01) at a lead concentration of 56.7 ppm and therefore the ceramic tile coating is defined as lead-containing paint by OSHA. Recommendations Based on the results of the survey activities and the information provided that specific areas of the building (the swim area and the pool mechanical room) are planned for renovation, LTE has the following recommendations: It was reported that the building is to be renovated in areas pertaining to the scope of work performed by LTE. It is recommended that during renovation activities, if additional suspect ACM is uncovered, then supplementary samples be collected and analyzed. It is recommended that a Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP) sample be collected to determine the presence of lead in the waste stream created during renovation activities to determine if the waste will leach lead overtime at concentrations that exceed the standards. Since the remainder of the Epic Swim Center will be open during renovation of the pool area, it is recommended that all removal of the ceramic tile with the lead coating be conducted inside a containment so lead dust is not spread throughout the facility. The work areas should be keep under negative pressure, the mechanical system for the work area should be isolated, and workers completing the removal of the work should don proper personnel protective equipment (PPE). A lead removal scope of work should be developed for the purpose of obtaining bids from contractors. GENERAL COMMENTS This report is exclusively for the use and benefit of the City of Fort Collins and is not for the use or benefit of any person or entity, nor may any other person or entity rely upon this report without the express written consent of LTE. All work related to the asbestos survey was conducted in a manner consistent with the level of care and skill of other members conducting similar services, under similar conditions in the same locale. This report is not a bidding document. Contractors and consultants reviewing this report must make their own conclusions regarding further Cozzens, E. Page 6 investigation or remediation which may be deemed necessary. LTE does not warrant the work of the laboratory. No warranty express or implied is made. LTE appreciates the opportunity to provide environmental services to the City of Fort Collins. If you have any questions, please contact our office at (303) 433-9788. Sincerely, LT ENVIRONMENTAL, INC. Nick Talocco, P.E. Senior Engineer Attachments: Figure 1 Site Map Figure 2 Asbestos Sample Locations – Mechanical Room Demolition Plan - Figure 3 Asbestos Sample Locations – Existing Pool Demolition Plan Table 1 Asbestos Sample Description Table Table 2 Lead Paint Chip Sample Results Attachment 1 Personnel Certification Attachment 2 Laboratory Analytical Reports FIGURES P:\City of Fort Collins\GIS\MXD\061616002_ASB_LEAD_SURVEY_EPIC SWIM CENTER\061616002_FIG01_SL.mxd CITY OF FORT COLLINS IMAGE COURTESY OF ESRI/USGS EPIC SWIM CENTER FIGURE 1 SITE LOCATION MAP ASBESTOS AND LEAD SURVEY EPIC SWIM CENTER LARIMER COUNTY, COLORADO 0 2,000 4,000 Feet ± LEGEND SITE LOCATION COLORADO LEGEND SM01-EPIC-02 MISC02-EPIC-03 MISC01-EPIC-01 SM02-EPIC-01 SM01-EPIC-01 SM02-EPIC-03 TSI-EPIC-02 SM01-EPIC-03 TSI-EPIC-01 SM02-EPIC-02 MISC02-EPIC-02 P:\City of Fort Collins\DRAWINGS\0616-16002\AutoCAD\0616-16002 01.dwg LEGEND MISC03-EPIC-02 COAL02-EPIC-01 MISC01-EPIC-02 MISC03-EPIC-03 MISC05-EPIC-01 LEAD03-EPIC-01 MISC03-EPIC-04 MISC04-EPIC-01 MISC04-EPIC-02 MISC05-EPIC-03 MISC07-EPIC-01 MISC07-EPIC-02 MISC07-EPIC-03 MISC05-EPIC-02 MISC03-EPIC-01 LEAD01-EPIC-01 MISC02-EPIC-01 MISC04-EPIC-03 P:\City of Fort Collins\DRAWINGS\0616-16002\AutoCAD\0616-16002 01.dwg TABLES MISC01-EPIC-03 Orange foam 1/15/2016 Misc. Friable Damaged Moderate ND MISC02-EPIC-01 Tan/Green fibrous material 1/15/2016 Misc. Non-Friable Good Low ND MISC02-EPIC-02 Tan/Green fibrous material 1/15/2016 Misc. Non-Friable Good Low ND MISC02-EPIC-03 Tan/Green fibrous material 1/15/2016 Misc. Non-Friable Good Low ND MISC03-EPIC-01 Gray grout 1/15/2016 Misc. Non-Friable Good Low ND MISC03-EPIC-02 A-white ceramic tile B-gray grout 1/15/2016 Misc. Non-Friable Good Low ND ND MISC03-EPIC-03 Gray grout 1/15/2016 Misc. Non-Friable Good Low ND MISC03-EPIC-04 A-Gray grout B-white ceramic tile 1/15/2016 Misc. Non-Friable Good Low ND ND MISC03-EPIC-05 Gray grout 1/15/2016 Misc. Non-Friable Good Low ND MISC04-EPIC-01 Brown resinous material w/blue paint 1/15/2016 Misc. Non-Friable Good Low ND MISC04-EPIC-02 Brown resinous material w/blue paint 1/15/2016 Misc. Non-Friable Good Low ND MISC04-EPIC-03 Brown resinous material w/blue paint 1/15/2016 Misc. Non-Friable Good Low ND MISC05-EPIC-01 White resinous material w/blue paint 1/15/2016 Misc. Non-Friable Good Low ND MISC05-EPIC-02 White resinous material w/blue paint 1/15/2016 Misc. Non-Friable Good Low ND MISC05-EPIC-03 White resinous material w/blue paint 1/15/2016 Misc. Non-Friable Good Low ND MISC06-EPIC-01 Colorless resinous material 1/15/2016 Misc. Non-Friable Good Low ND MISC06-EPIC-02 Colorless resinous material w/blue paint 1/15/2016 Misc. Non-Friable Good Low ND MISC06-EPIC-03 Colorless resinous material 1/15/2016 Misc. Non-Friable Good Low ND MISC07-EPIC-01 Off white resinous material 1/15/2016 Misc. Non-Friable Good Low ND MISC07-EPIC-02 Off white resinous material 1/15/2016 Misc. Non-Friable Good Low ND MISC07-EPIC-03 Off white resinous material 1/15/2016 Misc. Non-Friable Good Low ND SM01-EPIC-01 Blue/multi-colored paint 1/15/2016 Misc. Non-Friable Good Low ND SM01-EPIC-02 Blue/multi-colored paint 1/15/2016 Misc. Non-Friable Good Low ND SM01-EPIC-03 Blue/multi-colored paint 1/15/2016 Misc. Non-Friable Good Low ND SM02-EPIC-01 White compound with off white paint 1/15/2016 Surfacing Non-Friable Good Low ND SM02-EPIC-02 White compound with off white paint 1/15/2016 Surfacing Non-Friable Good Low ND SM02-EPIC-03 White compound with off white paint 1/15/2016 Surfacing Non-Friable Good Low ND TSI01-EPIC-01 A-White/silver wrap with green paint B-White resinous material with green paint C-Yellow insulation 1/15/2016 Misc. Non-Friable Good Low ND ND ND TSI01-EPIC-02 A-White/silver wrap with green paint B-Yellow insulation C-White resinous material with green paint 1/15/2016 Misc. Non-Friable Good Low ND ND ND TSI01-EPIC-03 A-White/silver wrap with green paint B-White resinous material with green paint C-Yellow insulation 1/15/2016 Misc. Non-Friable Good Low ND ND ND SAMPLE DATE MATERIAL TYPE (SURFACING, TSI, MISC.) FRIABLE OR NON- SAMPLE DATE MATERIAL TYPE (SURFACING, TSI, MISC.) FRIABLE OR NON- FRIABLE SAMPLE DESCRIPTION TABLE 1 ASBESTOS CONTENT ASSESSMENT (GOOD, DAMAGED, SIGNIFICANTLY DAMAGED) POTENTIAL FOR DISTURBANCE (LOW, MODERATE, HIGH) EPIC SWIM CENTER 1801 RIVERSIDE AVENUE FORT COLLINS, COLORADO CITY OF FORT COLLINS ASBESTOS SAMPLE DESCRIPTION TABLE SAMPLE IDENTIFICATION TSI02-EPIC-01 A-Gray resinous material B-White/silver wrap 1/15/2016 Misc. Non-Friable Good Low ND ND TSI02-EPIC-02 A-Gray resinous material B-White/silver wrap 1/15/2016 Misc. Non-Friable Good Low ND ND TSI02-EPIC-03 A-Gray resinous material B-White/silver wrap 1/15/2016 Misc. Non-Friable Good Low ND ND TSI03-EPIC-01 A-White/silver wrap with green paint B-White resinous material with green paint C-Yellow insulation 1/15/2016 Misc. Non-Friable Good Low ND ND ND TSI03-EPIC-02 A-White resinous material with green paint B-Yellow insulation 1/15/2016 Misc. Non-Friable Good Low ND ND TSI03-EPIC-03 Yellow insulation 1/15/2016 Misc. Non-Friable Good Low ND Notes: ND - none detected for asbestos content TSI - thermal system insulation MISC. - miscellaneous Sample Name Sample Date Sample Description Lead Concentration (mg/kg) LEAD01-EPIC-01 1/15/16 1" x 1" tile(white) BRL LEAD02-EPIC-01 1/15/16 1" X 1" tile (blue/white) 56.7 LEAD03-EPIC-01 1/15/16 2" x 4" wall tile BRL 0.500 NOTES: mg/kg - milligram per kilogram or parts per million (ppm) by weight " - inch BRL - indicates below reporting limits Defined Lead Based Paint Level EPIC SWIM CENTER LEAD PAINT CHIP SAMPLE RESULTS TABLE 2 CITY OF FORT COLLINS FORT COLLINS, COLORADO 1801 RIVERSIDE AVENUE ATTACHMENT 1 PERSONNEL CERTIFICATION ATTACHMENT 2 LABORATORY ANALYTICAL REPORTS Reservoirs Environmental, Inc. Reservoirs Environmental QA Manual Effective January 1, 2015 T:\QAQC\Lab\Reservoirs Environmental QA Manual.doc Subcontract Number: NA Laboratory Report: RES 340648-1 Project # / P.O. # 0.061616002 Project Description: Ft. Collins RES 340648-1 Sincerely, is the job number assigned to this study. This report is considered highly confidential and the sole property of the customer. Reservoirs Environmental, Inc. will not discuss any part of this study with personnel other than those of the client. The results described in this report only apply to the samples analyzed. This report must not be used to claim endorsement of products or analytical results by NVLAP or any agency of the U.S. Government. This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without written approval from Reservoirs Environmental, Inc. Samples will be disposed of after sixty days unless longer storage is requested. If you have any questions about this report, please feel free to call 303-964-1986. Jeanne Spencer President January 20, 2016 Dear Customer, Reservoirs Environmental, Inc. is an analytical laboratory accredited for the analysis of Industrial Hygiene and Environmental matrices by the National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP), Lab Code 101896-0 for Transmission Electron Microscopy (TEM) and Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM) analysis and the American Industrial Hygiene Association (AIHA), Lab ID 101533 - Accreditation Certificate #480 for Phase Contrast Microscopy (PCM) analysis. This laboratory is currently proficient in both Proficiency Testing and PAT programs respectively. Reservoirs Environmental, Inc. has analyzed the following samples for asbestos content as per your request. The analysis has been completed in general accordance with the appropriate methodology as stated in the attached analysis table. The results have been submitted to your office. LT Environmental, Inc. 4600 W. 60th Ave. Arvada CO 80003 Nick Talocco P: 303-964-1986 F: 303-477-4275 5801 Logan Street, Suite 100 Denver, CO 80216 Page 1 of 1 1-866-RESI-ENV www.reilab.com RES Job Number: Client: Client Project Number / P.O.: Client Project Description: Date Samples Received: Turnaround: Date Samples Analyzed: RES 340648-1 LT Environmental, Inc. 0.061616002 Ft. Collins January 15, 2016 3-5 Day January 20, 2016 TABLE: PLM BULK ANALYSIS, PERCENTAGE COMPOSITION BY VOLUME Reservoirs Environmental, Inc. Reservoirs Environmental QA Manual Effective January 1, 2015 Q:\QAQC\LAB\Reservoirs Environmental QA Manual.doc RESERVOIRS ENVIRONMENTAL INC. NVLAP Lab Code 101896-0 Client Sample Number Lab ID Number L A Y E R Mineral Method: EPA 600/R-93/116 - Short Report, Bulk Physical Description Sub Part (%) Visual Estimate (%) ND=None Detected TR=Trace, <1% Visual Estimate Trem/Act=Tremolite/Actinolite Non Asbestos Fibrous Components (%) Non- Fibrous Components (%) Asbestos Content SM01-EPIC-01 EM 1557834 A Blue/multi-colored paint 100 ND 0 100 SM01-EPIC-02 EM 1557835 A Blue/multi-colored paint 100 ND 0 100 SM01-EPIC-03 EM 1557836 A Blue/multi-colored paint 100 ND 0 100 TSI01-EPIC-01 EM 1557837 A White/silver wrap w/ green paint 10 ND 60 40 B White resinous material w/ green paint 15 ND 0 100 C Yellow insulation 75 ND 90 10 RES Job Number: Client: Client Project Number / P.O.: Client Project Description: Date Samples Received: Turnaround: Date Samples Analyzed: RES 340648-1 LT Environmental, Inc. 0.061616002 Ft. Collins January 15, 2016 3-5 Day January 20, 2016 TABLE: PLM BULK ANALYSIS, PERCENTAGE COMPOSITION BY VOLUME Reservoirs Environmental, Inc. Reservoirs Environmental QA Manual Effective January 1, 2015 Q:\QAQC\LAB\Reservoirs Environmental QA Manual.doc RESERVOIRS ENVIRONMENTAL INC. NVLAP Lab Code 101896-0 Client Sample Number Lab ID Number L A Y E R Mineral Method: EPA 600/R-93/116 - Short Report, Bulk Physical Description Sub Part (%) Visual Estimate (%) ND=None Detected TR=Trace, <1% Visual Estimate Trem/Act=Tremolite/Actinolite Non Asbestos Fibrous Components (%) Non- Fibrous Components (%) Asbestos Content MISC01-EPIC-03 EM 1557842 A Orange foam 100 ND 0 100 SM02-EPIC-01 EM 1557843 A White compound w/ off white paint 100 ND 0 100 SM02-EPIC-02 EM 1557844 A White compound w/ off white paint 100 ND 0 100 SM02-EPIC-03 EM 1557845 A White compound w/ off white paint 100 ND 0 100 MICS02-EPIC-01 EM 1557846 A Tan/green fibrous material 100 ND 60 40 MICS02-EPIC-02 EM 1557847 A Tan/green fibrous material 100 ND 60 40 RES Job Number: Client: Client Project Number / P.O.: Client Project Description: Date Samples Received: Turnaround: Date Samples Analyzed: RES 340648-1 LT Environmental, Inc. 0.061616002 Ft. Collins January 15, 2016 3-5 Day January 20, 2016 TABLE: PLM BULK ANALYSIS, PERCENTAGE COMPOSITION BY VOLUME Reservoirs Environmental, Inc. Reservoirs Environmental QA Manual Effective January 1, 2015 Q:\QAQC\LAB\Reservoirs Environmental QA Manual.doc RESERVOIRS ENVIRONMENTAL INC. NVLAP Lab Code 101896-0 Client Sample Number Lab ID Number L A Y E R Mineral Method: EPA 600/R-93/116 - Short Report, Bulk Physical Description Sub Part (%) Visual Estimate (%) ND=None Detected TR=Trace, <1% Visual Estimate Trem/Act=Tremolite/Actinolite Non Asbestos Fibrous Components (%) Non- Fibrous Components (%) Asbestos Content MISC03-EPIC-02 EM 1557853 A White ceramic tile 30 ND 0 100 B Gray grout 70 ND 0 100 MISC03-EPIC-03 EM 1557854 A Gray grout 100 ND 0 100 MISC03-EPIC-04 EM 1557855 A Gray grout 40 ND 0 100 B White ceramic tile 60 ND 0 100 MISC03-EPIC-05 EM 1557856 A Gray grout 100 ND 0 100 RES Job Number: Client: Client Project Number / P.O.: Client Project Description: Date Samples Received: Turnaround: Date Samples Analyzed: RES 340648-1 LT Environmental, Inc. 0.061616002 Ft. Collins January 15, 2016 3-5 Day January 20, 2016 TABLE: PLM BULK ANALYSIS, PERCENTAGE COMPOSITION BY VOLUME Reservoirs Environmental, Inc. Reservoirs Environmental QA Manual Effective January 1, 2015 Q:\QAQC\LAB\Reservoirs Environmental QA Manual.doc RESERVOIRS ENVIRONMENTAL INC. NVLAP Lab Code 101896-0 Client Sample Number Lab ID Number L A Y E R Mineral Method: EPA 600/R-93/116 - Short Report, Bulk Physical Description Sub Part (%) Visual Estimate (%) ND=None Detected TR=Trace, <1% Visual Estimate Trem/Act=Tremolite/Actinolite Non Asbestos Fibrous Components (%) Non- Fibrous Components (%) Asbestos Content MISC06-EPIC-03 EM 1557865 A Colorless resinous material 100 ND 0 100 MISC07-EPIC-01 EM 1557866 A Off white resinous material 100 ND 0 100 MISC07-EPIC-02 EM 1557867 A Off white resinous material 100 ND 0 100 MISC07-EPIC-03 EM 1557868 A Off white resinous material 100 ND 0 100 TSI03-EPIC-01 (Not on Original COC) EM 1557872 A White/silver wrap w/ green paint 15 ND 60 40 B White resinous material w/ green paint 20 ND 0 100 Reservoirs Environmental, Inc. Reservoirs Environmental QA Manual Effective January 1, 2015 T:\QAQC\Lab\Reservoirs Environmental QA Manual.doc Laboratory Code: RES Subcontract Number: NA Laboratory Report: RES 340648-2 Project # / PO #: 0.061616002 Project Description: RES 340648-2 Sincerely, Jeanne Spencer President January 20, 2016 Dear Customer, Reservoirs has analyzed the following sample(s) using Atomic Absorption Spectroscopy (AAS) / Atomic Emission Spectroscopy - Inductively Coupled Plasma (AES-ICP) per your request. Reported sample results were not blank corrected. The analysis has been completed in general accordance with the appropriate methodology as stated in the analysis table. Results have been sent to your office. property of the customer. Reservoirs Environmental, Inc. will not discuss any part of this study with personnel other than those authorized by the client. The results described in this report only apply to the samples analyzed. This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without written approval from Reservoirs Environmental, Inc. Samples will be disposed of after sixty days unless longer storage is requested. If you should have any questions about this report, please feel free to call me at 303-964-1986. Reservoirs Environmental, Inc. is an analytical laboratory accredited for the analysis of Industrial Hygiene and Environmental matrices by the American Industrial Hygiene Association, Lab ID 101533 - Accreditation Certificate #480. The laboratory is currently proficient in both IHPAT & ELPAT programs respectively. is the job number assigned to this study. This report is considered highly confidential and the sole Ft. Collins Arvada CO 80003 4600 W. 60th Ave. Nick Talocco LT Environmental, Inc. P: 303-964-1986 F: 303-477-4275 5801 Logan Street, Suite 100 Denver, CO 80216 Page 1 of 2 1-866-RESI-ENV www.reilab.com Reservoirs Environmental, Inc. Reservoirs Environmental QA Manual Effective January 1, 2015 T:\QAQC\Lab\Reservoirs Environmental QA Manual.doc RES Job Number: Client: Client Project Number / P.O.: Client Project Description: Date Samples Received: Analysis Type: Turnaround: Date Samples Analyzed: Client Lab Reporting LEAD ID Number ID Number Limit CONCENTRATION (mg/kg) (mg/kg) LEAD01-EPIC-01 EM 1557870 14.9 BRL LEAD02-EPIC-01 EM 1557871 10.5 56.7 LEAD03-EPIC-01 EM 1557872 28.1 BRL Analyst / Data QA:__________________________ 3-5 Day RESERVOIRS ENVIRONMENTAL, INC. 5801 Logan St., Suite 100 Denver CO 80216 TABLE ANALYSIS: LEAD IN BULK RES 340648-2 January 20, 2016 * Unless otherwise noted all quality control samples performed within specifications established by the laboratory. LT Environmental, Inc. 0.061616002 Ft. Collins January 15, 2016 USEPA SW846 3050B / AA (7420) BRL = Below Reporting Limit P: 303-964-1986 F: 303-477-4275 5801 Logan Street, Suite 100 Denver, CO 80216 Page 2 of 2 1-866-RESI-ENV www.reilab.com As of January 2012, the City of Fort Collins requires that the following materials be recycled at all new construction sites within city limits: wood, metals, cardboard, and aggregates (including concrete, asphalt, ceramics and brick). Project managers can either hire one full-service hauler to collect all trash and recyclables or may choose to haul materials themselves to a recycling specialist company. Resources for either option are listed below. Updated information is also posted at fcgov.com/recycling – look for “Who Recycles What” in the side menu, then click on the listings for “construction and demolition debris.” City of Fort Collins Environmental Services staff is available to provide communication materials for recycling at your job site or answer any questions you may have at 970-221-6288 or cmitchell@fcgov.com. CONSTRUCTION & DEMOLITION DEBRIS RECYCLING RESOURCES Full-Service Construction Waste Recycling Companies Benson’s RollOff, 6885 Lowell Blvd., Denver, 303-650-6312, bensonrolloff.com. Will collect trash and recyclables, including wood, metals, cardboard, and aggregates. Gallegos Sanitation, P.O. Box 1986, Fort Collins, 970-484-5556, gsiwaste.com. Will collect trash and recyclables, including wood, metals, cardboard, aggregates, yard waste, electronics, and food waste. Will help design comprehensive construction waste recycling program and haul all recyclables. Programs geared towards diverting maximum volume of construction waste. Heimbuck Disposal, P.O. Box 270310, Fort Collins, 970-472-1823, heimbuckdisposal.com. Will collect trash and recyclables, including wood, metals, cardboard, and aggregates. Home Builder Services, 3031 Hwy. 119, Longmont, 303-651-5700, cfshbs.com/dumpster/about-us.php. Will collect trash and recyclables, including wood, metals, cardboard, and aggregates. Mike’s Hauling, PO Box 7634, Loveland, 970-613-9642, mikeshaulingandcleanup.com. Will collect trash and recyclables, including wood, metals, cardboard, and aggregates. Waste-Not Recycling, 1065 Poplar St., Loveland, 970-669-9912 or 800-584-9912, waste-not.com. Will collect trash and recyclables, including wood, metals, cardboard, aggregates and more. Will help design comprehensive construction waste recycling program and haul all recyclables. Programs geared towards diverting maximum volume of construction waste. Waste Management of Northern Colorado, 40950 Weld County Rd. 25, Ault, 970-674-2500, wm.com. Will collect trash and recyclables, including wood, metals, cardboard, and aggregates. Asphalt, Bricks, Concrete (Aggregates) City of Fort Collins Streets Dept., 1380 Hoffman Mill Rd., Fort Collins, 970-482-1249, fcgov.com/streets/crushing.php. Receives dropped-off materials only. Accepts asphalt (clean, broken, or milled), brick, cement, cinder blocks, pit run (clean dirt and rock mix), rocks, etc. at no charge. Materials are ground up and used in road base. Page 1 of 2 SECTION 01020 Rev. 2/14 Cardboard City of Fort Collins Recycling Drop-off, 1702 Riverside Dr., Fort Collins, 970-221-6600, fcgov.com/recycling/dropoff.php. Receives dropped-off materials only. Accepts flattened cardboard, packing pape , office paper and shredded paper at no charge. Open seven days a week during daylight hours. Colorado Iron & Metal, 903 E. Buckingham St., Fort Collins, 970-482-7707, coloradoironmetal.com. Receives dropped- off materials and may collect materials as well. Accepts scrap metal and cardboard. Green Girl, P.O. Box 324, Jamestown, 303-442-7535. Will collect cardboard for recycling. Larimer County Landfill, 5887 S. Taft Hill Rd., Fort Collins, 970-498-5760, larimer.org/solidwaste. Receives dropped- off materials only. The recycling facility pays for large, clean loads of cardboard, and also offers drop-off recycling for smaller amounts of cardboard at no charge. Metals Note: scrap metals include a wide variety of materials, including appliances, pipes, iron, and structural steel. Metals accepted usually include lead, copper, brass, stainless steel, scrap steel, structural steel, steel pipes, and cast iron. Aragon Iron & Metal, 516 N. Highway 287, Fort Collins, 970-484-2577, aragonironandmetal.com. Receives dropped-off materials and may collect materials as well. Accepts scrap metal and batteries. May pay for some metals. Colorado Iron & Metal, 903 E. Buckingham St., Fort Collins, 970-482-7707, coloradoironmetal.com. Receives dropped- off materials and may collect materials as well. Accepts scrap metal and cardboard. May pay for some metals. RMB Recycling Center, 1475 N. College Ave., Fort Collins, 970-484-5384, rmbrecycling.com. Receives dropped-off materials and may collect materials as well. Accepts scrap metal, batteries, and wood pallets. May pay for some metals. Wood Note: wood waste includes scrap lumber, crates, shake shingles, saw dust, tree branches and other yard waste. A1 Organics, 16350 WCR 76, Eaton, 970-454-3492, a1organics.com. Receives dropped-off materials only. Accepts wood waste, yard waste and food waste. Fee charged per cubic yard of material. Hageman Earth Cycle, Inc, 3501 E Prospect Rd., Fort Collins, 970-221-7173, hagemanearthcycle.com. Receives dropped-off materials only. Accepts wood waste and yard waste. Fee charged per cubic yard of material. Uncle Benny’s Building Supplies, 1815 S. County Rd. 13C, Loveland, 970-593-1667. Receives dropped-off materials only. Accepts lumber, windows, doors, plumbing fixtures, countertops, cabinets etc. May pay for some materials. Salvageable Architectural Materials (optional under current ordinance) Habitat for Humanity, 4001 S. Taft Hill Rd., Fort Collins, 970-223-9909, habitatstore.org. Receives dropped-off materials only. Accepts donations of building materials (new and used), lighting fixtures, large appliances less than 10 years old, furniture, automobiles, etc. Please call before making your donation. All proceeds from home store sales go to building Habitat homes. National Center for Craftsmanship, 1414 Blue Spruce, Unit B, Fort Collins, 970-215-4587, nccraftsmanship.org. Complete or partial deconstruction of buildings for recycling, reuse, diversion up to 90% by weight. Program provides tax incentives / credits and LEED points for qualified owners & projects. Uncle Benny’s Building Supplies, 1815 S. County Rd. 13C, Loveland, 970-593-1667. Receives dropped-off materials only. Accepts lumber, windows, doors, plumbing fixtures, countertops, cabinets etc. May pay for some materials Page 2 of 2 Tracking Form for Salvaged/Recycled/Waste Materials Recycled or Diverted Material Summary Date Removed Material Recycled/ Reused/ Diverted Amount/ Quantity Receiving Party Transportation Cost Amount Paid or Received for Material Total Disposal Cost/Savings (net) Landfill Material Summary Date Hauled Amount (tons or cubic yds) Landfill Tipping Fee Rental/Delivery/ Tax/Container Rental Total Disposal Cost SECTION 01030 Rev 1/1/14 Community Development & Neighborhood Services 281 N. College Ave. Fort Collins, CO 80522; Voice: 970-221-6760 FAX: 970-224-6134 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN and DOCUMENTATION Note: Environmental Services staff is able to assist with questions about getting a recycle program implemented, and will also provide education and site visits upon request (call Caroline Mitchell at (970) 221-6288). PROJECT INFORMATION Address_______________________________________________Date_____________________________ Permit No._____________________________________________________________________________ General Contractor & Contact Info: __________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________________ Material1 Vendor hauling the material2 Facility recycling the material3 Total volume or weight of material4 Concrete/Masonry Wood/Lumber Metals Cardboard Trash N/A Other (describe) Required Documentation4: Provide signed documentation from the hauling company that the volumes & weights listed above are accurate. If you hauled the materials yourself, attach tickets from locations receiving the recyclables. Documentation is required in order to receive final project approval from the City. I and my City-licensed hauler certify that the above materials from my construction site were recycled in the volume / weight described and were taken to the facilities described. ______________________________________________ ____________ Signature (Contractor or Owner) Date ______________________________________________ _____________ Signature (Licensed Hauler) Date 1 At minimum, the four listed materials must be recycled. 2 Enter vendor name and phone number. If the applicant will haul the material themselves, state such. 3 Where will applicant or vendor take the material for recycling? Enter facility name and address. 4 To be completed at the end of the project. Please re-submit this form at end of project withWKHVH sectionV completed. City of Fort Collins - EPIC POOL RENOVATIONS CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS SUBMISSION Architecture / Aquatics 1801 Riverside Avenue Fort Collins, CO 80525 Davis Partnership: 15809.00.000 Other: 03/11/2016 1 1 OWNER CITY OF FORT COLLINS 300 LaPORTE AVE Fort Collins, CO 80524 P. 970.221.6273 Ethan Cozzens ecozzens@fcgov.com ARCHITECT OF RECORD DAVIS PARTNERSHIP ARCHITECTS 2901 Blake St., Suite 100 Denver, Colorado 80205 P. 303.861.8555 Brian Erickson Brian.erickson@davispartnership.com DESIGN ARCHITECT DAVIS PARTNERSHIP ARCHITECTS 2901 Blake St., Suite 100 Denver, Colorado 80205 P. 303.861.8555 Brian Erickson Brian.erickson@davispartnership.com AQUATICS ENGINEER AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP 2226 Faraday Ave Carlsbad, CA 92008 P. 760-438-8400 Alejandro Pinnick apinnick@aquaticdesigngroup.com STRUCTURAL ENGINEER JVA CONSULTING ENGINEERS 1319 Spruce Street Boulder, CO 80302 P. 303-444-1951 Tom Soell tsoell@jva.com M.E.P. ENGINEER M-E ENGINEERS 14143 Denver W Pkway #300 Wheat Ridge, CO 80033 P. 303-421-6655 Brian Kannady Brian.kannady@me-engineers.com CITY OF FT. COLLINS, Epic Pool Renovations Construction Documents City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, CO DPA Project #: 15809.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 03/11/2016 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division / Section # Specification Section Title CURRENT ISSUED SECTION Div 00 Procurement and Contracting Requirements x Sections as Provided by Owner x Div 01 General Conditions x 01 1000 Summary x 01 2500 Substitution Procedures x 01 2600 Contract Modification Procedures x 01 2900 Payment Procedures x 01 3100 Project Management and Coordination x 01 3200 Construction Progress Documentation x 01 3300 Submittal Procedures x 01 4000 Quality Requirements x 01 4200 References x 01 5000 Temporary Facilities and Controls x 01 7300 Execution x 01 7419 Construction Waste Management and Disposal x 01 7700 Closeout Procedures x 01 7823 Operation and Maintenance Data x 01 7839 Project Record Documents x 01 7900 Demonstration and Training x Div 02 Existing Conditions x 02 4119 Selective Demolition x Div 04 Masonry x 04 0120.63 Brick Masonry Repair x Div 05 Metals x 05 5113 Metal Pan Stairs x Div 07 Thermal and Moisture Protection x 07 6200 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim x 07 9200 Joint Sealants x Div 08 Openings x 08 1540 Commercial Fiber Reinforced Plastic Doors x TABLE OF CONTENTS TOC - 1 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, CO DPA Project #: 15809.00 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 03/11/2016 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division / Section # Specification Section Title CURRENT ISSUED SECTION Div 09 Finishes x 09 3013 Ceramic Tiling x 09 5123 Acoustical Tile Ceilings x 09 9123 Interior Painting x 09 9600 High-Performance Coatings x Div 13 Special Construction x 13 1100 SP General Requirements x 13 1101 SP Excavation x 13 1102 SP Concrete x 13 1104 SP Ceramic Tile x 13 1105 SP Plaster x 13 1106 SP Equipment x 13 1107 SP Mechanical x 13 1108 SP Electrical x 13 1109 SP Waterproofing x 13 1110 SP Bulkhead x End of Table of Contents TABLE OF CONTENTS TOC - 2 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 SECTION 01 1000 - SUMMARY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 1000 SUMMARY 01 1000 - 1 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 SECTION 01 2500 - SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for substitutions. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 2300 "Alternates" for products selected under an alternate. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor. 1. Substitutions for Cause: Changes proposed by Contractor that are required due to changed Project conditions, such as unavailability of product, regulatory changes, or unavailability of required warranty terms. 2. Substitutions for Convenience: Changes proposed by Contractor or Owner that are not required in order to meet other Project requirements but may offer advantage to Contractor or Owner. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Substitution Requests: Submit three copies of each request for consideration. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles. 1. Substitution Request Form: Use CSI Form 13.1A. 2. Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the following, as applicable: a. Statement indicating why specified product or fabrication or installation cannot be provided, if applicable. b. Coordination information, including a list of changes or revisions needed to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by Owner and separate contractors, that will be necessary to accommodate proposed substitution. SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 01 2500 - 1 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 c. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitution with those of the Work specified. Include annotated copy of applicable Specification Section. Significant qualities may include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, sustainable design characteristics, warranties, and specific features and requirements indicated. Indicate deviations, if any, from the Work specified. d. Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and installation procedures. e. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners. f. Material test reports from a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results for compliance with requirements indicated. g. Detailed comparison of Contractor's construction schedule using proposed substitution with products specified for the Work, including effect on the overall Contract Time. If specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time, include letter from manufacturer, on manufacturer's letterhead, stating date of receipt of purchase order, lack of availability, or delays in delivery. h. Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract Sum. 3. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within seven days of receipt of a request for substitution. Architect will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection of proposed substitution within 15 days of receipt of request, or seven days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later. a. Forms of Acceptance: Change Order, Construction Change Directive, or Architect's Supplemental Instructions for minor changes in the Work. b. Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of a proposed substitution within time allocated. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Compatibility of Substitutions: Investigate and document compatibility of proposed substitution with related products and materials. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform compatibility tests recommended by manufacturers. 1.6 PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Revise or adjust affected work as necessary to integrate work of the approved substitutions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Substitutions for Cause: Submit requests for substitution immediately on discovery of need for change, but not later than 15 days prior to time required for preparation and review of related submittals. SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 01 2500 - 2 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 1. Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements: a. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results. b. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction schedule. c. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction. d. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work. e. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work. f. Requested substitution provides specified warranty. B. Substitutions for Convenience: Architect will consider requests for substitution if received within 60 days after the Notice of Award. Requests received after that time may be considered or rejected at discretion of Architect. 1. Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect will return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements: a. Requested substitution offers Owner a substantial advantage in cost, time, energy conservation, or other considerations, after deducting additional responsibilities Owner must assume. Owner's additional responsibilities may include compensation to Architect for redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of other construction by Owner, and similar considerations. b. Requested substitution does not require extensive revisions to the Contract Documents. c. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results. d. Substitution request is fully documented and properly submitted. e. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction schedule. f. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction. g. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work. h. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work. i. Requested substitution provides specified warranty. PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 2500 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 01 2500 - 3 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 SECTION 01 2600 - CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for handling and processing Contract modifications. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 2500 "Substitution Procedures" for administrative procedures for handling requests for substitutions made after the Contract award. 1.3 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK A. Architect will issue supplemental instructions authorizing minor changes in the Work, not involving adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time, on AIA Document G710, "Architect's Supplemental Instructions." 1.4 PROPOSAL REQUESTS A. Owner-Initiated Proposal Requests: Architect will issue a detailed description of proposed changes in the Work that may require adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. If necessary, the description will include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications. 1. Work Change Proposal Requests issued by Architect are not instructions either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change. 2. Within time specified in Proposal Request or 20 days, when not otherwise specified, after receipt of Proposal Request, submit a quotation estimating cost adjustments to the Contract Sum and the Contract Time necessary to execute the change. a. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. b. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. c. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01 2600 - 1 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 d. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time. e. Quotation Form: Use CSI Form 13.6D, "Proposal Worksheet Summary," and Form 13.6C, "Proposal Worksheet Detail." B. Contractor-Initiated Proposals: If latent or changed conditions require modifications to the Contract, Contractor may initiate a claim by submitting a request for a change to Architect. 1. Include a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect of the change on the Work. Provide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate the effect of the proposed change on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time. 2. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. 3. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts. 4. Include an updated Contractor's construction schedule that indicates the effect of the change, including, but not limited to, changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time. 5. Comply with requirements in Section 01 2500 "Substitution Procedures" if the proposed change requires substitution of one product or system for product or system specified. 6. Proposal Request Form: Use CSI Form 13.6A, "Change Order Request (Proposal)," with attachments CSI Form 13.6D, "Proposal Worksheet Summary," and Form 13.6C, "Proposal Worksheet Detail." 1.5 ADMINISTRATIVE CHANGE ORDERS A. Allowance Adjustment: See Section 01 2100 "Allowances" for administrative procedures for preparation of Change Order Proposal for adjusting the Contract Sum to reflect actual costs of allowances. B. Unit-Price Adjustment: See Section 01 2200 "Unit Prices" for administrative procedures for preparation of Change Order Proposal for adjusting the Contract Sum to reflect measured scope of unit-price work. 1.6 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES A. On Owner's approval of a Work Changes Proposal Request, Architect will issue a Change Order for signatures of Owner and Contractor on AIA Document G701. 1.7 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE A. Construction Work Change Directive: Architect may issue a Construction Work Change Directive on AIA Document G714 . Construction Work Change Directive instructs Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01 2600 - 2 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 1. Construction Work Change Directive contains a complete description of change in the Work. It also designates method to be followed to determine change in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. B. Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work required by the Construction Work Change Directive. 1. After completion of change, submit an itemized account and supporting data necessary to substantiate cost and time adjustments to the Contract. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 2600 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01 2600 - 3 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 SECTION 01 2900 - PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare and process Applications for Payment. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 2100 "Allowances" for procedural requirements governing the handling and processing of allowances. 2. Section 01 2600 "Contract Modification Procedures" for administrative procedures for handling changes to the Contract. 3. Section 01 3200 "Construction Progress Documentation" for administrative requirements governing the preparation and submittal of the Contractor's construction schedule. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Schedule of Values: A statement furnished by Contractor allocating portions of the Contract Sum to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing Contractor's Applications for Payment. 1.4 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation of the schedule of values with preparation of Contractor's construction schedule. Cost-loaded Critical Path Method Schedule may serve to satisfy requirements for the schedule of values. 1. Coordinate line items in the schedule of values with other required administrative forms and schedules, including the following: a. Application for Payment forms with continuation sheets. b. Submittal schedule. c. Items required to be indicated as separate activities in Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Submit the schedule of values to Architect at earliest possible date, but no later than seven days before the date scheduled for submittal of initial Applications for Payment. PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 2900 - 1 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 3. Subschedules for Separate Elements of Work: Where the Contractor's construction schedule defines separate elements of the Work, provide subschedules showing values coordinated with each element. B. Format and Content: Use Project Manual table of contents as a guide to establish line items for the schedule of values. Provide at least one line item for each Specification Section. 1. Identification: Include the following Project identification on the schedule of values: a. Project name and location. b. Contractor's name and address. c. Date of submittal. 2. Arrange schedule of values consistent with format of AIA Document G703. 3. Arrange the schedule of values in tabular form with separate columns to indicate the following for each item listed: a. Related Specification Section or Division. b. Description of the Work. c. Name of subcontractor. d. Change Orders (numbers) that affect value. e. Dollar value of the following, as a percentage of the Contract Sum to nearest one-hundredth percent, adjusted to total 100 percent. 1) Labor. 2) Materials. 3) Equipment. 4. Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in enough detail to facilitate continued evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress reports. Coordinate with Project Manual table of contents. Provide multiple line items for principal subcontract amounts in excess of five percent of the Contract Sum. a. Include separate line items under principal subcontracts for Project closeout requirements in an amount totaling five percent of the Contract Sum and subcontract amount. 5. Round amounts to nearest whole dollar; total shall equal the Contract Sum. 6. Provide a separate line item in the schedule of values for each part of the Work where Applications for Payment may include materials or equipment purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed. a. Differentiate between items stored on-site and items stored off-site. If required, include evidence of insurance. 7. Provide separate line items in the schedule of values for initial cost of materials, for each subsequent stage of completion, and for total installed value of that part of the Work. 8. Each item in the schedule of values and Applications for Payment shall be complete. Include total cost and proportionate share of general overhead and profit for each item. PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 2900 - 2 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 a. Temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not direct cost of actual work-in-place may be shown either as separate line items in the schedule of values or distributed as general overhead expense, at Contractor's option. 9. Schedule Updating: Update and resubmit the schedule of values before the next Applications for Payment when Change Orders or Construction Change Directives result in a change in the Contract Sum. 1.5 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT A. Each Application for Payment following the initial Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as certified by Architect and paid for by Owner. 1. Initial Application for Payment, Application for Payment at time of Substantial Completion, and final Application for Payment involve additional requirements. B. Payment Application Times: The date for each progress payment is indicated in the Agreement between Owner and Contractor. The period of construction work covered by each Application for Payment is the period indicated in the Agreement. C. Application for Payment Forms: Use forms provided by Owner for Applications for Payment. Sample copies are included in Project Manual. D. Application Preparation: Complete every entry on form. Notarize and execute by a person authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of Contractor. Architectwill return incomplete applications without action. 1. Entries shall match data on the schedule of values and Contractor's construction schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made. 2. Include amounts for work completed following previous Application for Payment, whether or not payment has been received. Include only amounts for work completed at time of Application for Payment. 3. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued before last day of construction period covered by application. 4. Indicate separate amounts for work being carried out under Owner-requested project acceleration. E. Stored Materials: Include in Application for Payment amounts applied for materials or equipment purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet installed. Differentiate between items stored on-site and items stored off-site. 1. Provide certificate of insurance, evidence of transfer of title to Owner, and consent of surety to payment, for stored materials. 2. Provide supporting documentation that verifies amount requested, such as paid invoices. Match amount requested with amounts indicated on documentation; do not include overhead and profit on stored materials. 3. Provide summary documentation for stored materials indicating the following: a. Value of materials previously stored and remaining stored as of date of previous Applications for Payment. PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 2900 - 3 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 b. Value of previously stored materials put in place after date of previous Application for Payment and on or before date of current Application for Payment. c. Value of materials stored since date of previous Application for Payment and remaining stored as of date of current Application for Payment. F. Transmittal: Submit three signed and notarized original copies of each Application for Payment to Architect by a method ensuring receipt within 24 hours. One copy shall include waivers of lien and similar attachments if required. 1. Transmit each copy with a transmittal form listing attachments and recording appropriate information about application. G. Waivers of Mechanic's Lien: With each Application for Payment, submit waivers of mechanic's liens from subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, and suppliers for construction period covered by the previous application. 1. Submit partial waivers on each item for amount requested in previous application, after deduction for retainage, on each item. 2. When an application shows completion of an item, submit conditional final or full waivers. 3. Owner reserves the right to designate which entities involved in the Work must submit waivers. 4. Submit final Application for Payment with or preceded by conditional final waivers from every entity involved with performance of the Work covered by the application who is lawfully entitled to a lien. 5. Waiver Forms: Submit executed waivers of lien on forms, acceptable to Owner. H. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or coincide with submittal of first Application for Payment include the following: 1. List of subcontractors. 2. Schedule of values. 3. Contractor's construction schedule (preliminary if not final). 4. Submittal schedule (preliminary if not final). 5. Copies of building permits. 6. Copies of authorizations and licenses from authorities having jurisdiction for performance of the Work. 7. Certificates of insurance and insurance policies. 8. Performance and payment bonds. 9. Data needed to acquire Owner's insurance. I. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: After Architect issues the Certificate of Substantial Completion, submit an Application for Payment showing 100 percent completion for portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete. 1. Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum. 2. This application shall reflect Certificate(s) of Substantial Completion issued previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work. J. Final Payment Application: After completing Project closeout requirements, submit final Application for Payment with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted, including, but not limited, to the following: PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 2900 - 4 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 1. Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements. 2. Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required and proof that taxes, fees, and similar obligations were paid. 3. Updated final statement, accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum. 4. AIA Document G706, "Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims." 5. AIA Document G706A, "Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens." 6. Evidence that claims have been settled. 7. Final meter readings for utilities, a measured record of stored fuel, and similar data as of date of Substantial Completion or when Owner took possession of and assumed responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work. 8. Final liquidated damages settlement statement. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 2900 PAYMENT PROCEDURES 01 2900 - 5 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 SECTION 01 3100 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on Project including, but not limited to, the following: 1. General coordination procedures. 2. Coordination drawings. 3. Requests for Information (RFIs). 4. Project Web site. 5. Project meetings. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 3200 "Construction Progress Documentation" for preparing and submitting Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Section 01 7300 "Execution" for procedures for coordinating general installation and field-engineering services, including establishment of benchmarks and control points. 3. Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures" for coordinating closeout of the Contract. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. RFI: Request from Owner, Architect, or Contractor seeking information required by or clarifications of the Contract Documents. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabricated to a special design. Include the following information in tabular form: 1. Name, address, and telephone number of entity performing subcontract or supplying products. 2. Number and title of related Specification Section(s) covered by subcontract. 3. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate, covered by subcontract. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100 - 1 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 B. Key Personnel Names: Within 15 days of starting construction operations, submit a list of key personnel assignments, including superintendent and other personnel in attendance at Project site. Identify individuals and their duties and responsibilities; list addresses and telephone numbers, including home, office, and cellular telephone numbers and e-mail addresses. Provide names, addresses, and telephone numbers of individuals assigned as alternates in the absence of individuals assigned to Project. 1. Post copies of list in project meeting room, in temporary field office, [on Project Web site, ]and by each temporary telephone. Keep list current at all times. 1.5 GENERAL COORDINATION PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections of the Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations, included in different Sections, that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation. 1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation. 2. Coordinate installation of different components to ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair. 3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation. B. Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list of attendees at meetings. 1. Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination of their Work is required. C. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Preparation of Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Preparation of the schedule of values. 3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls. 4. Delivery and processing of submittals. 5. Progress meetings. 6. Preinstallation conferences. 7. Project closeout activities. 8. Startup and adjustment of systems. D. Conservation: Coordinate construction activities to ensure that operations are carried out with consideration given to conservation of energy, water, and materials. Coordinate use of temporary utilities to minimize waste. 1. Salvage materials and equipment involved in performance of, but not actually incorporated into, the Work. See other Sections for disposition of salvaged materials that are designated as Owner's property. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100 - 2 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 1.6 COORDINATION DRAWINGS A. Coordination Drawings, General: Prepare coordination drawings according to requirements in individual Sections, and additionally where installation is not completely shown on Shop Drawings, where limited space availability necessitates coordination, or if coordination is required to facilitate integration of products and materials fabricated or installed by more than one entity. 1. Content: Project-specific information, drawn accurately to a scale large enough to indicate and resolve conflicts. Do not base coordination drawings on standard printed data. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Use applicable Drawings as a basis for preparation of coordination drawings. Prepare sections, elevations, and details as needed to describe relationship of various systems and components. b. Indicate functional and spatial relationships of components of architectural, structural, civil, mechanical, and electrical systems. c. Indicate space requirements for routine maintenance and for anticipated replacement of components during the life of the installation. d. Show location and size of access doors required for access to concealed dampers, valves, and other controls. e. Indicate required installation sequences. f. Indicate dimensions shown on the Drawings. Specifically note dimensions that appear to be in conflict with submitted equipment and minimum clearance requirements. Provide alternate sketches to Architect indicating proposed resolution of such conflicts. Minor dimension changes and difficult installations will not be considered changes to the Contract. B. Coordination Drawing Organization: Organize coordination drawings as follows: 1. Floor Plans and Reflected Ceiling Plans: Show architectural and structural elements, and mechanical, plumbing, fire-protection, fire-alarm, and electrical Work. Show locations of visible ceiling-mounted devices relative to acoustical ceiling grid. Supplement plan drawings with section drawings where required to adequately represent the Work. 2. Mechanical Rooms: Provide coordination drawings for mechanical rooms showing plans and elevations of mechanical, plumbing, fire-protection, fire-alarm, and electrical equipment. 3. Mechanical and Plumbing Work: Show the following: a. Sizes and bottom elevations of ductwork, piping, and conduit runs, including insulation, bracing, flanges, and support systems. b. Dimensions of major components, such as dampers, valves, diffusers, access doors, cleanouts and electrical distribution equipment. c. Fire-rated enclosures around ductwork. 4. Electrical Work: Show the following: a. Runs of vertical and horizontal conduit 1-1/4 inches in diameter and larger. b. Light fixture, exit light, emergency battery pack, smoke detector, and other fire-alarm locations. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100 - 3 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 c. Panel board, switch board, switchgear, transformer, busway, generator, and motor control center locations. d. Location of pull boxes and junction boxes, dimensioned from column center lines. 5. Review: Architect will review coordination drawings to confirm that the Work is being coordinated, but not for the details of the coordination, which are Contractor's responsibility. If Architect determines that coordination drawings are not being prepared in sufficient scope or detail, or are otherwise deficient, Architect will so inform Contractor, who shall make changes as directed and resubmit. 6. Coordination Drawing Prints: Prepare coordination drawing prints according to requirements in Section 01 3300 "Submittal Procedures." C. Coordination Digital Data Files: Prepare coordination digital data files according to the following requirements: 1. File Preparation Format: Same digital data software program, version, and operating system as original Drawings. 2. File Submittal Format: Submit or post coordination drawing files using Portable Data File (PDF) format. 1.7 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION (RFIs) A. General: Immediately on discovery of the need for additional information or interpretation of the Contract Documents, Contractor shall prepare and submit an RFI in the form specified. 1. Architect will return RFIs submitted to Architect by other entities controlled by Contractor with no response. 2. Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner so as to avoid delays in Contractor's work or work of subcontractors. B. Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible description of item needing information or interpretation and the following: 1. Project name. 2. Project number. 3. Date. 4. Name of Contractor. 5. Name of Architect. 6. RFI number, numbered sequentially. 7. RFI subject. 8. Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, as appropriate. 9. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. 10. Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate. 11. Contractor's suggested resolution. If Contractor's suggested resolution impacts the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, Contractor shall state impact in the RFI. 12. Contractor's signature. 13. Attachments: Include sketches, descriptions, measurements, photos, Product Data, Shop Drawings, coordination drawings, and other information necessary to fully describe items needing interpretation. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100 - 4 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 a. Include dimensions, thicknesses, structural grid references, and details of affected materials, assemblies, and attachments on attached sketches. C. RFI Forms: Software-generated form with substantially the same content as indicated above, acceptable to Architect. 1. Attachments shall be electronic files in Adobe Acrobat PDF format. D. Architect's Action: Architect will review each RFI, determine action required, and respond. Allow seven working days for Architect's response for each RFI. RFIs received by Architect after 1:00 p.m. will be considered as received the following working day. 1. The following Contractor-generated RFIs will be returned without action: a. Requests for approval of submittals. b. Requests for approval of substitutions. c. Requests for approval of Contractor's means and methods. d. Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract Documents. e. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum. f. Requests for interpretation of Architect's actions on submittals. g. Incomplete RFIs or inaccurately prepared RFIs. 2. Architect's action may include a request for additional information, in which case Architect's time for response will date from time of receipt of additional information. 3. Architect's action on RFIs that may result in a change to the Contract Time or the Contract Sum may be eligible for Contractor to submit Change Proposal according to Section 01 2600 "Contract Modification Procedures." a. If Contractor believes the RFI response warrants change in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, notify Architect[ and Construction Manager] in writing within 10 days of receipt of the RFI response. E. RFI Log: Prepare, maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI number. Submit log weekly. Software log with not less than the following: 1. Project name. 2. Name and address of Contractor. 3. Name and address of Architect[ and Construction Manager]. 4. RFI number including RFIs that were returned without action or withdrawn. 5. RFI description. 6. Date the RFI was submitted. 7. Date Architect's[ and Construction Manager's] response was received. F. On receipt of Architect's action, update the RFI log and immediately distribute the RFI response to affected parties. Review response and notify Architect within seven days if Contractor disagrees with response. 1. Identification of related Minor Change in the Work, Construction Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as appropriate. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100 - 5 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 2. Identification of related Field Order, Work Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as appropriate. 1.8 PROJECT WEB SITE A. Use Architect's Project Web site for purposes of hosting and managing project communication and documentation until Final Completion. Project Web site shall include the following functions: 1. Project directory. 2. Project correspondence. 3. Meeting minutes. 4. Contract modifications forms and logs. 5. RFI forms and logs. 6. Task and issue management. 7. Photo documentation. 8. Schedule and calendar management. 9. Submittals forms and logs. 10. Drawing and specification document hosting, viewing, and updating. 11. Online document collaboration. 12. Reminder and tracking functions. 13. Archiving functions. B. On completion of Project, provide one complete archive copy(ies) of Project Web site files to Owner and to Architect in a digital storage format acceptable to Architect. C. Contractor, subcontractors, and other parties granted access by Contractor to Project Web site shall execute a data licensing agreement in the form of Agreement acceptable to Owner and Architect. 1.9 PROJECT MEETINGS A. General: Schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site unless otherwise indicated. 1. Attendees: Inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose presence is required, of date and time of each meeting. Notify Owner and Architect of scheduled meeting dates and times. 2. Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited attendees. 3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record significant discussions and agreements achieved. Distribute the meeting minutes to everyone concerned, including Owner[, Construction Manager,] and Architect, within three days of the meeting. B. Preconstruction Conference: a preconstruction conference before starting construction, at a time convenient to Owner and Architect, but no later than 15 days after execution of the Agreement. 1. Conduct the conference to review responsibilities and personnel assignments. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100 - 6 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 2. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner Architect, and their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the conference. Participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 3. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the following: a. Tentative construction schedule. b. Phasing. c. Critical work sequencing and long-lead items. d. Designation of key personnel and their duties. e. Lines of communications. f. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders. g. Procedures for RFIs. h. Procedures for testing and inspecting. i. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment. j. Distribution of the Contract Documents. k. Submittal procedures. l. . m. Preparation of record documents. n. Use of the premises and existing building. o. Work restrictions. p. Working hours. q. Owner's occupancy requirements. r. Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls. s. Procedures for moisture and mold control. t. Procedures for disruptions and shutdowns. u. Construction waste management and recycling. v. Parking availability. w. Office, work, and storage areas. x. Equipment deliveries and priorities. y. First aid. z. Security. aa. Progress cleaning. 4. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record and distribute meeting minutes. C. Preinstallation Conferences: Conduct a preinstallation conference at Project site before each construction activity that requires coordination with other construction. 1. Attendees: Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or affected by the installation and its coordination or integration with other materials and installations that have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. Advise Architect of scheduled meeting dates. 2. Agenda: Review progress of other construction activities and preparations for the particular activity under consideration, including requirements for the following: a. Contract Documents. b. Related RFIs. c. Related Change Orders. d. Purchases. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100 - 7 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 e. Deliveries. f. Submittals. g. . h. Review of mockups. i. Possible conflicts. j. Compatibility requirements. k. Time schedules. l. Manufacturer's written instructions. m. Warranty requirements. n. Compatibility of materials. o. Acceptability of substrates. p. Temporary facilities and controls. q. Space and access limitations. r. Regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. s. Testing and inspecting requirements. t. Installation procedures. u. Coordination with other work. v. Required performance results. w. Protection of adjacent work. x. Protection of construction and personnel. 3. Record significant conference discussions, agreements, and disagreements, including required corrective measures and actions. 4. Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to other parties requiring information. 5. Do not proceed with installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded. Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of the Work and reconvene the conference at earliest feasible date. D. Project Closeout Conference: a project closeout conference, at a time convenient to Owner and Architect, but no later than 90 days prior to the scheduled date of Substantial Completion. 1. Conduct the conference to review requirements and responsibilities related to Project closeout. 2. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Architect, and their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the meeting. Participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 3. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect or delay Project closeout, including the following: a. Preparation of record documents. b. Procedures required prior to inspection for Substantial Completion and for final inspection for acceptance. c. Submittal of written warranties. d. Requirements for preparing operations and maintenance data. e. Requirements for delivery of material samples, attic stock, and spare parts. f. Requirements for demonstration and training. g. Preparation of Contractor's punch list. h. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment at Substantial Completion and for final payment. i. Submittal procedures. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100 - 8 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 j. Coordination of separate contracts. k. Owner's partial occupancy requirements. l. Installation of Owner's furniture, fixtures, and equipment. m. Responsibility for removing temporary facilities and controls. 4. Minutes: Entity conducting meeting will record and distribute meeting minutes. E. Progress Meetings: progress meetings at weekly intervals. 1. Coordinate dates of meetings with preparation of payment requests. 2. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner and Architect, each contractor, subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 3. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to status of Project. a. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting. Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to Contractor's construction schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time. 1) Review schedule for next period. b. Review present and future needs of each entity present, including the following: 1) Interface requirements. 2) Status of submittals. 3) Quality and work standards. 4) Field observations. 5) Status of RFIs. 6) Status of proposal requests. 7) Pending changes. 8) Status of Change Orders. 9) Pending claims and disputes. 10) Documentation of information for payment requests. 4. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting the meeting will record and distribute the meeting minutes to each party present and to parties requiring information. a. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's construction schedule after each progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting. F. Coordination Meetings: Project coordination meetings at as needed. Project coordination meetings are in addition to specific meetings held for other purposes, such as progress meetings and preinstallation conferences. PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100 - 9 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 1. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of the previous coordination meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to status of Project. a. Combined Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last coordination meeting. Determine whether each contract is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to combined Contractor's construction schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time. b. Schedule Updating: Revise combined Contractor's construction schedule after each coordination meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with report of each meeting. 2. Reporting: Record meeting results and distribute copies to everyone in attendance and to others affected by decisions or actions resulting from each meeting. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 3100 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 01 3100 - 10 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 SECTION 01 3200 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the progress of construction during performance of the Work, including the following: 1. Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Construction schedule updating reports. 3. Daily construction reports. 4. Site condition reports. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 3300 "Submittal Procedures" for submitting schedules and reports. 2. Section 01 4000 "Quality Requirements" for submitting a schedule of tests and inspections. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Format for Submittals: Submit required submittals in the following format: 1. Working electronic copy of schedule file, where indicated. 2. PDF electronic file. 1.4 COORDINATION A. Coordinate Contractor's construction schedule with the schedule of values,[ list of subcontracts,] submittal schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other required schedules and reports. 1. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from entities involved. 2. Coordinate each construction activity in the network with other activities and schedule them in proper sequence. CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3200 - 1 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, GENERAL A. Time Frame: Extend schedule from date established for [commencement of the Work] [the Notice of Award] [the Notice to Proceed] to date of [Substantial Completion] [final completion]. 1. Contract completion date shall not be changed by submission of a schedule that shows an early completion date, unless specifically authorized by Change Order. B. Activities: Treat each story or separate area as a separate numbered activity for each main element of the Work. Comply with the following: 1. Activity Duration: Define activities so no activity is longer than [20] <Insert number> days, unless specifically allowed by Architect. 2. Procurement Activities: Include procurement process activities for the following long lead items and major items, requiring a cycle of more than 60 days, as separate activities in schedule. Procurement cycle activities include, but are not limited to, submittals, approvals, purchasing, fabrication, and delivery. a. <Insert list of major items or pieces of equipment>. 3. Submittal Review Time: Include review and resubmittal times indicated in Section 01 3300 "Submittal Procedures" in schedule. Coordinate submittal review times in Contractor's construction schedule with submittal schedule. 4. Startup and Testing Time: Include no fewer than [15] <Insert number> days for startup and testing. 5. Substantial Completion: Indicate completion in advance of date established for Substantial Completion, and allow time for Architect's administrative procedures necessary for certification of Substantial Completion. 6. Punch List and Final Completion: Include not more than [30] <Insert number> days for completion of punch list items and final completion. C. Constraints: Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the Contract Documents and as follows in schedule, and show how the sequence of the Work is affected. 1. Phasing: Arrange list of activities on schedule by phase. 2. Work by Owner: Include a separate activity for each portion of the Work performed by Owner. 3. Products Ordered in Advance: Include a separate activity for each product. Include delivery date indicated in Section 01 1000 "Summary." Delivery dates indicated stipulate the earliest possible delivery date. 4. Owner-Furnished Products: Include a separate activity for each product. Include delivery date indicated in Section 01 1000 "Summary." Delivery dates indicated stipulate the earliest possible delivery date. 5. Work Restrictions: Show the effect of the following items on the schedule: a. Coordination with existing construction. b. Limitations of continued occupancies. CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3200 - 2 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 c. Uninterruptible services. d. Use of premises restrictions. e. Seasonal variations. f. Environmental control. 6. Work Stages: Indicate important stages of construction for each major portion of the Work, including, but not limited to, the following: a. Subcontract awards. b. Submittals. c. Purchases. d. Mockups. e. Fabrication. f. Sample testing. g. Deliveries. h. Installation. i. Tests and inspections. j. Adjusting. k. Curing. l. Building flush-out. m. Startup and placement into final use and operation. 7. Construction Areas: Identify each major area of construction for each major portion of the Work. Indicate where each construction activity within a major area must be sequenced or integrated with other construction activities to provide for the following: a. Completion of mechanical installation. b. Completion of electrical installation. c. Substantial Completion. D. Milestones: Include milestones indicated in the Contract Documents in schedule, including, but not limited to, the Notice to Proceed, Substantial Completion, and final completion[.][, and the following interim milestones:] 1. Temporary enclosure and space conditioning. 2. <Insert milestones not indicated elsewhere>. E. Cost Correlation: Superimpose a cost correlation timeline, indicating planned and actual costs. On the line, show planned and actual dollar volume of the Work performed as of planned and actual dates used for preparation of payment requests. 1. See Section 01 2900 "Payment Procedures" for cost reporting and payment procedures. F. Upcoming Work Summary: Prepare summary report indicating activities scheduled to occur or commence prior to submittal of next schedule update. Summarize the following issues: 1. Unresolved issues. 2. Unanswered Requests for Information. 3. Rejected or unreturned submittals. 4. Notations on returned submittals. 5. Pending modifications affecting the Work and Contract Time. CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3200 - 3 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 G. Recovery Schedule: When periodic update indicates the Work is [14] <Insert number> or more calendar days behind the current approved schedule, submit a separate recovery schedule indicating means by which Contractor intends to regain compliance with the schedule. Indicate changes to working hours, working days, crew sizes, and equipment required to achieve compliance, and date by which recovery will be accomplished. H. Computer Scheduling Software: Prepare schedules using current version of a program that has been developed specifically to manage construction schedules. 1. Use Scheduling component of Project Web site software specified in Section 01 3100 "Project Management and Coordination," for [Windows XP] [Windows Vista] <Insert current Windows operating system> [Macintosh OS X] operating system. 2.2 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (GANTT CHART) A. Gantt-Chart Schedule: Submit a comprehensive, fully developed, horizontal, Gantt-chart-type, Contractor's construction schedule within [30] <Insert number> days of date established for [commencement of the Work] [the Notice to Proceed] [the Notice of Award]. Base schedule on the startup construction schedule and additional information received since the start of Project. B. Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first workday of each week with a continuous vertical line. 1. For construction activities that require three months or longer to complete, indicate an estimated completion percentage in [10] <Insert number> percent increments within time bar. 2.3 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (CPM SCHEDULE) A. General: Prepare network diagrams using AON (activity-on-node) format. B. CPM Schedule: Prepare Contractor's construction schedule using a[ cost- and resource-loaded,] time-scaled CPM network analysis diagram for the Work. 1. Develop network diagram in sufficient time to submit CPM schedule so it can be accepted for use no later than [60] <Insert number> days after date established for [commencement of the Work] [the Notice to Proceed] [the Notice of Award]. a. Failure to include any work item required for performance of this Contract shall not excuse Contractor from completing all work within applicable completion dates, regardless of Architect's approval of the schedule. 2. Conduct educational workshops to train and inform key Project personnel, including subcontractors' personnel, in proper methods of providing data and using CPM schedule information. 3. Establish procedures for monitoring and updating CPM schedule and for reporting progress. Coordinate procedures with progress meeting and payment request dates. CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3200 - 4 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 4. Use "one workday" as the unit of time for individual activities. Indicate nonworking days and holidays incorporated into the schedule in order to coordinate with the Contract Time. C. CPM Schedule Preparation: Prepare a list of all activities required to complete the Work. Using the startup network diagram, prepare a skeleton network to identify probable critical paths. 1. Activities: Indicate the estimated time duration, sequence requirements, and relationship of each activity in relation to other activities. Include estimated time frames for the following activities: a. Preparation and processing of submittals. b. Mobilization and demobilization. c. Purchase of materials. d. Delivery. e. Fabrication. f. Utility interruptions. g. Installation. h. Work by Owner that may affect or be affected by Contractor's activities. i. Testing[ and commissioning]. j. Punch list and final completion. k. Activities occurring following final completion. 2. Critical Path Activities: Identify critical path activities, including those for interim completion dates. Scheduled start and completion dates shall be consistent with Contract milestone dates. 3. Processing: Process data to produce output data on a computer-drawn, time-scaled network. Revise data, reorganize activity sequences, and reproduce as often as necessary to produce the CPM schedule within the limitations of the Contract Time. 4. Format: Mark the critical path. Locate the critical path near center of network; locate paths with most float near the edges. a. Subnetworks on separate sheets are permissible for activities clearly off the critical path. 5. Cost- and Resource-Loading of CPM Schedule: Assign cost to construction activities on the CPM schedule. Do not assign costs to submittal activities. Obtain Architect's approval prior to assigning costs to fabrication and delivery activities. Assign costs under main subcontracts for testing and commissioning activities, operation and maintenance manuals, punch list activities, Project record documents, [LEED documentation, ]and demonstration and training (if applicable), in the amount of [5] <Insert number> percent of the Contract Sum. a. Each activity cost shall reflect an appropriate value subject to approval by Architect. b. Total cost assigned to activities shall equal the total Contract Sum. D. Contract Modifications: For each proposed contract modification and concurrent with its submission, prepare a time-impact analysis using a network fragment to demonstrate the effect of the proposed change on the overall project schedule. CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3200 - 5 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 E. Initial Issue of Schedule: Prepare initial network diagram from a sorted activity list indicating straight "early start-total float." Identify critical activities. Prepare tabulated reports showing the following: 1. Contractor or subcontractor and the Work or activity. 2. Description of activity. 3. Main events of activity. 4. Immediate preceding and succeeding activities. 5. Early and late start dates. 6. Early and late finish dates. 7. Activity duration in workdays. 8. Total float or slack time. 9. Average size of workforce. 10. Dollar value of activity (coordinated with the schedule of values). F. Schedule Updating: Concurrent with making revisions to schedule, prepare tabulated reports showing the following: 1. Identification of activities that have changed. 2. Changes in early and late start dates. 3. Changes in early and late finish dates. 4. Changes in activity durations in workdays. 5. Changes in the critical path. 6. Changes in total float or slack time. 7. Changes in the Contract Time. G. Value Summaries: Prepare two cumulative value lists, sorted by finish dates. 1. In first list, tabulate activity number, early finish date, dollar value, and cumulative dollar value. 2. In second list, tabulate activity number, late finish date, dollar value, and cumulative dollar value. 3. In subsequent issues of both lists, substitute actual finish dates for activities completed as of list date. 4. Prepare list for ease of comparison with payment requests; coordinate timing with progress meetings. a. In both value summary lists, tabulate "actual percent complete" and "cumulative value completed" with total at bottom. b. Submit value summary printouts [one week] <Insert time> before each regularly scheduled progress meeting. 2.4 REPORTS A. Daily Construction Reports: Prepare a daily construction report recording the following information concerning events at Project site: 1. List of subcontractors at Project site. 2. Approximate count of personnel at Project site. 3. Equipment at Project site. 4. Material deliveries. CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3200 - 6 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 5. High and low temperatures and general weather conditions, including presence of rain or snow. 6. Accidents. 7. Meetings and significant decisions. 8. Unusual events (see special reports). 9. Stoppages, delays, shortages, and losses. 10. Meter readings and similar recordings. 11. Emergency procedures. 12. Orders and requests of authorities having jurisdiction. 13. Change Orders received and implemented. 14. [Construction] [Work] Change Directives received and implemented. 15. Services connected and disconnected. 16. Equipment or system tests and startups. 17. Partial completions and occupancies. 18. Substantial Completions authorized. B. Site Condition Reports: Immediately on discovery of a difference between site conditions and the Contract Documents, prepare and submit a detailed report. Submit with a Request for Information. Include a detailed description of the differing conditions, together with recommendations for changing the Contract Documents. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At [monthly] <Insert time> intervals, update schedule to reflect actual construction progress and activities. Issue schedule [one week] <Insert time> before each regularly scheduled progress meeting. 1. Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions have been recognized or made. Issue updated schedule concurrently with the report of each such meeting. 2. Include a report with updated schedule that indicates every change, including, but not limited to, changes in logic, durations, actual starts and finishes, and activity durations. 3. As the Work progresses, indicate final completion percentage for each activity. B. Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to Architect Owner, separate contractors, testing and inspecting agencies, and other parties identified by Contractor with a need-to-know schedule responsibility. 1. Post copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices. 2. When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties and post in the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in performance of construction activities. END OF SECTION 01 3200 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 01 3200 - 7 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 SECTION 01 3300 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes requirements for the submittal schedule and administrative and procedural requirements for submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and other submittals. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 2900 "Payment Procedures" for submitting Applications for Payment and the schedule of values. 2. Section 01 3200 "Construction Progress Documentation" for submitting schedules and reports, including Contractor's construction schedule. 3. Section 01 7823 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for submitting operation and maintenance manuals. 4. Section 01 7839 "Project Record Documents" for submitting record Drawings, record Specifications, and record Product Data. 5. Section 01 7900 "Demonstration and Training" for submitting video recordings of demonstration of equipment and training of Owner's personnel. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that require Architect's responsive action. Action submittals are those submittals indicated in individual Specification Sections as "action submittals." B. Informational Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that do not require Architect's responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements. Informational submittals are those submittals indicated in individual Specification Sections as "informational submittals." C. File Transfer Protocol (FTP): Communications protocol that enables transfer of files to and from another computer over a network and that serves as the basis for standard Internet protocols. An FTP site is a portion of a network located outside of network firewalls within which internal and external users are able to access files. D. Portable Document Format (PDF): An open standard file format licensed by Adobe Systems used for representing documents in a device-independent and display resolution-independent fixed-layout document format. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 1 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Submittal Schedule: Submit a schedule of submittals, arranged in chronological order by dates required by construction schedule. Include time required for review, ordering, manufacturing, fabrication, and delivery when establishing dates. Include additional time required for making corrections or revisions to submittals noted by Architect and additional time for handling and reviewing submittals required by those corrections. 1. Coordinate submittal schedule with list of subcontracts, the schedule of values, and Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Initial Submittal: Submit concurrently with startup construction schedule. Include submittals required during the first 60 days of construction. List those submittals required to maintain orderly progress of the Work and those required early because of long lead time for manufacture or fabrication. 3. Final Submittal: Submit concurrently with the first complete submittal of Contractor's construction schedule. a. Submit revised submittal schedule to reflect changes in current status and timing for submittals. 4. Format: Arrange the following information in a tabular format: a. Scheduled date for first submittal. b. Specification Section number and title. c. Submittal category: Action; informational. d. Name of subcontractor. e. Description of the Work covered. f. Scheduled date for Architect's final release or approval. g. Scheduled date of fabrication. h. Scheduled dates for purchasing. i. Scheduled dates for installation. j. Activity or event number. 1.5 SUBMITTAL ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Architect's Digital Data Files: Electronic digital data files of the Contract Drawings will not be provided by Architect for Contractor's use in preparing submittals. 1. Architect will furnish Contractor one set of digital data drawing files of the Contract Drawings for use in preparing Shop Drawings[ and Project record drawings]. a. Architect makes no representations as to the accuracy or completeness of digital data drawing files as they relate to the Contract Drawings. b. Digital Drawing Software Program: The Contract Drawings are available in PDF. c. Contractor shall execute a data licensing agreement in the form of Agreement form acceptable to Owner and Architect. d. . e. The following digital data files will by furnished for each appropriate discipline: SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 2 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 1) Floor plans. 2) Reflected ceiling plans. 3) . B. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. 1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity. 2. Submit all submittal items required for each Specification Section concurrently unless partial submittals for portions of the Work are indicated on approved submittal schedule. 3. Submit action submittals and informational submittals required by the same Specification Section as separate packages under separate transmittals. 4. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. a. Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received. C. Processing Time: Allow time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as follows. Time for review shall commence on Architect's receipt of submittal. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing, including resubmittals. 1. Initial Review: Allow 15 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time if coordination with subsequent submittals is required. Architect will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. 2. Intermediate Review: If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner as initial submittal. 3. Resubmittal Review: Allow 15 days for review of each resubmittal. 4. Concurrent Consultant Review: Where the Contract Documents indicate that submittals may be transmitted simultaneously to Architect and to Architect's consultants, allow 15 days for review of each submittal. Submittal will be returned to Architect before being returned to Contractor. D. Electronic Submittals: Identify and incorporate information in each electronic submittal file as follows: 1. Assemble complete submittal package into a single indexed file incorporating submittal requirements of a single Specification Section and transmittal form with links enabling navigation to each item. 2. Name file with submittal number or other unique identifier, including revision identifier. a. File name shall use project identifier and Specification Section number followed by a decimal point and then a sequential number (e.g., LNHS-061000.01). Resubmittals shall include an alphabetic suffix after another decimal point (e.g., LNHS-061000.01.A). SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 3 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 3. Provide means for insertion to permanently record Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken by Architect. 4. Transmittal Form for Electronic Submittals: Use software-generated form from electronic project management software electronic form acceptable to Owner, containing the following information: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Name and address of Architect. d. Name of Construction Manager. e. Name of Contractor. f. Name of firm or entity that prepared submittal. g. Names of subcontractor, manufacturer, and supplier. h. Category and type of submittal. i. Submittal purpose and description. j. Specification Section number and title. k. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. l. Location(s) where product is to be installed, as appropriate. m. Related physical samples submitted directly. n. Indication of full or partial submittal. o. Transmittal number[, numbered consecutively]. p. Submittal and transmittal distribution record. q. Other necessary identification. r. Remarks. 5. Metadata: Include the following information as keywords in the electronic submittal file metadata: a. Project name. b. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. c. Manufacturer name. d. Product name. E. Options: Identify options requiring selection by Architect. F. Deviations and Additional Information: On an attached separate sheet, prepared on Contractor's letterhead, record relevant information, requests for data, revisions other than those requested by Architect on previous submittals, and deviations from requirements in the Contract Documents, including minor variations and limitations. Include same identification information as related submittal. G. Resubmittals: Make resubmittals in same form and number of copies as initial submittal. 1. Note date and content of previous submittal. 2. Note date and content of revision in label or title block and clearly indicate extent of revision. 3. Resubmit submittals until they are marked with approval notation from Architect's action stamp. H. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 4 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 I. Use for Construction: Retain complete copies of submittals on Project site. Use only final action submittals that are marked with approval notation from Architect's[ and Construction Manager's] action stamp. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. General Submittal Procedure Requirements: Prepare and submit submittals required by individual Specification Sections. Types of submittals are indicated in individual Specification Sections. 1. Post electronic submittals as PDF electronic files directly to Project Web site specifically established for Project. a. Architect will return annotated file. Annotate and retain one copy of file as an electronic Project record document file. 2. Submit electronic submittals via email as PDF electronic files. a. Architect will return annotated file. Annotate and retain one copy of file as an electronic Project record document file. 3. Certificates and Certifications Submittals: Provide a statement that includes signature of entity responsible for preparing certification. Certificates and certifications shall be signed by an officer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of that entity. a. Provide a digital signature with digital certificate on electronically submitted certificates and certifications where indicated. b. Provide a notarized statement on original paper copy certificates and certifications where indicated. B. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment. 1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard published data are not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data. 2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable. 3. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Manufacturer's catalog cuts. b. Manufacturer's product specifications. c. Standard color charts. d. Statement of compliance with specified referenced standards. e. Testing by recognized testing agency. f. Application of testing agency labels and seals. g. Notation of coordination requirements. h. Availability and delivery time information. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 5 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 4. For equipment, include the following in addition to the above, as applicable: a. Printed performance curves. b. Operational range diagrams. c. Clearances required to other construction, if not indicated on accompanying Shop Drawings. 5. Submit Product Data before or concurrent with Samples. 6. Submit Product Data in the following format: a. PDF electronic file. C. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data[, unless submittal based on Architect's digital data drawing files is otherwise permitted]. 1. Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements in the Contract Documents. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Identification of products. b. Schedules. c. Compliance with specified standards. d. Notation of coordination requirements. e. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. f. Relationship and attachment to adjoining construction clearly indicated. g. Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified. 2. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns, and similar full-size drawings, submit Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches, but no larger than 30 by 42 inches. 3. Submit Shop Drawings in the following format: a. PDF electronic file. 4. BIM File Incorporation: Shop Drawing files into Building Information Model established for Project. a. Prepare Shop Drawings in the following format: Same digital data software program, version, and operating system as the original Drawings. b. Refer to Section 01 3100 "Project Management and Coordination" for requirements for coordination drawings. D. Samples: Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a check of these characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics between submittal and actual component as delivered and installed. 1. Transmit Samples that contain multiple, related components such as accessories together in one submittal package. 2. Identification: Attach label on unexposed side of Samples that includes the following: SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 6 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 a. Generic description of Sample. b. Product name and name of manufacturer. c. Sample source. d. Number and title of applicable Specification Section. e. Specification paragraph number and generic name of each item. 3. For projects where electronic submittals are required, provide corresponding electronic submittal of Sample transmittal, digital image file illustrating Sample characteristics, and identification information for record. 4. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for quality-control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set. a. Samples that may be incorporated into the Work are indicated in individual Specification Sections. Such Samples must be in an undamaged condition at time of use. b. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as Owner's property, are the property of Contractor. 5. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available. a. Number of Samples: Submit one full set(s) of available choices where color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics are required to be selected from manufacturer's product line. Architect will return submittal with options selected. 6. Samples for Verification: Submit full-size units or Samples of size indicated, prepared from same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in manner specified, and physically identical with material or product proposed for use, and that show full range of color and texture variations expected. Samples include, but are not limited to, the following: partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components; small cuts or containers of materials; complete units of repetitively used materials; swatches showing color, texture, and pattern; color range sets; and components used for independent testing and inspection. a. Number of Samples: Submit sets of Samples. Architect will retain two Sample sets; remainder will be returned. 1) Submit a single Sample where assembly details, workmanship, fabrication techniques, connections, operation, and other similar characteristics are to be demonstrated. 2) If variation in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristic is inherent in material or product represented by a Sample, submit at least three sets of paired units that show approximate limits of variations. E. Product Schedule: As required in individual Specification Sections, prepare a written summary indicating types of products required for the Work and their intended location. Include the following information in tabular form: SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 7 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 1. Type of product. Include unique identifier for each product indicated in the Contract Documents or assigned by Contractor if none is indicated. 2. Manufacturer and product name, and model number if applicable. 3. Number and name of room or space. 4. Location within room or space. 5. Submit product schedule in the following format: a. PDF electronic file. F. Coordination Drawing Submittals: Comply with requirements specified in Section 01 3100 "Project Management and Coordination." G. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Comply with requirements specified in Section 01 3200 "Construction Progress Documentation." H. Application for Payment and Schedule of Values: Comply with requirements specified in Section 01 2900 "Payment Procedures." I. Test and Inspection Reports and Schedule of Tests and Inspections Submittals: Comply with requirements specified in Section 01 4000 "Quality Requirements." J. Closeout Submittals and Maintenance Material Submittals: Comply with requirements specified in Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures." K. Maintenance Data: Comply with requirements specified in Section 01 7823 "Operation and Maintenance Data." L. Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience of firm or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, contact information of architects and owners, and other information specified. M. Installer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that Installer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and, where required, is authorized by manufacturer for this specific Project. N. Manufacturer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Include evidence of manufacturing experience where required. O. Product Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that product complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. P. Material Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that material complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Q. Material Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents. SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 8 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 R. Product Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating that current product produced by manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Base reports on evaluation of tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, or on comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency. S. Field Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating and interpreting results of field tests performed either during installation of product or after product is installed in its final location, for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents. 2.2 DELEGATED-DESIGN SERVICES A. Performance and Design Criteria: Where professional design services or certifications by a design professional are specifically required of Contractor by the Contract Documents, provide products and systems complying with specific performance and design criteria indicated. 1. If criteria indicated are not sufficient to perform services or certification required, submit a written request for additional information to Architect. B. Delegated-Design Services Certification: In addition to Shop Drawings, Product Data, and other required submittals, submit digitally signed PDF electronic file and threepaper copies of certificate, signed and sealed by the responsible design professional, for each product and system specifically assigned to Contractor to be designed or certified by a design professional. 1. Indicate that products and systems comply with performance and design criteria in the Contract Documents. Include list of codes, loads, and other factors used in performing these services. C. BIM File Incorporation: Incorporate delegated-design drawing and data files into Building Information Model established for Project. 1. Prepare delegated-design drawings in the following format: Same digital data software program, version, and operating system as the original Drawings. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW A. Action and Informational Submittals: Review each submittal and check for coordination with other Work of the Contract and for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Architect . B. Project Closeout and Maintenance Material Submittals: See requirements in Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures." SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 9 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 C. Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. Include Project name and location, submittal number, Specification Section title and number, name of reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents. 3.2 ARCHITECT'S ACTION A. Action Submittals: Architect will review each submittal, make marks to indicate corrections or revisions required, and return it. Architect[ and Construction Manager] will stamp each submittal with an action stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action. B. Informational Submittals: Architect will review each submittal and will not return it, or will return it if it does not comply with requirements. Architect will forward each submittal to appropriate party. ?. . C. Incomplete submittals are unacceptable, will be considered nonresponsive, and will be returned for resubmittal without review. D. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents may be returned by the Architect without action. END OF SECTION 01 3300 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 01 3300 - 10 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 SECTION 01 4000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control. B. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 1. Specific quality-assurance and -control requirements for individual construction activities are specified in the Sections that specify those activities. Requirements in those Sections may also cover production of standard products. 2. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's other quality-assurance and -control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 3. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality-assurance and -control services required by Architect, Owner, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section. 4. Specific test and inspection requirements are not specified in this Section. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and substantiate that proposed construction will comply with requirements. B. Quality-Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after execution of the Work to evaluate that actual products incorporated into the Work and completed construction comply with requirements. Services do not include contract enforcement activities performed by Architect. C. Preconstruction Testing: Tests and inspections performed specifically for Project before products and materials are incorporated into the Work, to verify performance or compliance with specified criteria. D. Product Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed by an NRTL, an NVLAP, or a testing agency qualified to conduct product testing and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, to establish product performance and compliance with specified requirements. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 1 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 E. Source Quality-Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed at the source, e.g., plant, mill, factory, or shop. F. Field Quality-Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed on-site for installation of the Work and for completed Work. G. Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. Testing laboratory shall mean the same as testing agency. H. Installer/Applicator/Erector: Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee, Subcontractor, or Sub-subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation, including installation, erection, application, and similar operations. 1. Use of trade-specific terminology in referring to a trade or entity does not require that certain construction activities be performed by accredited or unionized individuals, or that requirements specified apply exclusively to specific trade(s). I. Experienced: When used with an entity or individual, "experienced" means having successfully completed a minimum of five previous projects similar in nature, size, and extent to this Project; being familiar with special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1.4 CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS A. Referenced Standards: If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer conflicting requirements that are different, but apparently equal, to Architect for a decision before proceeding. B. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer uncertainties to Architect for a decision before proceeding. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data : For Contractor's quality-control personnel. B. Testing Agency Qualifications: For testing agencies specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include proof of qualifications in the form of a recent report on the inspection of the testing agency by a recognized authority. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 2 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 1.6 CONTRACTOR'S QUALITY-CONTROL PLAN A. Quality-Control Plan, General: Submit quality-control plan within 10 days of Notice of Award, and not less than five days prior to preconstruction conference. Submit in format acceptable to Architect. Identify personnel, procedures, controls, instructions, tests, records, and forms to be used to carry out Contractor's quality-assurance and quality-control responsibilities. Coordinate with Contractor's construction schedule. B. Quality-Control Personnel Qualifications: Engage qualified full-time personnel trained and experienced in managing and executing quality-assurance and quality-control procedures similar in nature and extent to those required for Project. 1. Project quality-control manager may also serve as Project superintendent. 2. <Insert qualifications appropriate to Project>. C. Submittal Procedure: Describe procedures for ensuring compliance with requirements through review and management of submittal process. Indicate qualifications of personnel responsible for submittal review. D. Testing and Inspection: In quality-control plan, include a comprehensive schedule of Work requiring testing or inspection, including the following: 1. Contractor-performed tests and inspections including subcontractor-performed tests and inspections. Include required tests and inspections and Contractor-elected tests and inspections. 2. Special inspections required by authorities having jurisdiction and indicated on the "Statement of Special Inspections." 3. Owner-performed tests and inspections indicated in the Contract Documents. E. Continuous Inspection of Workmanship: Describe process for continuous inspection during construction to identify and correct deficiencies in workmanship in addition to testing and inspection specified. Indicate types of corrective actions to be required to bring work into compliance with standards of workmanship established by Contract requirements and approved mockups. F. Monitoring and Documentation: Maintain testing and inspection reports including log of approved and rejected results. Include work Architect has indicated as nonconforming or defective. Indicate corrective actions taken to bring nonconforming work into compliance with requirements. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1.7 REPORTS AND DOCUMENTS A. Manufacturer's Technical Representative's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting manufacturer's technical representative's tests and inspections specified in other Sections. Include the following: 1. Name, address, and telephone number of technical representative making report. 2. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of product. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 3 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 3. Statement that products at Project site comply with requirements. 4. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with requirements and, if not, what corrective action was taken. 5. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements. 6. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty. 7. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections. B. Factory-Authorized Service Representative's Reports: Prepare written information documenting manufacturer's factory-authorized service representative's tests and inspections specified in other Sections. Include the following: 1. Name, address, and telephone number of factory-authorized service representative making report. 2. Statement that equipment complies with requirements. 3. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements. 4. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty. 5. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections. C. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's records, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents, established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the Work. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: Qualifications paragraphs in this article establish the minimum qualification levels required; individual Specification Sections specify additional requirements. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. C. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. D. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. E. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of the system, assembly, or product that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 4 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 F. Specialists: Certain Specification Sections require that specific construction activities shall be performed by entities who are recognized experts in those operations. Specialists shall satisfy qualification requirements indicated and shall be engaged for the activities indicated. 1. Requirements of authorities having jurisdiction shall supersede requirements for specialists. G. Testing Agency Qualifications: An NRTL, an NVLAP, or an independent agency with the experience and capability to conduct testing and inspecting indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 329; and with additional qualifications specified in individual Sections; and, where required by authorities having jurisdiction, that is acceptable to authorities. 1. NRTL: A nationally recognized testing laboratory according to 29 CFR 1910.7. 2. NVLAP: A testing agency accredited according to NIST's National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program. H. Manufacturer's Technical Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to observe and inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. I. Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project. J. Preconstruction Testing: Where testing agency is indicated to perform preconstruction testing for compliance with specified requirements for performance and test methods, comply with the following: 1. Contractor responsibilities include the following: a. Provide test specimens representative of proposed products and construction. b. Submit specimens in a timely manner with sufficient time for testing and analyzing results to prevent delaying the Work. c. Provide sizes and configurations of test assemblies, mockups, and laboratory mockups to adequately demonstrate capability of products to comply with performance requirements. d. Build site-assembled test assemblies and mockups using installers who will perform same tasks for Project. e. Build laboratory mockups at testing facility using personnel, products, and methods of construction indicated for the completed Work. f. When testing is complete, remove test specimens, assemblies, [and ]mockups[, and laboratory mockups]; do not reuse products on Project. 2. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Submit a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality-assurance service to Architect, with copy to Contractor. Interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 5 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 K. Mockups: Before installing portions of the Work requiring mockups, build mockups for each form of construction and finish required to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for the completed Work: 1. Build mockups in location and of size indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect. 2. Notify Architectseven days in advance of dates and times when mockups will be constructed. 3. Employ supervisory personnel who will oversee mockup construction. Employ workers that will be employed during the construction at Project. 4. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship. 5. Obtain Architect's approval of mockups before starting work, fabrication, or construction. a. Allow seven days for initial review and each re-review of each mockup. 6. Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the completed Work. 1.9 QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner Responsibilities: Where quality-control services are indicated as Owner's responsibility, Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform these services. 1. Owner will furnish Contractor with names, addresses, and telephone numbers of testing agencies engaged and a description of types of testing and inspecting they are engaged to perform. 2. Costs for retesting and reinspecting construction that replaces or is necessitated by work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents will be charged to Contractor. B. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, including service connections. Report results in writing as specified in Section 01 3300 "Submittal Procedures." C. Manufacturer's Technical Services: Where indicated, engage a manufacturer's technical representative to observe and inspect the Work. Manufacturer's technical representative's services include participation in preinstallation conferences, examination of substrates and conditions, verification of materials, observation of Installer activities, inspection of completed portions of the Work, and submittal of written reports. D. Retesting/Reinspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's responsibility, provide quality-control services, including retesting and reinspecting, for construction that replaced Work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents. E. Associated Services: Cooperate with agencies performing required tests, inspections, and similar quality-control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the following: QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 6 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 1. Access to the Work. 2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections. 3. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and inspecting. Assist agency in obtaining samples. 4. Facilities for storage and field curing of test samples. 5. Delivery of samples to testing agencies. 6. Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by testing agency. 7. Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting equipment at Project site. F. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality-assurance and -control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspecting. 1. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities. 1.10 SPECIAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS A. Special Tests and Inspections: Conducted by a qualified testing agency as required by authorities having jurisdiction, as indicated in individual Specification Sections, and as follows: 1. Verifying that manufacturer maintains detailed fabrication and quality-control procedures and reviews the completeness and adequacy of those procedures to perform the Work. 2. Notifying Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities and deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. 3. Submitting a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality-control service to Architect with copy to Contractor and to authorities having jurisdiction. 4. Submitting a final report of special tests and inspections at Substantial Completion, which includes a list of unresolved deficiencies. 5. Interpreting tests and inspections and stating in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents. 6. Retesting and reinspecting corrected work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 ACCEPTABLE TESTING AGENCIES A. <Insert list of firms acceptable to perform designated tests and inspections>. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 7 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 3.2 TEST AND INSPECTION LOG A. Test and Inspection Log: Prepare a record of tests and inspections. Include the following: 1. Date test or inspection was conducted. 2. Description of the Work tested or inspected. 3. Date test or inspection results were transmitted to Architect. 4. Identification of testing agency or special inspector conducting test or inspection. B. Maintain log at Project site. Post changes and revisions as they occur. Provide access to test and inspection log for Architect's reference during normal working hours. 3.3 REPAIR AND PROTECTION A. General: On completion of testing, inspecting, sample taking, and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes. 1. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Specification Sections or matching existing substrates and finishes. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with the Contract Document requirements for cutting and patching in Section 01 7300 "Execution." B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities. C. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for quality-control services. END OF SECTION 01 4000 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 01 4000 - 8 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 SECTION 01 4200 - REFERENCES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract. B. "Approved": When used to convey Architect's action on Contractor's submittals, applications, and requests, "approved" is limited to Architect's duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract. C. "Directed": A command or instruction by Architect. Other terms including "requested," "authorized," "selected," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as "directed." D. "Indicated": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including "shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as "indicated." E. "Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work. F. "Furnish": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations. G. "Install": Unload, temporarily store, unpack, assemble, erect, place, anchor, apply, work to dimension, finish, cure, protect, clean, and similar operations at Project site. H. "Provide": Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use. I. "Project Site": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which Project is to be built. 1.3 INDUSTRY STANDARDS A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference. REFERENCES 01 4200 - 1 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents unless otherwise indicated. C. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project should be familiar with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents. 1.4 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS A. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities indicated in Gale's "Encyclopedia of Associations: National Organizations of the U.S." or in Columbia Books' "National Trade & Professional Associations of the United States." B. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. This information is subject to change and is believed to be accurate as of the date of the Contract Documents. 1. AABC - Associated Air Balance Council; www.aabc.com. 2. AAMA - American Architectural Manufacturers Association; www.aamanet.org. 3. AAPFCO - Association of American Plant Food Control Officials; www.aapfco.org. 4. AASHTO - American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials; www.transportation.org. 5. AATCC - American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists; www.aatcc.org. 6. ABMA - American Bearing Manufacturers Association; www.americanbearings.org. 7. ABMA - American Boiler Manufacturers Association; www.abma.com. 8. ACI - American Concrete Institute; (Formerly: ACI International); www.abma.com. 9. ACPA - American Concrete Pipe Association; www.concrete-pipe.org. 10. AEIC - Association of Edison Illuminating Companies, Inc. (The); www.aeic.org. 11. AF&PA - American Forest & Paper Association; www.afandpa.org. 12. AGA - American Gas Association; www.aga.org. 13. AHAM - Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers; www.aham.org. 14. AHRI - Air-Conditioning, Heating, and Refrigeration Institute (The); www.ahrinet.org. 15. AI - Asphalt Institute; www.asphaltinstitute.org. 16. AIA - American Institute of Architects (The); www.aia.org. 17. AISC - American Institute of Steel Construction; www.aisc.org. 18. AISI - American Iron and Steel Institute; www.steel.org. 19. AITC - American Institute of Timber Construction; www.aitc-glulam.org. 20. AMCA - Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc.; www.amca.org. 21. ANSI - American National Standards Institute; www.ansi.org. 22. AOSA - Association of Official Seed Analysts, Inc.; www.aosaseed.com. 23. APA - APA - The Engineered Wood Association; www.apawood.org. 24. APA - Architectural Precast Association; www.archprecast.org. 25. API - American Petroleum Institute; www.api.org. REFERENCES 01 4200 - 2 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 26. ARI - Air-Conditioning & Refrigeration Institute; (See AHRI). 27. ARI - American Refrigeration Institute; (See AHRI). 28. ARMA - Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers Association; www.asphaltroofing.org. 29. ASCE - American Society of Civil Engineers; www.asce.org. 30. ASCE/SEI - American Society of Civil Engineers/Structural Engineering Institute; (See ASCE). 31. ASHRAE - American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers; www.ashrae.org. 32. ASME - ASME International; (American Society of Mechanical Engineers); www.asme.org. 33. ASSE - American Society of Safety Engineers (The); www.asse.org. 34. ASSE - American Society of Sanitary Engineering; www.asse-plumbing.org. 35. ASTM - ASTM International; www.astm.org. 36. ATIS - Alliance for Telecommunications Industry Solutions; www.atis.org. 37. AWEA - American Wind Energy Association; www.awea.org. 38. AWI - Architectural Woodwork Institute; www.awinet.org. 39. AWMAC - Architectural Woodwork Manufacturers Association of Canada; www.awmac.com. 40. AWPA - American Wood Protection Association; www.awpa.com. 41. AWS - American Welding Society; www.aws.org. 42. AWWA - American Water Works Association; www.awwa.org. 43. BHMA - Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association; www.buildershardware.com. 44. BIA - Brick Industry Association (The); www.gobrick.com. 45. BICSI - BICSI, Inc.; www.bicsi.org. 46. BIFMA - BIFMA International; (Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturer's Association); www.bifma.org. 47. BISSC - Baking Industry Sanitation Standards Committee; www.bissc.org. 48. BWF - Badminton World Federation; (Formerly: International Badminton Federation); www.bissc.org. 49. CDA - Copper Development Association; www.copper.org. 50. CEA - Canadian Electricity Association; www.electricity.ca. 51. CEA - Consumer Electronics Association; www.ce.org. 52. CFFA - Chemical Fabrics and Film Association, Inc.; www.chemicalfabricsandfilm.com. 53. CFSEI - Cold-Formed Steel Engineers Institute; www.cfsei.org. 54. CGA - Compressed Gas Association; www.cganet.com. 55. CIMA - Cellulose Insulation Manufacturers Association; www.cellulose.org. 56. CISCA - Ceilings & Interior Systems Construction Association; www.cisca.org. 57. CISPI - Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute; www.cispi.org. 58. CLFMI - Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute; www.chainlinkinfo.org. 59. CPA - Composite Panel Association; www.pbmdf.com. 60. CRI - Carpet and Rug Institute (The); www.carpet-rug.org. 61. CRRC - Cool Roof Rating Council; www.coolroofs.org. 62. CRSI - Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute; www.crsi.org. 63. CSA - Canadian Standards Association; www.csa.ca. 64. CSA - CSA International; (Formerly: IAS - International Approval Services); www.csa-international.org. 65. CSI - Construction Specifications Institute (The); www.csinet.org. 66. CSSB - Cedar Shake & Shingle Bureau; www.cedarbureau.org. 67. CTI - Cooling Technology Institute; (Formerly: Cooling Tower Institute); www.cti.org. 68. CWC - Composite Wood Council; (See CPA). REFERENCES 01 4200 - 3 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 69. DASMA - Door and Access Systems Manufacturers Association; www.dasma.com. 70. DHI - Door and Hardware Institute; www.dhi.org. 71. ECA - Electronic Components Association; (See ECIA). 72. ECAMA - Electronic Components Assemblies & Materials Association; (See ECIA). 73. ECIA - Electronic Components Industry Association; www.eciaonline.org. 74. EIA - Electronic Industries Alliance; (See TIA). 75. EIMA - EIFS Industry Members Association; www.eima.com. 76. EJMA - Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc.; www.ejma.org. 77. ESD - ESD Association; (Electrostatic Discharge Association); www.esda.org. 78. ESTA - Entertainment Services and Technology Association; (See PLASA). 79. EVO - Efficiency Valuation Organization; www.evo-world.org. 80. FCI - Fluid Controls Institute; www.fluidcontrolsinstitute.org. 81. FIBA - Federation Internationale de Basketball; (The International Basketball Federation); www.fiba.com. 82. FIVB - Federation Internationale de Volleyball; (The International Volleyball Federation); www.fivb.org. 83. FM Approvals - FM Approvals LLC; www.fmglobal.com. 84. FM Global - FM Global; (Formerly: FMG - FM Global); www.fmglobal.com. 85. FRSA - Florida Roofing, Sheet Metal & Air Conditioning Contractors Association, Inc.; www.floridaroof.com. 86. FSA - Fluid Sealing Association; www.fluidsealing.com. 87. FSC - Forest Stewardship Council U.S.; www.fscus.org. 88. GA - Gypsum Association; www.gypsum.org. 89. GANA - Glass Association of North America; www.glasswebsite.com. 90. GS - Green Seal; www.greenseal.org. 91. HI - Hydraulic Institute; www.pumps.org. 92. HI/GAMA - Hydronics Institute/Gas Appliance Manufacturers Association; (See AHRI). 93. HMMA - Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association; (See NAAMM). 94. HPVA - Hardwood Plywood & Veneer Association; www.hpva.org. 95. HPW - H. P. White Laboratory, Inc.; www.hpwhite.com. 96. IAPSC - International Association of Professional Security Consultants; www.iapsc.org. 97. IAS - International Accreditation Service; www.iasonline.org. 98. IAS - International Approval Services; (See CSA). 99. ICBO - International Conference of Building Officials; (See ICC). 100. ICC - International Code Council; www.iccsafe.org. 101. ICEA - Insulated Cable Engineers Association, Inc.; www.icea.net. 102. ICPA - International Cast Polymer Alliance; www.icpa-hq.org. 103. ICRI - International Concrete Repair Institute, Inc.; www.icri.org. 104. IEC - International Electrotechnical Commission; www.iec.ch. 105. IEEE - Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (The); www.ieee.org. 106. IES - Illuminating Engineering Society; (Formerly: Illuminating Engineering Society of North America); www.ies.org. 107. IESNA - Illuminating Engineering Society of North America; (See IES). 108. IEST - Institute of Environmental Sciences and Technology; www.iest.org. 109. IGMA - Insulating Glass Manufacturers Alliance; www.igmaonline.org. 110. IGSHPA - International Ground Source Heat Pump Association; www.igshpa.okstate.edu. 111. ILI - Indiana Limestone Institute of America, Inc.; www.iliai.com. 112. Intertek - Intertek Group; (Formerly: ETL SEMCO; Intertek Testing Service NA); www.intertek.com. REFERENCES 01 4200 - 4 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 113. ISA - International Society of Automation (The); (Formerly: Instrumentation, Systems, and Automation Society); www.isa.org. 114. ISAS - Instrumentation, Systems, and Automation Society (The); (See ISA). 115. ISFA - International Surface Fabricators Association; (Formerly: International Solid Surface Fabricators Association); www.isfanow.org. 116. ISO - International Organization for Standardization; www.iso.org. 117. ISSFA - International Solid Surface Fabricators Association; (See ISFA). 118. ITU - International Telecommunication Union; www.itu.int/home. 119. KCMA - Kitchen Cabinet Manufacturers Association; www.kcma.org. 120. LMA - Laminating Materials Association; (See CPA). 121. LPI - Lightning Protection Institute; www.lightning.org. 122. MBMA - Metal Building Manufacturers Association; www.mbma.com. 123. MCA - Metal Construction Association; www.metalconstruction.org. 124. MFMA - Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association, Inc.; www.maplefloor.org. 125. MFMA - Metal Framing Manufacturers Association, Inc.; www.metalframingmfg.org. 126. MHIA - Material Handling Industry of America; www.mhia.org. 127. MIA - Marble Institute of America; www.marble-institute.com. 128. MMPA - Moulding & Millwork Producers Association; www.wmmpa.com. 129. MPI - Master Painters Institute; www.paintinfo.com. 130. MSS - Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and Fittings Industry Inc.; www.mss-hq.org. 131. NAAMM - National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers; www.naamm.org. 132. NACE - NACE International; (National Association of Corrosion Engineers International); www.nace.org. 133. NADCA - National Air Duct Cleaners Association; www.nadca.com. 134. NAIMA - North American Insulation Manufacturers Association; www.naima.orgwww.naima.org. 135. NBGQA - National Building Granite Quarries Association, Inc.; www.nbgqa.com. 136. NBI - New Buildings Institute; www.newbuildings.org. 137. NCAA - National Collegiate Athletic Association (The); www.ncaa.org. 138. NCMA - National Concrete Masonry Association; www.ncma.org. 139. NEBB - National Environmental Balancing Bureau; www.nebb.org. 140. NECA - National Electrical Contractors Association; www.necanet.org. 141. NeLMA - Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers Association; www.nelma.org. 142. NEMA - National Electrical Manufacturers Association; www.nema.org. 143. NETA - InterNational Electrical Testing Association; www.netaworld.org. 144. NFHS - National Federation of State High School Associations; www.nfhs.org. 145. NFPA - National Fire Protection Association; www.nfpa.org. 146. NFPA - NFPA International; (See NFPA). 147. NFRC - National Fenestration Rating Council; www.nfrc.org. 148. NHLA - National Hardwood Lumber Association; www.nhla.com. 149. NLGA - National Lumber Grades Authority; www.nlga.org. 150. NOFMA - National Oak Flooring Manufacturers Association; (See NWFA). 151. NOMMA - National Ornamental & Miscellaneous Metals Association; www.nomma.org. 152. NRCA - National Roofing Contractors Association; www.nrca.net. 153. NRMCA - National Ready Mixed Concrete Association; www.nrmca.org. 154. NSF - NSF International; www.nsf.org. 155. NSPE - National Society of Professional Engineers; www.nspe.org. 156. NSSGA - National Stone, Sand & Gravel Association; www.nssga.org. 157. NTMA - National Terrazzo & Mosaic Association, Inc. (The); www.ntma.com. 158. NWFA - National Wood Flooring Association; www.nwfa.org. REFERENCES 01 4200 - 5 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 159. PCI - Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute; www.pci.org. 160. PDI - Plumbing & Drainage Institute; www.pdionline.org. 161. PLASA - PLASA; (Formerly: ESTA - Entertainment Services and Technology Association); www.plasa.org. 162. RCSC - Research Council on Structural Connections; www.boltcouncil.org. 163. RFCI - Resilient Floor Covering Institute; www.rfci.com. 164. RIS - Redwood Inspection Service; www.redwoodinspection.com. 165. SAE - SAE International; www.sae.org. 166. SCTE - Society of Cable Telecommunications Engineers; www.scte.org. 167. SDI - Steel Deck Institute; www.sdi.org. 168. SDI - Steel Door Institute; www.steeldoor.org. 169. SEFA - Scientific Equipment and Furniture Association (The); www.sefalabs.com. 170. SEI/ASCE - Structural Engineering Institute/American Society of Civil Engineers; (See ASCE). 171. SIA - Security Industry Association; www.siaonline.org. 172. SJI - Steel Joist Institute; www.steeljoist.org. 173. SMA - Screen Manufacturers Association; www.smainfo.org. 174. SMACNA - Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association; www.smacna.org. 175. SMPTE - Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers; www.smpte.org. 176. SPFA - Spray Polyurethane Foam Alliance; www.sprayfoam.org. 177. SPIB - Southern Pine Inspection Bureau; www.spib.org. 178. SPRI - Single Ply Roofing Industry; www.spri.org. 179. SRCC - Solar Rating & Certification Corporation; www.solar-rating.org. 180. SSINA - Specialty Steel Industry of North America; www.ssina.com. 181. SSPC - SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings; www.sspc.org. 182. STI - Steel Tank Institute; www.steeltank.com. 183. SWI - Steel Window Institute; www.steelwindows.com. 184. SWPA - Submersible Wastewater Pump Association; www.swpa.org. 185. TCA - Tilt-Up Concrete Association; www.tilt-up.org. 186. TCNA - Tile Council of North America, Inc.; www.tileusa.com. 187. TEMA - Tubular Exchanger Manufacturers Association, Inc.; www.tema.org. 188. TIA - Telecommunications Industry Association (The); (Formerly: TIA/EIA - Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronic Industries Alliance); www.tiaonline.org. 189. TIA/EIA - Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronic Industries Alliance; (See TIA). 190. TMS - The Masonry Society; www.masonrysociety.org. 191. TPI - Truss Plate Institute; www.tpinst.org. 192. TPI - Turfgrass Producers International; www.turfgrasssod.org. 193. TRI - Tile Roofing Institute; www.tileroofing.org. 194. UL - Underwriters Laboratories Inc.; www.ul.com. 195. UNI - Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association; www.uni-bell.org. 196. USAV - USA Volleyball; www.usavolleyball.org. 197. USGBC - U.S. Green Building Council; www.usgbc.org. 198. USITT - United States Institute for Theatre Technology, Inc.; www.usitt.org. 199. WASTEC - Waste Equipment Technology Association; www.wastec.org. 200. WCLIB - West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau; www.wclib.org. 201. WCMA - Window Covering Manufacturers Association; www.wcmanet.org. 202. WDMA - Window & Door Manufacturers Association; www.wdma.com. 203. WI - Woodwork Institute; www.wicnet.org. 204. WSRCA - Western States Roofing Contractors Association; www.wsrca.com. 205. WWPA - Western Wood Products Association; www.wwpa.org. REFERENCES 01 4200 - 6 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 C. Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. This information is believed to be accurate as of the date of the Contract Documents. 1. DIN - Deutsches Institut fur Normung e.V.; www.din.de. 2. IAPMO - International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials; www.iapmo.org. 3. ICC - International Code Council; www.iccsafe.org. 4. ICC-ES - ICC Evaluation Service, LLC; www.icc-es.org. D. Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Information is subject to change and is up to date as of the date of the Contract Documents. 1. COE - Army Corps of Engineers; www.usace.army.mil. 2. CPSC - Consumer Product Safety Commission; www.cpsc.gov. 3. DOC - Department of Commerce; National Institute of Standards and Technology; www.nist.gov. 4. DOD - Department of Defense; www.quicksearch.dla.mil. 5. DOE - Department of Energy; www.energy.gov. 6. EPA - Environmental Protection Agency; www.epa.gov. 7. FAA - Federal Aviation Administration; www.faa.gov. 8. FG - Federal Government Publications; www.gpo.gov. 9. GSA - General Services Administration; www.gsa.gov. 10. HUD - Department of Housing and Urban Development; www.hud.gov. 11. LBL - Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory; Environmental Energy Technologies Division; www.eetd.lbl.gov. 12. OSHA - Occupational Safety & Health Administration; www.osha.gov. 13. SD - Department of State; www.state.gov. 14. TRB - Transportation Research Board; National Cooperative Highway Research Program; The National Academies; www.trb.org. 15. USDA - Department of Agriculture; Agriculture Research Service; U.S. Salinity Laboratory; www.ars.usda.gov. 16. USDA - Department of Agriculture; Rural Utilities Service; www.usda.gov. 17. USDJ - Department of Justice; Office of Justice Programs; National Institute of Justice; www.ojp.usdoj.gov. 18. USP - U.S. Pharmacopeial Convention; www.usp.org. 19. USPS - United States Postal Service; www.usps.com. E. Standards and Regulations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the standards and regulations in the following list. This information is subject to change and is believed to be accurate as of the date of the Contract Documents. 1. CFR - Code of Federal Regulations; Available from Government Printing Office; www.gpo.gov/fdsys. 2. DOD - Department of Defense; Military Specifications and Standards; Available from DLA Document Services; www.quicksearch.dla.mil. 3. DSCC - Defense Supply Center Columbus; (See FS). 4. FED-STD - Federal Standard; (See FS). REFERENCES 01 4200 - 7 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 5. FS - Federal Specification; Available from DLA Document Services; www.quicksearch.dla.mil. a. Available from Defense Standardization Program; www.dsp.dla.mil. b. Available from General Services Administration; www.gsa.gov. c. Available from National Institute of Building Sciences/Whole Building Design Guide; www.wbdg.org/ccb. 6. MILSPEC - Military Specification and Standards; (See DOD). 7. USAB - United States Access Board; www.access-board.gov. 8. USATBCB - U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board; (See USAB). F. State Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. This information is subject to change and is believed to be accurate as of the date of the Contract Documents. 1. CBHF; State of California; Department of Consumer Affairs; Bureau of Electronic and Appliance Repair, Home Furnishings and Thermal Insulation; www.bearhfti.ca.gov. 2. CCR; California Code of Regulations; Office of Administrative Law; California Title 24 Energy Code; www.calregs.com. 3. CDHS; California Department of Health Services; (See CDPH). 4. CDPH; California Department of Public Health; Indoor Air Quality Program; www.cal-iaq.org. 5. CPUC; California Public Utilities Commission; www.cpuc.ca.gov. 6. SCAQMD; South Coast Air Quality Management District; www.aqmd.gov. 7. TFS; Texas A&M Forest Service; Sustainable Forestry and Economic Development; www.txforestservice.tamu.edu. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01 4200 REFERENCES 01 4200 - 8 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 SECTION 01 5000 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes requirements for temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection facilities. 1.3 USE CHARGES A. General: Installation and removal of and use charges for temporary facilities shall be included in the Contract Sum unless otherwise indicated. Allow other entities to use temporary services and facilities without cost, including, but not limited to, Owner's construction forces, Architect, occupants of Project, testing agencies, and authorities having jurisdiction. B. Sewer Service: Owner will pay sewer-service use charges for sewer usage by all entities for construction operations. C. Water Service: Owner will pay water-service use charges for water used by all entities for construction operations. D. Electric Power Service: Owner will pay electric-power-service use charges for electricity used by all entities for construction operations. E. Water and Sewer Service from Existing System: Water from Owner's existing water system is available for use without metering and without payment of use charges. Provide connections and extensions of services as required for construction operations. F. Electric Power Service from Existing System: Electric power from Owner's existing system is available for use without metering and without payment of use charges. Provide connections and extensions of services as required for construction operations. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Site Plan: Show temporary facilities, utility hookups, staging areas, and parking areas for construction personnel. B. Fire-Safety Program: Show compliance with requirements of NFPA 241 and authorities having jurisdiction. Indicate Contractor personnel responsible for management of fire-prevention program. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 - 1 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 C. Moisture-Protection Plan: Describe procedures and controls for protecting materials and construction from water absorption and damage. 1. Describe delivery, handling, and storage provisions for materials subject to water absorption or water damage. 2. Indicate procedures for discarding water-damaged materials, protocols for mitigating water intrusion into completed Work, and replacing water-damaged Work. 3. Indicate sequencing of work that requires water, such as sprayed fire-resistive materials, plastering, and terrazzo grinding, and describe plans for dealing with water from these operations. Show procedures for verifying that wet construction has dried sufficiently to permit installation of finish materials. D. Dust- and HVAC-Control Plan: Submit coordination drawing and narrative that indicates the dust- and HVAC-control measures proposed for use, proposed locations, and proposed time frame for their operation. Identify further options if proposed measures are later determined to be inadequate. Include the following: 1. Locations of dust-control partitions at each phase of work. 2. HVAC system isolation schematic drawing. 3. Location of proposed air-filtration system discharge. 4. Waste handling procedures. 5. Other dust-control measures. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Electric Service: Comply with NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for temporary electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70. B. Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits. C. Accessible Temporary Egress: Comply with applicable provisions in the U.S. Architectural & Transportation Barriers Compliance Board's ADA-ABA Accessibility Guidelines and ICC/ANSI A117.1. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities: Engage Installer of each permanent service to assume responsibility for operation, maintenance, and protection of each permanent service during its use as a construction facility before Owner's acceptance, regardless of previously assigned responsibilities. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 - 2 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Chain-Link Fencing: Minimum 2-inch, 0.148-inch- thick, galvanized-steel, chain-link fabric fencing; minimum 6 feet high with galvanized-steel pipe posts; minimum 2-3/8-inch- OD line posts and 2-7/8-inch- OD corner and pull posts[, with 1-5/8-inch- OD top rails] [, with galvanized barbed-wire top strand]. B. Polyethylene Sheet: Reinforced, fire-resistive sheet, 10-mil minimum thickness, with flame-spread rating of 15 or less per ASTM E 84 and passing NFPA 701 Test Method 2. C. Dust-Control Adhesive-Surface Walk-off Mats: Provide mats minimum 36 by 60 inches. D. Insulation: Unfaced mineral-fiber blanket, manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock wool; with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 25 and 50, respectively. 2.2 TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Field Offices, General: Prefabricated or mobile units with serviceable finishes, temperature controls, and foundations adequate for normal loading. B. Common-Use Field Office: Of sufficient size to accommodate needs of Owner, Architect, and construction personnel office activities and to accommodate Project meetings specified in other Division 01 Sections. Keep office clean and orderly. Furnish and equip offices as follows: 1. Furniture required for Project-site documents including file cabinets, plan tables, plan racks, and bookcases. 2. Conference room of sufficient size to accommodate meetings of 10 individuals. Provide electrical power service and 120-V ac duplex receptacles, with no fewer than one receptacle on each wall. Furnish room with conference table, chairs, and 4-foot- square tack and marker boards. 3. Drinking water and private toilet. 4. Coffee machine and supplies. 5. Heating and cooling equipment necessary to maintain a uniform indoor temperature of 68 to 72 deg F. 6. Lighting fixtures capable of maintaining average illumination of 20 fc at desk height. C. Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Provide sheds sized, furnished, and equipped to accommodate materials and equipment for construction operations. 1. Store combustible materials apart from building. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 - 3 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 2.3 EQUIPMENT A. Fire Extinguishers: Portable, UL rated; with class and extinguishing agent as required by locations and classes of fire exposures. B. HVAC Equipment: Unless Owner authorizes use of permanent HVAC system, provide vented, self-contained, liquid-propane-gas or fuel-oil heaters with individual space thermostatic control. 1. Use of gasoline-burning space heaters, open-flame heaters, or salamander-type heating units is prohibited. 2. Heating Units: Listed and labeled for type of fuel being consumed, by a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended location and application. 3. Permanent HVAC System: If Owner authorizes use of permanent HVAC system for temporary use during construction, provide filter with MERV of 8 at each return-air grille in system and remove at end of construction. C. Air-Filtration Units: Primary and secondary HEPA-filter-equipped portable units with four-stage filtration. Provide single switch for emergency shutoff. Configure to run continuously. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required by progress of the Work. 1. Locate facilities to limit site disturbance as specified in Section 01 1000 "Summary." B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities. 3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION A. General: Install temporary service or connect to existing service. 1. Arrange with utility company, Owner, and existing users for time when service can be interrupted, if necessary, to make connections for temporary services. B. Sewers and Drainage: Provide temporary utilities to remove effluent lawfully. 1. Connect temporary sewers to municipal system as directed by authorities having jurisdiction. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 - 4 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 C. Water Service: Connect to Owner's existing water service facilities. Clean and maintain water service facilities in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion, restore these facilities to condition existing before initial use. D. Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking water for use of construction personnel. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for type, number, location, operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facilities. 1. Toilets: Use of Owner's existing toilet facilities will be permitted, as long as facilities are cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion, restore these facilities to condition existing before initial use. E. Heating and Cooling: Provide temporary heating and cooling required by construction activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of low temperatures or high humidity. Select equipment that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed. F. Isolation of Work Areas in Occupied Facilities: Prevent dust, fumes, and odors from entering occupied areas. 1. Prior to commencing work, isolate the HVAC system in area where work is to be performed according to coordination drawings. a. Disconnect supply and return ductwork in work area from HVAC systems servicing occupied areas. b. Maintain negative air pressure within work area using HEPA-equipped air-filtration units, starting with commencement of temporary partition construction, and continuing until removal of temporary partitions is complete. 2. Maintain dust partitions during the Work. Use vacuum collection attachments on dust-producing equipment. Isolate limited work within occupied areas using portable dust-containment devices. 3. Perform daily construction cleanup and final cleanup using approved, HEPA-filter-equipped vacuum equipment. G. Ventilation and Humidity Control: Provide temporary ventilation required by construction activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of high humidity. Select equipment that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed. Coordinate ventilation requirements to produce ambient condition required and minimize energy consumption. 1. Provide dehumidification systems when required to reduce substrate moisture levels to level required to allow installation or application of finishes. H. Electric Power Service: Connect to Owner's existing electric power service. Maintain equipment in a condition acceptable to Owner. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 - 5 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 I. Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching that provides adequate illumination for construction operations, observations, inspections, and traffic conditions. 1. Install and operate temporary lighting that fulfills security and protection requirements without operating entire system. J. Telephone Service: Provide temporary telephone service in common-use facilities for use by all construction personnel. Install [one] <Insert number> telephone line(s) for each field office. 1. Provide additional telephone lines for the following: a. Provide a dedicated telephone line for each facsimile machine in each field office. 2. At each telephone, post a list of important telephone numbers. a. Police and fire departments. b. Ambulance service. c. Contractor's home office. d. Contractor's emergency after-hours telephone number. e. Owner's office. 3. Provide superintendent with cellular telephone or portable two-way radio for use when away from field office. 3.3 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with the following: 1. Provide construction for temporary offices, shops, and sheds located within construction area or within 30 feet of building lines that is noncombustible according to ASTM E 136. Comply with NFPA 241. 2. Maintain support facilities until Architect schedules Substantial Completion inspection. Remove before Substantial Completion. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use permanent facilities, under conditions acceptable to Owner. B. Parking: Use designated areas of Owner's existing parking areas for construction personnel. C. Project Signs: Provide Project signs as indicated. Unauthorized signs are not permitted. 1. Identification Signs: Provide Project identification signs as indicated on Drawings. 2. Temporary Signs: Provide other signs as indicated and as required to inform public and individuals seeking entrance to Project. 3. Maintain and touchup signs so they are legible at all times. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 - 6 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 D. Waste Disposal Facilities: Comply with requirements specified in Section 01 7419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal." 3.4 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. Protection of Existing Facilities: Protect existing vegetation, equipment, structures, utilities, and other improvements at Project site and on adjacent properties, except those indicated to be removed or altered. Repair damage to existing facilities. B. Site Enclosure Fence: Before construction operations begin, furnish and install site enclosure fence in a manner that will prevent people and animals from easily entering site except by entrance gates. 1. Extent of Fence: As required to enclose entire Project site or portion determined sufficient to accommodate construction operations. 2. Maintain security by limiting number of keys and restricting distribution to authorized personnel. Furnish one set of keys to Owner. C. Security Enclosure and Lockup: Install temporary enclosure around partially completed areas of construction. Provide lockable entrances to prevent unauthorized entrance, vandalism, theft, and similar violations of security. Lock entrances at end of each work day. D. Temporary Egress: Maintain temporary egress from existing occupied facilities as indicated and as required by authorities having jurisdiction. E. Temporary Partitions: Provide floor-to-ceiling dustproof partitions to limit dust and dirt migration and to separate areas occupied by [Owner] [and] [tenants] from fumes and noise. 1. Construct dustproof partitions with gypsum wallboard with joints taped on occupied side, and fire-retardant-treated plywood on construction operations side. 2. Where fire-resistance-rated temporary partitions are indicated or are required by authorities having jurisdiction, construct partitions according to the rated assemblies. 3. Insulate partitions to control noise transmission to occupied areas. 4. Seal joints and perimeter. Equip partitions with gasketed dustproof doors and security locks where openings are required. 5. Protect air-handling equipment. 6. Provide walk-off mats at each entrance through temporary partition. F. Temporary Fire Protection: Install and maintain temporary fire-protection facilities of types needed to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 241; manage fire-prevention program. 1. Prohibit smoking in construction areas. 2. Supervise welding operations, combustion-type temporary heating units, and similar sources of fire ignition according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 - 7 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 3. Develop and supervise an overall fire-prevention and -protection program for personnel at Project site. Review needs with local fire department and establish procedures to be followed. Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post warnings and information. 4. Provide temporary standpipes and hoses for fire protection. Hang hoses with a warning sign stating that hoses are for fire-protection purposes only and are not to be removed. Match hose size with outlet size and equip with suitable nozzles. 3.5 MOISTURE AND MOLD CONTROL A. Contractor's Moisture-Protection Plan: Avoid trapping water in finished work. Document visible signs of mold that may appear during construction. B. Controlled Construction Phase of Construction: After completing and sealing of the building enclosure but prior to the full operation of permanent HVAC systems, maintain as follows: 1. Control moisture and humidity inside building by maintaining effective dry-in conditions. 2. Use permanent HVAC system to control humidity. 3. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, relative humidity, and exposure to water limits. a. Hygroscopic materials that may support mold growth, including wood and gypsum-based products, that become wet during the course of construction and remain wet for 48 hours are considered defective. b. Measure moisture content of materials that have been exposed to moisture during construction operations or after installation. Record readings beginning at time of exposure and continuing daily for [48] <Insert time period> hours. Identify materials containing moisture levels higher than allowed. Report findings in writing to Architect. c. Remove materials that can not be completely restored to their manufactured moisture level within [48] <Insert time period> hours. 3.6 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses. B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. 1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control, ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage. C. Temporary Facility Changeover: Do not change over from using temporary security and protection facilities to permanent facilities until Substantial Completion. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 - 8 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 D. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. 1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of Contractor. Owner reserves right to take possession of Project identification signs. 2. At Substantial Completion, repair, renovate, and clean permanent facilities used during construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements specified in Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures." END OF SECTION 01 5000 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 01 5000 - 9 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 SECTION 01 7300 - EXECUTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes general administrative and procedural requirements governing execution of the Work including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Installation of the Work. 2. Cutting and patching. 3. Coordination of Owner-installed products. 4. Progress cleaning. 5. Starting and adjusting. 6. Protection of installed construction. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 3300 "Submittal Procedures" for submitting surveys. 2. Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures" for submitting final property survey with Project Record Documents, recording of Owner-accepted deviations from indicated lines and levels, and final cleaning. 3. Section 02 4119 "Selective Demolition" for demolition and removal of selected portions of the building. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Cutting: Removal of in-place construction necessary to permit installation or performance of other work. B. Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore construction to original conditions after installation of other work. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Cutting and Patching Plan: Submit plan describing procedures at least 10 days prior to the time cutting and patching will be performed. Include the following information: 1. Extent: Describe reason for and extent of each occurrence of cutting and patching. EXECUTION 01 7300 - 1 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 2. Changes to In-Place Construction: Describe anticipated results. Include changes to structural elements and operating components as well as changes in building appearance and other significant visual elements. 3. Products: List products to be used for patching and firms or entities that will perform patching work. 4. Dates: Indicate when cutting and patching will be performed. 5. Utilities and Mechanical and Electrical Systems: List services and systems that cutting and patching procedures will disturb or affect. List services and systems that will be relocated and those that will be temporarily out of service. Indicate length of time permanent services and systems will be disrupted. a. Include description of provisions for temporary services and systems during interruption of permanent services and systems. B. Landfill Receipts: Submit copy of receipts issued by a landfill facility, licensed to accept hazardous materials, for hazardous waste disposal. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Cutting and Patching: Comply with requirements for and limitations on cutting and patching of construction elements. 1. Structural Elements: When cutting and patching structural elements, notify Architect of locations and details of cutting and await directions from Architect before proceeding. Shore, brace, and support structural elements during cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity or increase deflection 2. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related components in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. 3. Other Construction Elements: Do not cut and patch other construction elements or components in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity, that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. 4. Visual Elements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch exposed construction in a manner that would, in Architect's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. B. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Obtain and maintain on-site manufacturer's written recommendations and instructions for installation of products and equipment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections. EXECUTION 01 7300 - 2 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 B. In-Place Materials: Use materials for patching identical to in-place materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match in-place adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. 1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when installed, will provide a match acceptable to Architect for the visual and functional performance of in-place materials. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Existing Conditions: The existence and location of underground and other utilities and construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning sitework, investigate and verify the existence and location of underground utilities, mechanical and electrical systems, and other construction affecting the Work. 1. Before construction, verify the location and invert elevation at points of connection of sanitary sewer, storm sewer, and water-service piping; underground electrical services, and other utilities. 2. Furnish location data for work related to Project that must be performed by public utilities serving Project site. B. Examination and Acceptance of Conditions: Before proceeding with each component of the Work, examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or Applicator present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations. 1. Examine roughing-in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual locations of connections before equipment and fixture installation. 2. Examine walls, floors, and roofs for suitable conditions where products and systems are to be installed. 3. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers. C. Written Report: Where a written report listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work is required by other Sections, include the following: 1. Description of the Work. 2. List of detrimental conditions, including substrates. 3. List of unacceptable installation tolerances. 4. Recommended corrections. D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. EXECUTION 01 7300 - 3 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 3.2 PREPARATION A. Existing Utility Information: Furnish information to Owner that is necessary to adjust, move, or relocate existing utility structures, utility poles, lines, services, or other utility appurtenances located in or affected by construction. Coordinate with authorities having jurisdiction. B. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. C. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown diagrammatically on Drawings. D. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the need for clarification of the Contract Documents caused by differing field conditions outside the control of Contractor, submit a request for information to Architect according to requirements in Section 01 3100 "Project Management and Coordination." 3.3 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT A. Verification: Before proceeding to lay out the Work, verify layout information shown on Drawings, in relation to the property survey and existing benchmarks. If discrepancies are discovered, notify Architect promptly. B. General: Engage a to lay out the Work using accepted surveying practices. 1. Establish benchmarks and control points to set lines and levels at each story of construction and elsewhere as needed to locate each element of Project. 2. Establish limits on use of Project site. 3. Establish dimensions within tolerances indicated. Do not scale Drawings to obtain required dimensions. 4. Inform installers of lines and levels to which they must comply. 5. Check the location, level and plumb, of every major element as the Work progresses. 6. Notify Architect when deviations from required lines and levels exceed allowable tolerances. 7. Close site surveys with an error of closure equal to or less than the standard established by authorities having jurisdiction. C. Site Improvements: Locate and lay out site improvements, including pavements, grading, fill and topsoil placement, utility slopes, and rim and invert elevations. D. Building Lines and Levels: Locate and lay out control lines and levels for structures, building foundations, column grids, and floor levels, including those required for mechanical and electrical work. Transfer survey markings and elevations for use with control lines and levels. Level foundations and piers from two or more locations. EXECUTION 01 7300 - 4 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 E. Record Log: Maintain a log of layout control work. Record deviations from required lines and levels. Include beginning and ending dates and times of surveys, weather conditions, name and duty of each survey party member, and types of instruments and tapes used. Make the log available for reference by Architect. 3.4 INSTALLATION A. General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and elevation, as indicated. 1. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level. 2. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for maintenance and ease of removal for replacement. 3. Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas unless otherwise indicated. 4. Maintain minimum headroom clearance of 96 inches in occupied spaces and 90 inches in unoccupied spaces. B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products in applications indicated. C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results. Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion. D. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy. E. Sequence the Work and allow adequate clearances to accommodate movement of construction items on site and placement in permanent locations. F. Tools and Equipment: Do not use tools or equipment that produce harmful noise levels. G. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for work specified to be factory prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing products to comply with indicated requirements. H. Attachment: Provide blocking and attachment plates and anchors and fasteners of adequate size and number to securely anchor each component in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work. Where size and type of attachments are not indicated, verify size and type required for load conditions. 1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at heights directed by Architect. 2. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction. 3. Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. EXECUTION 01 7300 - 5 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 I. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indicated, arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. J. Hazardous Materials: Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are not considered hazardous. 3.5 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Cutting and Patching, General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay. 1. Cut in-place construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their original condition. B. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during installation or cutting and patching operations, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties. C. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of work to be cut. D. Protection: Protect in-place construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations. E. Adjacent Occupied Areas: Where interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas is unavoidable, coordinate cutting and patching according to requirements in Section 01 1000 "Summary." F. Existing Utility Services and Mechanical/Electrical Systems: Where existing services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, bypass such services/systems before cutting to prevent interruption to occupied areas. G. Cutting: Cut in-place construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply with original Installer's written recommendations. 1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots neatly to minimum size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. 2. Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. 3. Concrete and Masonry: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a diamond-core drill. 4. Excavating and Backfilling: Comply with requirements in applicable Sections where required by cutting and patching operations. EXECUTION 01 7300 - 6 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 5. Mechanical and Electrical Services: Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting. 6. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete. H. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations following performance of other work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as practicable. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections, where applicable. 1. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to demonstrate physical integrity of installation. 2. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will minimize evidence of patching and refinishing. a. Clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing materials. b. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition. 3. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are removed extend one finished area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of uniform finish, color, texture, and appearance. Remove in-place floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance. a. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, prepare substrate and apply primer and intermediate paint coats appropriate for substrate over the patch, and apply final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing the patch. Provide additional coats until patch blends with adjacent surfaces. 4. Ceilings: Patch, repair, or rehang in-place ceilings as necessary to provide an even-plane surface of uniform appearance. 5. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to a weathertight condition and ensures thermal and moisture integrity of building enclosure. I. Cleaning: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials from adjacent finished surfaces. 3.6 OWNER-INSTALLED PRODUCTS A. Site Access: Provide access to Project site for Owner's construction personnel. B. Coordination: Coordinate construction and operations of the Work with work performed by Owner's construction personnel. 1. Construction Schedule: Inform Owner of Contractor's preferred construction schedule for Owner's portion of the Work. Adjust construction schedule based on a mutually agreeable timetable. Notify Owner if changes to schedule are required due to differences in actual construction progress. EXECUTION 01 7300 - 7 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 2. Preinstallation Conferences: Include Owner's construction personnel at preinstallation conferences covering portions of the Work that are to receive Owner's work. Attend preinstallation conferences conducted by Owner's construction personnel if portions of the Work depend on Owner's construction. 3.7 PROGRESS CLEANING A. General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Enforce requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully. 1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and debris. 2. Do not hold waste materials more than seven days during normal weather or three days if the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F. 3. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to regulations. a. Use containers intended for holding waste materials of type to be stored. 4. Coordinate progress cleaning for joint-use areas where Contractor and other contractors are working concurrently. B. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris. C. Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for proper execution of the Work. 1. Remove liquid spills promptly. 2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom-clean or vacuum the entire work area, as appropriate. D. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces. E. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space. F. Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. G. Waste Disposal: Do not bury or burn waste materials on-site. Do not wash waste materials down sewers or into waterways. Comply with waste disposal requirements in H. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion. EXECUTION 01 7300 - 8 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 I. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects. J. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period. 3.8 STARTING AND ADJUSTING A. Coordinate startup and adjusting of equipment and operating components with requirements in Section 01 9113 "General Commissioning Requirements." B. Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest. C. Adjust equipment for proper operation. Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding. D. Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. E. Manufacturer's Field Service: Comply with qualification requirements in Section 01 4000 "Quality Requirements." 3.9 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity. END OF SECTION 01 7300 EXECUTION 01 7300 - 9 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 SECTION 01 7419 - CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following: 1. Salvaging nonhazardous demolition and construction waste. 2. Recycling nonhazardous demolition and construction waste. 3. Disposing of nonhazardous demolition and construction waste. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 02 4119 "Selective Demolition" for disposition of waste resulting from partial demolition of buildings, structures, and site improvements, and for disposition of hazardous waste. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Construction Waste: Building and site improvement materials and other solid waste resulting from construction, remodeling, renovation, or repair operations. Construction waste includes packaging. B. Demolition Waste: Building and site improvement materials resulting from demolition or selective demolition operations. C. Disposal: Removal off-site of demolition and construction waste and subsequent sale, recycling, reuse, or deposit in landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. D. Recycle: Recovery of demolition or construction waste for subsequent processing in preparation for reuse. E. Salvage: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent sale or reuse in another facility. F. Salvage and Reuse: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent incorporation into the Work. CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 7419 - 1 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Achieve end-of-Project rates for salvage/recycling of 75 percent by weight of total non-hazardous solid waste generated by the Work. Practice efficient waste management in the use of materials in the course of the Work. Use all reasonable means to divert construction and demolition waste from landfills and incinerators. Facilitate recycling and salvage of materials, including the following: 1. Demolition Waste: a. Concrete. b. Equipment. c. Piping. d. Supports and hangers. e. Valves. f. Mechanical equipment. g. Electrical conduit. h. Copper wiring. i. Electrical devices. ?. Finish Materials. 2. Construction Waste: a. Piping. b. Packaging: Regardless of salvage/recycle goal indicated in "General" Paragraph above, salvage or recycle 100 percent of the following uncontaminated packaging materials: 1) Paper. 2) Cardboard. 3) Boxes. 4) Plastic sheet and film. 5) Polystyrene packaging. 6) Wood crates. 7) Plastic pails. c. . 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Waste Management Plan: Submit plan within 7 days of date established for commencement of the Work. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Records of Donations: Indicate receipt and acceptance of salvageable waste donated to individuals and organizations. Indicate whether organization is tax exempt. CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 7419 - 2 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 B. Records of Sales: Indicate receipt and acceptance of salvageable waste sold to individuals and organizations. Indicate whether organization is tax exempt. C. Recycling and Processing Facility Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of recyclable waste by recycling and processing facilities licensed to accept them. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices. D. Landfill and Incinerator Disposal Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of waste by landfills and incinerator facilities licensed to accept them. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. 1.8 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN A. General: Develop a waste management plan according to ASTM E 1609 and requirements in this Section. Plan shall consist of waste identification, waste reduction work plan, and cost/revenue analysis.[ Distinguish between demolition and construction waste.] Indicate quantities by weight or volume, but use same units of measure throughout waste management plan. B. Waste Identification: Indicate anticipated types and quantities of demolition and construction waste generated by the Work. Use . Include estimated quantities and assumptions for estimates. C. Waste Reduction Work Plan: List each type of waste and whether it will be salvaged, recycled, or disposed of in landfill or incinerator. . Include points of waste generation, total quantity of each type of waste, quantity for each means of recovery, and handling and transportation procedures. 1. Salvaged Materials for Reuse: For materials that will be salvaged and reused in this Project, describe methods for preparing salvaged materials before incorporation into the Work. 2. Recycled Materials: Include list of local receivers and processors and type of recycled materials each will accept. Include names, addresses, and telephone numbers. 3. Disposed Materials: Indicate how and where materials will be disposed of. Include name, address, and telephone number of each landfill and incinerator facility. CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 7419 - 3 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PLAN IMPLEMENTATION A. General: Implement approved waste management plan. Provide handling, containers, storage, signage, transportation, and other items as required to implement waste management plan during the entire duration of the Contract. 1. Comply with operation, termination, and removal requirements in Section 01 5000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls." B. Training: Train workers, subcontractors, and suppliers on proper waste management procedures, as appropriate for the Work. 1. Distribute waste management plan to everyone concerned within three days of submittal return. 2. Distribute waste management plan to entities when they first begin work on-site. Review plan procedures and locations established for salvage, recycling, and disposal. C. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct waste management operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. 1. Designate and label specific areas on Project site necessary for separating materials that are to be salvaged, recycled, reused, donated, and sold. 2. Comply with Section 01 5000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for controlling dust and dirt, environmental protection, and noise control. 3.2 SALVAGING DEMOLITION WASTE A. Salvaged Items for Reuse in the Work: Salvage items for reuse and handle as follows: 1. Clean salvaged items. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers with label indicating elements, date of removal, quantity, and location where removed. 3. Store items in a secure area until installation. 4. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. 5. Install salvaged items to comply with installation requirements for new materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make items functional for use indicated. B. Salvaged Items for Sale: Not permitted on Project site. C. Salvaged Items for Owner's Use: Salvage items for Owner's use and handle as follows: CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 7419 - 4 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 1. Clean salvaged items. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers with label indicating elements, date of removal, quantity, and location where removed. 3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner. 4. Transport items to Owner's storage area designated by Owner. 5. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. D. Equipment: Drain tanks, piping, and fixtures. Seal openings with caps or plugs. Protect equipment from exposure to weather. 3.3 RECYCLING DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION WASTE, GENERAL A. General: Recycle paper and beverage containers used by on-site workers. B. Recycling Incentives: Revenues, savings, rebates, tax credits, and other incentives received for recycling waste materials shall accrue to Contractor. C. Preparation of Waste: Prepare and maintain recyclable waste materials according to recycling or reuse facility requirements. Maintain materials free of dirt, adhesives, solvents, petroleum contamination, and other substances deleterious to the recycling process. D. Procedures: Separate recyclable waste from other waste materials, trash, and debris. Separate recyclable waste by type at Project site to the maximum extent practical according to approved construction waste management plan. 1. Provide appropriately marked containers or bins for controlling recyclable waste until removed from Project site. Include list of acceptable and unacceptable materials at each container and bin. a. Inspect containers and bins for contamination and remove contaminated materials if found. 2. Stockpile processed materials on-site without intermixing with other materials. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust. 3. Stockpile materials away from construction area. Do not store within drip line of remaining trees. 4. Store components off the ground and protect from the weather. 5. Remove recyclable waste from Owner's property and transport to recycling receiver or processor. 3.4 RECYCLING DEMOLITION WASTE A. Concrete: Remove reinforcement and other metals from concrete and sort with other metals. 1. Pulverize concrete to maximum 1-1/2-inch size. 2. Crush concrete and screen to comply with requirements in Section 31 2000 "Earth Moving" for use as satisfactory soil for fill or subbase. CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 7419 - 5 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 B. Metals: Separate metals by type. 1. Remove and dispose of bolts, nuts, washers, and other rough hardware. C. Piping: Reduce piping to straight lengths and store by type and size. Separate supports, hangers, valves, sprinklers, and other components by type and size. D. Conduit: Reduce conduit to straight lengths and store by type and size. 3.5 RECYCLING CONSTRUCTION WASTE A. Packaging: 1. Cardboard and Boxes: Break down packaging into flat sheets. Bundle and store in a dry location. 2. Polystyrene Packaging: Separate and bag materials. 3. Pallets: As much as possible, require deliveries using pallets to remove pallets from Project site. For pallets that remain on-site, break down pallets into component wood pieces and comply with requirements for recycling wood. 4. Crates: Break down crates into component wood pieces and comply with requirements for recycling wood. 3.6 DISPOSAL OF WASTE A. General: Except for items or materials to be salvaged, recycled, or otherwise reused, remove waste materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in a landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Except as otherwise specified, do not allow waste materials that are to be disposed of accumulate on-site. 2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. B. Burning: Do not burn waste materials. C. Disposal: Remove waste materials from Owner's property and legally dispose of them. END OF SECTION 01 7419 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 7419 - 6 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 SECTION 01 7700 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Substantial Completion procedures. 2. Final completion procedures. 3. Final cleaning. 4. Repair of the Work. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 7300 "Execution" for progress cleaning of Project site. 2. Section 01 7823 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and maintenance manual requirements. 3. Section 01 7839 "Project Record Documents" for submitting record Drawings, record Specifications, and record Product Data. 4. Section 01 7900 "Demonstration and Training" for requirements for instructing Owner's personnel. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For cleaning agents. B. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Initial submittal at Substantial Completion. C. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Final submittal at Final Completion. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Certificates of Release: From authorities having jurisdiction. B. Certificate of Insurance: For continuing coverage. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7700 - 1 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: For maintenance material submittal items specified in other Sections. 1.6 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES A. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Prepare and submit a list of items to be completed and corrected (Contractor's punch list), indicating the value of each item on the list and reasons why the Work is incomplete. B. Submittals Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10 days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items below that are incomplete at time of request. 1. Certificates of Release: Obtain and submit releases from authorities having jurisdiction permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases. 2. Submit closeout submittals specified in other Division 01 Sections, including project record documents, operation and maintenance manuals, final completion construction photographic documentation, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information. 3. Submit closeout submittals specified in individual Sections, including specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final certifications, and similar documents. 4. Submit maintenance material submittals specified in individual Sections, including tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items, and deliver to location designated by Architect. Label with manufacturer's name and model number where applicable. a. Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: Prepare and submit schedule of maintenance material submittal items, including name and quantity of each item and name and number of related Specification Section. Obtain Architect's signature for receipt of submittals. 5. Submit test/adjust/balance records. 6. Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation, and maintenance. C. Procedures Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10 days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items below that are incomplete at time of request. 1. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. 2. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions. 3. Complete startup and testing of systems and equipment. 4. Perform preventive maintenance on equipment used prior to Substantial Completion. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7700 - 2 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 5. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and systems. Submit demonstration and training video recordings specified in Section 01 7900 "Demonstration and Training." 6. Advise Owner of changeover in heat and other utilities. 7. Participate with Owner in conducting inspection and walkthrough with local emergency responders. 8. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups, construction tools, and similar elements. 9. Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting. 10. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects. D. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection to determine Substantial Completion a minimum of 10 days prior to date the work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Architect[ and Construction Manager] will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Architect, that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. 2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final completion. 1.7 FINAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES A. Submittals Prior to Final Completion: Before requesting final inspection for determining final completion, complete the following: 1. Submit a final Application for Payment according to Section 01 2900 "Payment Procedures." 2. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Submit certified copy of Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Architect. Certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance. 3. Certificate of Insurance: Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. 4. Submit pest-control final inspection report. B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection to determine acceptance a minimum of 10 days prior to date the work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7700 - 3 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 1.8 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST) A. Organization of List: Include name and identification of each space and area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction. 1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order, proceeding from lowest floor to highest floor. 2. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for ceiling, individual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems. 3. Include the following information at the top of each page: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Name of Architect. d. Name of Contractor. e. Page number. 4. Submit list of incomplete items in the following format: a. PDF electronic file. Architect will return annotated file. b. paper copies. Architect will return [two] <Insert number> copies. 1.9 SUBMITTAL OF PROJECT WARRANTIES A. Time of Submittal: Submit written warranties on request of Architect for designated portions of the Work where commencement of warranties other than date of Substantial Completion is indicated, or when delay in submittal of warranties might limit Owner's rights under warranty. B. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of Project Manual. 1. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, three-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-1/2-by-11-inch paper. 2. Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or installation, including the name of the product and the name, address, and telephone number of Installer. 3. Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title "WARRANTIES," Project name, and name of Contractor. C. Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7700 - 4 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces. 1. Use cleaning products that comply with Green Seal's GS-37, or if GS-37 is not applicable, use products that comply with the California Code of Regulations maximum allowable VOC levels. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FINAL CLEANING A. General: Perform final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations. B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a designated portion of Project: a. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign deposits. b. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from Project site. c. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition. d. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar spaces. e. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove glazing compounds and other noticeable, vision-obscuring materials. Polish mirrors and glass, taking care not to scratch surfaces. f. Remove labels that are not permanent. g. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment and similar equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign substances. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7700 - 5 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 h. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains resulting from water exposure. i. Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed surfaces of diffusers, registers, and grills. j. Clean ducts, blowers, and coils if units were operated without filters during construction or that display contamination with particulate matter on inspection. 1) Clean HVAC system in compliance with NADCA Standard 1992-01. Provide written report on completion of cleaning. k. Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency. l. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy. C. Construction Waste Disposal: Comply with waste disposal requirements in Section 01 7419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal." 3.2 REPAIR OF THE WORK A. Complete repair and restoration operations before requesting inspection for determination of Substantial Completion. B. Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment. Where damaged or worn items cannot be repaired or restored, provide replacements. Remove and replace operating components that cannot be repaired. Restore damaged construction and permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition. 1. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass, reflective surfaces, and other damaged transparent materials. 2. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred or exposed finishes and surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that that already show evidence of repair or restoration. a. Do not paint over "UL" and other required labels and identification, including mechanical and electrical nameplates. Remove paint applied to required labels and identification. 3. Replace parts subject to operating conditions during construction that may impede operation or reduce longevity. 4. Replace burned-out bulbs, bulbs noticeably dimmed by hours of use, and defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to comply with requirements for new fixtures. END OF SECTION 01 7700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 01 7700 - 6 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 SECTION 01 7823 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for preparing operation and maintenance manuals, including the following: 1. Operation and maintenance documentation directory. 2. Emergency manuals. 3. Operation manuals for systems, subsystems, and equipment. 4. Product maintenance manuals. 5. Systems and equipment maintenance manuals. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 3300 "Submittal Procedures" for submitting copies of submittals for operation and maintenance manuals. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. System: An organized collection of parts, equipment, or subsystems united by regular interaction. B. Subsystem: A portion of a system with characteristics similar to a system. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Manual Content: Operations and maintenance manual content is specified in individual Specification Sections to be reviewed at the time of Section submittals. Submit reviewed manual content formatted and organized as required by this Section. 1. Architect[ and Commissioning Authority] will comment on whether content of operations and maintenance submittals are acceptable. 2. Where applicable, clarify and update reviewed manual content to correspond to revisions and field conditions. B. Format: Submit operations and maintenance manuals in the following format: 1. PDF electronic file. Assemble each manual into a composite electronically indexed file. Submit on digital media acceptable to Architect. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823 - 1 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 a. Name each indexed document file in composite electronic index with applicable item name. Include a complete electronically linked operation and maintenance directory. b. Enable inserted reviewer comments on draft submittals. 2. Three paper copies. Include a complete operation and maintenance directory. Enclose title pages and directories in clear plastic sleeves. Architect[, through Construction Manager,] will return two copies. C. Initial Manual Submittal: Submit draft copy of each manual at least 30 days before commencing demonstration and training. Architect will comment on whether general scope and content of manual are acceptable. D. Final Manual Submittal: Submit each manual in final form prior to requesting inspection for Substantial Completion and at least 15 days before commencing demonstration and training. Architect will return copy with comments. 1. Correct or revise each manual to comply with Architect's comments. Submit copies of each corrected manual within 15 days of receipt of Architect's comments and prior to commencing demonstration and training. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION DIRECTORY A. Directory: Prepare a single, comprehensive directory of emergency, operation, and maintenance data and materials, listing items and their location to facilitate ready access to desired information. Include a section in the directory for each of the following: 1. List of documents. 2. List of systems. 3. List of equipment. 4. Table of contents. B. List of Systems and Subsystems: List systems alphabetically. Include references to operation and maintenance manuals that contain information about each system. C. List of Equipment: List equipment for each system, organized alphabetically by system. For pieces of equipment not part of system, list alphabetically in separate list. D. Tables of Contents: Include a table of contents for each emergency, operation, and maintenance manual. E. Identification: In the documentation directory and in each operation and maintenance manual, identify each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment with same designation used in the Contract Documents. If no designation exists, assign a designation according to ASHRAE Guideline 4, "Preparation of Operating and Maintenance Documentation for Building Systems." OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823 - 2 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 2.2 REQUIREMENTS FOR EMERGENCY, OPERATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Organization: Unless otherwise indicated, organize each manual into a separate section for each system and subsystem, and a separate section for each piece of equipment not part of a system. Each manual shall contain the following materials, in the order listed: 1. Title page. 2. Table of contents. 3. Manual contents. B. Title Page: Include the following information: 1. Subject matter included in manual. 2. Name and address of Project. 3. Name and address of Owner. 4. Date of submittal. 5. Name and contact information for Contractor. 6. Name and contact information for Architect. 7. Names and contact information for major consultants to the Architect that designed the systems contained in the manuals. 8. Cross-reference to related systems in other operation and maintenance manuals. C. Table of Contents: List each product included in manual, identified by product name, indexed to the content of the volume, and cross-referenced to Specification Section number in Project Manual. 1. If operation or maintenance documentation requires more than one volume to accommodate data, include comprehensive table of contents for all volumes in each volume of the set. D. Manual Contents: Organize into sets of manageable size. Arrange contents alphabetically by system, subsystem, and equipment. If possible, assemble instructions for subsystems, equipment, and components of one system into a single binder. E. Manuals, Electronic Files: Submit manuals in the form of a multiple file composite electronic PDF file for each manual type required. 1. Electronic Files: Use electronic files prepared by manufacturer where available. Where scanning of paper documents is required, configure scanned file for minimum readable file size. 2. File Names and Bookmarks: Enable bookmarking of individual documents based on file names. Name document files to correspond to system, subsystem, and equipment names used in manual directory and table of contents. Group documents for each system and subsystem into individual composite bookmarked files, then create composite manual, so that resulting bookmarks reflect the system, subsystem, and equipment names in a readily navigated file tree. Configure electronic manual to display bookmark panel on opening file. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823 - 3 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 F. Manuals, Paper Copy: Submit manuals in the form of hard copy, bound and labeled volumes. 1. Binders: Heavy-duty, three-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, in thickness necessary to accommodate contents, sized to hold 8-1/2-by-11-inch paper; with clear plastic sleeve on spine to hold label describing contents and with pockets inside covers to hold folded oversize sheets. a. If two or more binders are necessary to accommodate data of a system, organize data in each binder into groupings by subsystem and related components. Cross-reference other binders if necessary to provide essential information for proper operation or maintenance of equipment or system. b. Identify each binder on front and spine, with printed title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL," Project title or name, and subject matter of contents, and indicate Specification Section number on bottom of spine. Indicate volume number for multiple-volume sets. 2. Dividers: Heavy-paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each section of the manual. Mark each tab to indicate contents. Include typed list of products and major components of equipment included in the section on each divider, cross-referenced to Specification Section number and title of Project Manual. 3. Protective Plastic Sleeves: Transparent plastic sleeves designed to enclose diagnostic software storage media for computerized electronic equipment. 4. Supplementary Text: Prepared on 8-1/2-by-11-inch white bond paper. 5. Drawings: Attach reinforced, punched binder tabs on drawings and bind with text. a. If oversize drawings are necessary, fold drawings to same size as text pages and use as foldouts. b. If drawings are too large to be used as foldouts, fold and place drawings in labeled envelopes and bind envelopes in rear of manual. At appropriate locations in manual, insert typewritten pages indicating drawing titles, descriptions of contents, and drawing locations. 2.3 EMERGENCY MANUALS A. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each of the following: 1. Type of emergency. 2. Emergency instructions. 3. Emergency procedures. B. Type of Emergency: Where applicable for each type of emergency indicated below, include instructions and procedures for each system, subsystem, piece of equipment, and component: 1. Fire. 2. Flood. 3. Gas leak. 4. Water leak. 5. Power failure. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823 - 4 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 6. Water outage. 7. System, subsystem, or equipment failure. 8. Chemical release or spill. C. Emergency Instructions: Describe and explain warnings, trouble indications, error messages, and similar codes and signals. Include responsibilities of Owner's operating personnel for notification of Installer, supplier, and manufacturer to maintain warranties. D. Emergency Procedures: Include the following, as applicable: 1. Instructions on stopping. 2. Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency. 3. Operating instructions for conditions outside normal operating limits. 4. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. 5. Special operating instructions and procedures. 2.4 OPERATION MANUALS A. Content: In addition to requirements in this Section, include operation data required in individual Specification Sections and the following information: 1. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions. Use designations for systems and equipment indicated on Contract Documents. 2. Performance and design criteria if Contractor has delegated design responsibility. 3. Operating standards. 4. Operating procedures. 5. Operating logs. 6. Wiring diagrams. 7. Control diagrams. 8. Piped system diagrams. 9. Precautions against improper use. 10. License requirements including inspection and renewal dates. B. Descriptions: Include the following: 1. Product name and model number. Use designations for products indicated on Contract Documents. 2. Manufacturer's name. 3. Equipment identification with serial number of each component. 4. Equipment function. 5. Operating characteristics. 6. Limiting conditions. 7. Performance curves. 8. Engineering data and tests. 9. Complete nomenclature and number of replacement parts. C. Operating Procedures: Include the following, as applicable: 1. Startup procedures. 2. Equipment or system break-in procedures. 3. Routine and normal operating instructions. 4. Regulation and control procedures. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823 - 5 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 5. Instructions on stopping. 6. Normal shutdown instructions. 7. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions. 8. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. 9. Special operating instructions and procedures. D. Systems and Equipment Controls: Describe the sequence of operation, and diagram controls as installed. E. Piped Systems: Diagram piping as installed, and identify color-coding where required for identification. 2.5 PRODUCT MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each product, material, and finish. Include source information, product information, maintenance procedures, repair materials and sources, and warranties and bonds, as described below. B. Source Information: List each product included in manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual and drawing or schedule designation or identifier where applicable. C. Product Information: Include the following, as applicable: 1. Product name and model number. 2. Manufacturer's name. 3. Color, pattern, and texture. 4. Material and chemical composition. 5. Reordering information for specially manufactured products. D. Maintenance Procedures: Include manufacturer's written recommendations and the following: 1. Inspection procedures. 2. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. 3. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product. 4. Schedule for routine cleaning and maintenance. 5. Repair instructions. E. Repair Materials and Sources: Include lists of materials and local sources of materials and related services. F. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds. 1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823 - 6 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 2.6 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Content: For each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system, include source information, manufacturers' maintenance documentation, maintenance procedures, maintenance and service schedules, spare parts list and source information, maintenance service contracts, and warranty and bond information, as described below. B. Source Information: List each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment included in manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual and drawing or schedule designation or identifier where applicable. C. Manufacturers' Maintenance Documentation: Manufacturers' maintenance documentation including the following information for each component part or piece of equipment: 1. Standard maintenance instructions and bulletins. 2. Drawings, diagrams, and instructions required for maintenance, including disassembly and component removal, replacement, and assembly. 3. Identification and nomenclature of parts and components. 4. List of items recommended to be stocked as spare parts. D. Maintenance Procedures: Include the following information and items that detail essential maintenance procedures: 1. Test and inspection instructions. 2. Troubleshooting guide. 3. Precautions against improper maintenance. 4. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly instructions. 5. Aligning, adjusting, and checking instructions. 6. Demonstration and training video recording, if available. E. Maintenance and Service Schedules: Include service and lubrication requirements, list of required lubricants for equipment, and separate schedules for preventive and routine maintenance and service with standard time allotment. 1. Scheduled Maintenance and Service: Tabulate actions for daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly, semiannual, and annual frequencies. 2. Maintenance and Service Record: Include manufacturers' forms for recording maintenance. F. Spare Parts List and Source Information: Include lists of replacement and repair parts, with parts identified and cross-referenced to manufacturers' maintenance documentation and local sources of maintenance materials and related services. G. Maintenance Service Contracts: Include copies of maintenance agreements with name and telephone number of service agent. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823 - 7 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 H. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds. 1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 MANUAL PREPARATION A. Operation and Maintenance Documentation Directory: Prepare a separate manual that provides an organized reference to emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. B. Emergency Manual: Assemble a complete set of emergency information indicating procedures for use by emergency personnel and by Owner's operating personnel for types of emergencies indicated. C. Product Maintenance Manual: Assemble a complete set of maintenance data indicating care and maintenance of each product, material, and finish incorporated into the Work. D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Assemble a complete set of operation and maintenance data indicating operation and maintenance of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. 1. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to assemble and prepare information for each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. 2. Prepare a separate manual for each system and subsystem, in the form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's operating personnel. E. Manufacturers' Data: Where manuals contain manufacturers' standard printed data, include only sheets pertinent to product or component installed. Mark each sheet to identify each product or component incorporated into the Work. If data include more than one item in a tabular format, identify each item using appropriate references from the Contract Documents. Identify data applicable to the Work and delete references to information not applicable. 1. Prepare supplementary text if manufacturers' standard printed data are not available and where the information is necessary for proper operation and maintenance of equipment or systems. F. Drawings: Prepare drawings supplementing manufacturers' printed data to illustrate the relationship of component parts of equipment and systems and to illustrate control sequence and flow diagrams. Coordinate these drawings with information contained in record Drawings to ensure correct illustration of completed installation. 1. Do not use original project record documents as part of operation and maintenance manuals. 2. Comply with requirements of newly prepared record Drawings in Section 01 7839 "Project Record Documents." OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823 - 8 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 G. Comply with Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures" for schedule for submitting operation and maintenance documentation. END OF SECTION 01 7823 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 7823 - 9 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 SECTION 01 7839 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for project record documents, including the following: 1. Record Specifications. 2. Record Product Data. 3. Miscellaneous record submittals. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 7300 "Execution" for final property survey. 2. Section 01 7700 "Closeout Procedures" for general closeout procedures. 3. Section 01 7823 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and maintenance manual requirements. 1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Record Drawings: Comply with the following: 1. Number of Copies: Submit copies of record Drawings as follows: a. Initial Submittal: 1) Submit record digital data files and one set(s) of plots. 2) Architect will indicate whether general scope of changes, additional information recorded, and quality of drafting are acceptable. b. Final Submittal: 1) Submit PDF electronic files of scanned record prints and three set(s) of prints. 2) Print each drawing, whether or not changes and additional information were recorded. B. Record Specifications: Submit annotated PDF electronic files of Project's Specifications, including addenda and contract modifications. PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 7839 - 1 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 C. Record Product Data: Submit annotated PDF electronic files and directories of each submittal. 1. Where record Product Data are required as part of operation and maintenance manuals, submit duplicate marked-up Product Data as a component of manual. D. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: See other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record-keeping requirements and submittals in connection with various construction activities. Submit annotated PDF electronic files and directories of each submittal. E. Reports: Submit written report indicating items incorporated into project record documents concurrent with progress of the Work, including revisions, concealed conditions, field changes, product selections, and other notations incorporated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Record Digital Data Files: Immediately before inspection for Certificate of Substantial Completion, review marked-up record prints with Architect. When authorized, prepare a full set of corrected digital data files of the Contract Drawings, as follows: 1. Format: Annotated PDF electronic file with comment function enabled. 2. Architect will furnish Contractor one set of digital data files of the Contract Drawings for use in recording information. a. See Section 01 3300 "Submittal Procedures" for requirements related to use of Architect's digital data files. 2.2 RECORD SPECIFICATIONS A. Preparation: Mark Specifications to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies from that indicated in Specifications, addenda, and contract modifications. 1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 2. Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials, and equipment furnished, including substitutions and product options selected. 3. Record the name of manufacturer, supplier, Installer, and other information necessary to provide a record of selections made. 4. For each principal product, indicate whether record Product Data has been submitted in operation and maintenance manuals instead of submitted as record Product Data. 5. Note related Change Orders, record Product Data, and record Drawings where applicable. B. Format: Submit record Specifications as annotated PDF electronic file. PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 7839 - 2 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 2.3 RECORD PRODUCT DATA A. Preparation: Mark Product Data to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies substantially from that indicated in Product Data submittal. 1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 2. Include significant changes in the product delivered to Project site and changes in manufacturer's written instructions for installation. 3. Note related Change Orders, record Specifications, and record Drawings where applicable. B. Format: Submit record Product Data as annotated PDF electronic file. 1. Include record Product Data directory organized by Specification Section number and title, electronically linked to each item of record Product Data. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS RECORD SUBMITTALS A. Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record keeping and submittal in connection with actual performance of the Work. Bind or file miscellaneous records and identify each, ready for continued use and reference. B. Format: Submit miscellaneous record submittals as PDF electronic file. 1. Include miscellaneous record submittals directory organized by Specification Section number and title, electronically linked to each item of miscellaneous record submittals. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 RECORDING AND MAINTENANCE A. Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal during the construction period for project record document purposes. Post changes and revisions to project record documents as they occur; do not wait until end of Project. B. Maintenance of Record Documents and Samples: Store record documents and Samples in the field office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use project record documents for construction purposes. Maintain record documents in good order and in a clean, dry, legible condition, protected from deterioration and loss. Provide access to project record documents for Architect's reference during normal working hours. END OF SECTION 01 7839 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 7839 - 3 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 SECTION 01 7900 - DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for instructing Owner's personnel, including the following: 1. Demonstration of operation of systems, subsystems, and equipment. 2. Training in operation and maintenance of systems, subsystems, and equipment. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Instruction Program: Submit outline of instructional program for demonstration and training, including a list of training modules and a schedule of proposed dates, times, length of instruction time, and instructors' names for each training module. Include learning objective and outline for each training module. 1. Indicate proposed training modules using manufacturer-produced demonstration and training video recordings for systems, equipment, and products in lieu of video recording of live instructional module. B. Qualification Data: For facilitator. C. Attendance Record: For each training module, submit list of participants and length of instruction time. D. Evaluations: For each participant and for each training module, submit results and documentation of performance-based test. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Facilitator Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in training or educating maintenance personnel in a training program similar in content and extent to that indicated for this Project, and whose work has resulted in training or education with a record of successful learning performance. B. Preinstruction Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Section 01 3100 "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to demonstration and training including, but not limited to, the following: DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01 7900 - 1 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 1. Inspect and discuss locations and other facilities required for instruction. 2. Review and finalize instruction schedule and verify availability of educational materials, instructors' personnel, audiovisual equipment, and facilities needed to avoid delays. 3. Review required content of instruction. 4. For instruction that must occur outside, review weather and forecasted weather conditions and procedures to follow if conditions are unfavorable. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Coordinate instruction schedule with Owner's operations. Adjust schedule as required to minimize disrupting Owner's operations and to ensure availability of Owner's personnel. B. Coordinate instructors, including providing notification of dates, times, length of instruction time, and course content. C. Coordinate content of training modules with content of approved emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. Do not submit instruction program until operation and maintenance data has been reviewed and approved by Architect. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 INSTRUCTION PROGRAM A. Program Structure: Develop an instruction program that includes individual training modules for each system and for equipment not part of a system, as required by individual Specification Sections. B. Training Modules: Develop a learning objective and teaching outline for each module. Include a description of specific skills and knowledge that participant is expected to master. For each module, include instruction for the following as applicable to the system, equipment, or component: 1. Basis of System Design, Operational Requirements, and Criteria: Include the following: a. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions. b. Performance and design criteria if Contractor is delegated design responsibility. c. Operating standards. d. Regulatory requirements. e. Equipment function. f. Operating characteristics. g. Limiting conditions. h. Performance curves. 2. Documentation: Review the following items in detail: DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01 7900 - 2 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 a. Emergency manuals. b. Operations manuals. c. Maintenance manuals. d. Project record documents. e. Identification systems. f. Warranties and bonds. g. Maintenance service agreements and similar continuing commitments. 3. Emergencies: Include the following, as applicable: a. Instructions on meaning of warnings, trouble indications, and error messages. b. Instructions on stopping. c. Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency. d. Operating instructions for conditions outside of normal operating limits. e. Sequences for electric or electronic systems. f. Special operating instructions and procedures. 4. Operations: Include the following, as applicable: a. Startup procedures. b. Equipment or system break-in procedures. c. Routine and normal operating instructions. d. Regulation and control procedures. e. Control sequences. f. Safety procedures. g. Instructions on stopping. h. Normal shutdown instructions. i. Operating procedures for emergencies. j. Operating procedures for system, subsystem, or equipment failure. k. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions. l. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. m. Special operating instructions and procedures. 5. Adjustments: Include the following: a. Alignments. b. Checking adjustments. c. Noise and vibration adjustments. d. Economy and efficiency adjustments. 6. Troubleshooting: Include the following: a. Diagnostic instructions. b. Test and inspection procedures. 7. Maintenance: Include the following: a. Inspection procedures. b. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. c. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product. d. Procedures for routine cleaning e. Procedures for preventive maintenance. DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01 7900 - 3 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 f. Procedures for routine maintenance. g. Instruction on use of special tools. 8. Repairs: Include the following: a. Diagnosis instructions. b. Repair instructions. c. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly instructions. d. Instructions for identifying parts and components. e. Review of spare parts needed for operation and maintenance. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Assemble educational materials necessary for instruction, including documentation and training module. Assemble training modules into a training manual organized in coordination with requirements in Section 01 7823 "Operation and Maintenance Data." B. Set up instructional equipment at instruction location. 3.2 INSTRUCTION A. Facilitator: Engage a qualified facilitator to prepare instruction program and training modules, to coordinate instructors, and to coordinate between Contractor and Owner for number of participants, instruction times, and location. B. Scheduling: Provide instruction at mutually agreed on times. For equipment that requires seasonal operation, provide similar instruction at start of each season. 1. Schedule training with Owner with at least seven days' advance notice. C. Training Location and Reference Material: Conduct training on-site in the completed and fully operational facility using the actual equipment in-place. Conduct training using final operation and maintenance data submittals. D. Evaluation: At conclusion of each training module, assess and document each participant's mastery of module by use of a demonstration performance-based test. E. Cleanup: Collect used and leftover educational materials and give to Owner. Remove instructional equipment. Restore systems and equipment to condition existing before initial training use. END OF SECTION 01 7900 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 01 7900 - 4 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 SECTION 02 4119 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Demolition and removal of selected portions of building or structure. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 1000 "Summary" for restrictions on the use of the premises, Owner-occupancy requirements, and phasing requirements. 2. Section 01 7300 "Execution" for cutting and patching procedures. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Remove: Detach items from existing construction and legally dispose of them off-site unless indicated to be removed and salvaged or removed and reinstalled. B. Remove and Salvage: Carefully detach from existing construction, in a manner to prevent damage, and deliver to Owner ready for reuse. C. Remove and Reinstall: Detach items from existing construction, prepare for reuse, and reinstall where indicated. 1.4 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP A. Unless otherwise indicated, demolition waste becomes property of Contractor. B. Historic items, relics, antiques, and similar objects including, but not limited to, cornerstones and their contents, commemorative plaques and tablets, and other items of interest or value to Owner that may be uncovered during demolition remain the property of Owner. 1. Carefully salvage in a manner to prevent damage and promptly return to Owner. 1.5 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Predemolition Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 4119 - 1 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 1. Inspect and discuss condition of construction to be selectively demolished. 2. Review structural load limitations of existing structure. 3. Review and finalize selective demolition schedule and verify availability of materials, demolition personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 4. Review requirements of work performed by other trades that rely on substrates exposed by selective demolition operations. 5. Review areas where existing construction is to remain and requires protection. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Proposed Protection Measures: Submit report, including drawings, that indicates the measures proposed for protecting individuals and property , for dust control and , for noise control. Indicate proposed locations and construction of barriers. B. Schedule of Selective Demolition Activities: Indicate the following: 1. Detailed sequence of selective demolition and removal work, with starting and ending dates for each activity. Ensure Owner's building manager's on-site operations are uninterrupted. 2. Interruption of utility services. Indicate how long utility services will be interrupted. 3. Coordination for shutoff, capping, and continuation of utility services. 4. Use of elevator and stairs. 5. Coordination of Owner's continuing occupancy of portions of existing building and of Owner's partial occupancy of completed Work. C. Inventory: Submit a list of items to be removed and salvaged and deliver to Owner prior to start of demolition. D. Predemolition Photographs or Video: Submit before Work begins. E. Warranties: Documentation indicated that existing warranties are still in effect after completion of selective demolition. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Inventory: Submit a list of items that have been removed and salvaged. B. Landfill Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of hazardous wastes by a landfill facility licensed to accept hazardous wastes. 1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Owner will occupy portions of building immediately adjacent to selective demolition area. Conduct selective demolition so Owner's operations will not be disrupted. B. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owner as far as practical. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 4119 - 2 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 1. Before selective demolition, Owner will remove all items and equipment that is not fixed. C. Notify Architect of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings before proceeding with selective demolition. D. Hazardous Materials: Hazardous materials are present in buildings and structures to be selectively demolished. A report on the presence of hazardous materials is on file for review and use. Examine report to become aware of locations where hazardous materials are present. E. Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site is not permitted. F. Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations. 1. Maintain fire-protection facilities in service during selective demolition operations. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PEFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped before starting selective demolition operations. B. Review record documents of existing construction provided by Owner. Owner does not guarantee that existing conditions are same as those indicated in record documents. C. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of selective demolition required. D. When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with intended function or design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and extent of conflict. Promptly submit a written report to Architect. E. Engage a professional engineer to perform an engineering survey of condition of building to determine whether removing any element might result in structural deficiency or unplanned collapse of any portion of structure or adjacent structures during selective building demolition operations. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 4119 - 3 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 F. Survey of Existing Conditions: Record existing conditions by use of measured drawings and preconstruction photographs . 1. Before selective demolition or removal of existing building elements that will be reproduced or duplicated in final Work, make permanent record of measurements, materials, and construction details required to make exact reproduction. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris-removal operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. B. Temporary Facilities: Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain. 1. Provide protection to ensure safe passage of people around selective demolition area and to and from occupied portions of building. 2. Provide temporary weather protection, during interval between selective demolition of existing construction on exterior surfaces and new construction, to prevent water leakage and damage to structure and interior areas. 3. Protect walls, ceilings, floors, and other existing finish work that are to remain or that are exposed during selective demolition operations. 4. Cover and protect furniture, furnishings, and equipment that have not been removed. 5. Comply with requirements for temporary enclosures, dust control, heating, and cooling specified in Section 01 5000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls." C. Temporary Shoring: Provide and maintain shoring, bracing, and structural supports as required to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of construction and finishes to remain, and to prevent unexpected or uncontrolled movement or collapse of construction being demolished. 1. Strengthen or add new supports when required during progress of selective demolition. 3.3 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION, GENERAL A. General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows: 1. Proceed with selective demolition systematically, from higher to lower level. Complete selective demolition operations above each floor or tier before disturbing supporting members on the next lower level. 2. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. Use hand tools or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping, to minimize disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings to remain. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 4119 - 4 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 3. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring existing finished surfaces. 4. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents of hidden space before starting flame-cutting operations. Maintain portable fire-suppression devices during flame-cutting operations. 5. Maintain adequate ventilation when using cutting torches. 6. Remove decayed, vermin-infested, or otherwise dangerous or unsuitable materials and promptly dispose of off-site. 7. Remove structural framing members and lower to ground by method suitable to avoid free fall and to prevent ground impact or dust generation. 8. Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing. 9. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly. Comply with requirements in Section 01 7419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal." B. Removed and Reinstalled Items: 1. Clean and repair items to functional condition adequate for intended reuse. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning and repairing. Identify contents of containers. 3. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. 4. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for new materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make item functional for use indicated. C. Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during selective demolition. When permitted by Architect, items may be removed to a suitable, protected storage location during selective demolition[ and cleaned] and reinstalled in their original locations after selective demolition operations are complete. 3.4 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS A. General: Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or otherwise indicated to remain Owner's property, remove demolished materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in an EPA-approved landfill. 1. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site. 2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. 3. Remove debris from elevated portions of building by chute, hoist, or other device that will convey debris to grade level in a controlled descent. 4. Comply with requirements specified in Section 01 7419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal." B. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials. C. Disposal: Transport demolished materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of them. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 4119 - 5 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 3.5 CLEANING A. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began. END OF SECTION 02 4119 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02 4119 - 6 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 SECTION 04 0120.63 - BRICK MASONRY REPAIR PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Repairing brick masonry, including replacing units. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Low-Pressure Spray: 100 to 400 psi; 4 to 6 gpm. B. Saturation Coefficient: Ratio of the weight of water absorbed during immersion in cold water to weight absorbed during immersion in boiling water; used as an indication of resistance of masonry units to freezing and thawing. 1.4 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING A. Work Sequence: Perform brick masonry repair work in the following sequence, which includes work specified in this and other Sections: 1. Verify with general contractor that all demolition is complete and that new door lintel is installed before commencement of brick masonry patching and repair. 2. Rake out mortar from joints adjacent to newly exposed edges along door jamb and lintel as needed.. 3. Repair masonry, including re-setting existing brick salvaged during opening enlargement and replace existing masonry with new masonry materials to match existing as needed. 'Tooth In' salvaged brick to create plumb, flush, and level surfaces at lintel and jambs. 4. Point mortar and sealant joints. 5. After repairs and repointing have been completed and cured, perform a final cleaning to remove residues from this work. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: BRICK MASONRY REPAIR 04 0120.63 - 1 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and locations of replacement masonry units on the structure, showing relation of existing and new or relocated units. 2. Show provisions for expansion joints or other sealant joints. 3. Show provisions for flashing, lighting fixtures, conduits, and weep holes as required. 4. Show locations of scaffolding and points of scaffolding in contact with masonry. Include details of each point of contact or anchorage. B. Samples for Initial Selection: For the following: 1. Colored Mortar: Submit sets of mortar that will be left exposed in the form of sample mortar strips, 6 inches long by 1/2 inch wide, set in aluminum or plastic channels. 2. Include similar Samples of accessories involving color selection. C. Samples for Verification: For the following: 1. Each type of brick unit to be used for replacing existing units. Include sets of Samples to show the full range of shape, color, and texture to be expected. For each brick type, provide straps or panels containing at least four bricks. Include multiple straps for brick with a wide range. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver masonry units to Project site strapped together in suitable packs or pallets or in heavy-duty cartons and protected against impact and chipping. B. Deliver packaged materials to Project site in manufacturer's original and unopened containers, labeled with manufacturer's name and type of products. C. Store cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location. Do not use cementitious materials that have become damp. D. Store hydrated lime in manufacturer's original and unopened containers. Discard lime if containers have been damaged or have been opened for more than two days. E. Store sand where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and contamination avoided. F. Handle masonry units to prevent overstressing, chipping, defacement, and other damage. 1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit brick masonry repair work to be performed according to product manufacturers' written instructions and specified requirements. BRICK MASONRY REPAIR 04 0120.63 - 2 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 B. Temperature Limits, General: Repair masonry units only when air temperature is between 40 and 90 deg F and is predicted to remain so for at least seven days after completion of the Work unless otherwise indicated. C. Cold-Weather Requirements: Comply with the following procedures for masonry repair unless otherwise indicated: 1. When air temperature is below 40 deg F, heat mortar ingredients, masonry repair materials, and existing masonry walls to produce temperatures between 40 and 120 deg F. 2. When mean daily air temperature is below 40 deg F, provide enclosure and heat to maintain temperatures above 32 deg F within the enclosure for seven days after repair. D. Hot-Weather Requirements: Protect masonry repairs when temperature and humidity conditions produce excessive evaporation of water from mortar and repair materials. Provide artificial shade and wind breaks, and use cooled materials as required to minimize evaporation. Do not apply mortar to substrates with temperatures of 90 deg F and above unless otherwise indicated. E. For manufactured repair materials, perform work within the environmental limits set by each manufacturer. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of material for repairing brick masonry (brick, cement, sand, etc.) from single source with resources to provide materials of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties. 2.2 MASONRY MATERIALS A. Face Brick: As required to complete brick masonry repair work. 1. Brick Matching Existing: Units with colors, color variation within units, surface texture, size, and shape that match existing brickwork and all related physical properties. 2.3 MORTAR MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150/C 150M, Type I or Type II, except Type III may be used for cold-weather construction; white[ or gray, or both] where required for color matching of mortar. 1. Provide cement containing not more than 0.60 percent total alkali when tested according to ASTM C 114. BRICK MASONRY REPAIR 04 0120.63 - 3 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 B. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S. C. Masonry Cement: ASTM C 91/C 91M. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Cemex S.A.B. de C.V.; [Brikset Type N] [Citadel Type S] [Dixie Type S] [Kosmortar Type N] [Richcolor Type N] [Richmortar Type M]. b. Lafarge North America Inc.; [Lafarge Masonry Cement] [Magnolia Buff, Dark & Ultra Dark Masonry Cement] [Magnolia Mason's Mix Masonry Cement] [Trinity White Masonry Cement]. D. Mortar Sand: ASTM C 144. 1. Exposed Mortar: Match size, texture, and gradation of existing mortar sand as closely as possible. Blend several sands if necessary to achieve suitable match. E. Mortar Pigments: ASTM C 979/C 979M, compounded for use in mortar mixes, and having a record of satisfactory performance in masonry mortars. F. Water: Potable. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PROTECTION A. Prevent mortar from staining face of surrounding masonry and other surfaces. 1. Cover sills, ledges, and other projecting items to protect them from mortar droppings. 2. Keep wall area wet below rebuilding and repair work to discourage mortar from adhering. 3. Immediately remove mortar splatters in contact with exposed masonry and other surfaces. B. Removeany affected wall-mounted items and associated hardware adjacent to masonry and store during masonry repair. Reinstall when repairs are complete. 1. Provide temporary rain drainage during work to direct water away from building. 3.2 MASONRY REPAIR, GENERAL A. Appearance Standard: Repaired surfaces are to have a uniform appearance as viewed from 50 feet away by Architect. BRICK MASONRY REPAIR 04 0120.63 - 4 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 3.3 BRICK REMOVAL, RE-SETTING & REPLACEMENT A. At locations indicated in drawings at existing exterior door opening to be widened, labeled as door #142, remove bricks that are to be reused as required to enlarge opening and set new structural lintel per construction documents. Carefully remove entire units from joint to joint, without damaging surrounding masonry, in a manner that permits replacement with full-size units. 1. When removing single bricks, remove material from center of brick and work toward outside edges. B. Support and protect remaining masonry that surrounds removal area. C. Maintain flashing, reinforcement, lintels, and adjoining construction in an undamaged condition.[ Coordinate with new flashing, reinforcement, and lintels, which are specified in other Sections.] D. Notify Architect of unforeseen detrimental conditions including voids, cracks, bulges, and loose units in existing masonry backup, rotted wood, rusted metal, and other deteriorated items. E. Remove in an undamaged condition as many whole bricks as possible. 1. Remove mortar, loose particles, and soil from brick by cleaning with hand chisels, brushes, and water. 2. Remove sealants by cutting close to brick with utility knife and cleaning with solvents. 3. Store brick for reuse. Store off ground, on skids, and protected from weather. F. Clean masonry surrounding removal areas by removing mortar, dust, and loose particles in preparation for brick replacement. G. Replace removed damaged brick with other removed brick in good condition, where possible, [or with new brick ]matching existing brick. Do not use broken units unless they can be cut to usable size. H. Install replacement brick into bonding and coursing pattern of existing brick. If cutting is required, use a motor-driven saw designed to cut masonry with clean, sharp, unchipped edges. 1. Maintain joint width for replacement units to match existing joints. I. Lay replacement brick with rebuilding (setting) mortar and with completely filled bed, head, and collar joints. Butter ends with enough mortar to fill head joints and shove into place. Wet both replacement and surrounding bricks that have ASTM C 67 initial rates of absorption (suction) of more than 30 g/30 sq. in. per min. Use wetting methods that ensure that units are nearly saturated but surface is dry when laid. 1. Tool exposed mortar joints in repaired areas to match joints of surrounding existing brickwork. BRICK MASONRY REPAIR 04 0120.63 - 5 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 J. Curing: Cure mortar by maintaining in thoroughly damp condition for at least 72 consecutive hours, including weekends and holidays. 1. Hairline cracking within the mortar or mortar separation at edge of a joint is unacceptable. Completely remove such mortar and repoint. 3.4 FINAL CLEANING A. After mortar has fully hardened, thoroughly clean exposed masonry surfaces of excess mortar and foreign matter; use wood scrapers, stiff-nylon or -fiber brushes, and clean water applied by low-pressure spray. 1. Do not use metal scrapers or brushes. 2. Do not use acidic or alkaline cleaners. B. Clean adjacent nonmasonry surfaces. Use detergent and soft brushes or cloths. C. Clean mortar and debris from roof; remove debris from gutters and downspouts. Rinse off roof and flush gutters and downspouts. D. Remove masking materials, leaving no residues that could trap dirt. 3.5 MASONRY WASTE DISPOSAL A. Salvageable Materials: Unless otherwise indicated, excess masonry materials are Contractor's property. B. Masonry Waste: Remove masonry waste and legally dispose of off Owner's property. END OF SECTION 04 0120.63 BRICK MASONRY REPAIR 04 0120.63 - 6 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 SECTION 05 5113 - METAL PAN STAIRS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Preassembled steel pan stair (risers and treads only) with concrete-filled, formed-metal treads retrofitted to existing framed metal stair indicated in Alternates. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Coordinate selection of shop primers with topcoats to be applied over them. Comply with paint and coating manufacturers' written recommendations to ensure that shop primers and topcoats are compatible with one another. B. Coordinate installation of anchorages for metal stairs. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. C. Coordinate locations of hanger rods and struts with other work so that they do not encroach on required stair width and are within the fire-resistance-rated stair enclosure. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Welding certificates. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Fabricator of products. B. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following: METAL PAN STAIRS 05 5113 - 1 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 1. AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." 2. AWS D1.3/D1.3M, "Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel." PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 01 4000 "Quality Requirements," to design stairs. 2.2 METALS A. Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces unless otherwise indicated. For components exposed to view in the completed Work, provide materials without seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or blemishes. 2.3 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. Provide partial replacement stair assemblies necessary to support and anchor stairs and platforms on supporting structure. 1. Join components by welding unless otherwise indicated. 2. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. B. Preassembled Stairs: Assemble stairs in shop to greatest extent possible. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. C. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch unless otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces. D. Form bent-metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work. E. Form exposed work with accurate angles and surfaces and straight edges. F. Weld connections to comply with the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. Weld exposed corners and seams continuously unless otherwise indicated. 5. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds to comply with NOMMA's "Voluntary Joint Finish Standards" for Type 4 welds: good quality, uniform undressed weld with minimal splatter. METAL PAN STAIRS 05 5113 - 2 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 G. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners where possible. Where exposed fasteners are required, use Phillips flat-head (countersunk) screws or bolts unless otherwise indicated. Locate joints where least conspicuous. 2.4 STEEL-FRAMED STAIRS A. Metal Pan Stairs: Form risers, subtread pans, and subplatforms to configurations shown from steel sheet of thickness needed to comply with performance requirements, but not less than 0.067 inch. 1. Steel Sheet: Galvanized-steel sheet. 2. Directly weld metal pans to stringers; locate welds on top of subtreads where they are concealed by concrete fill. Do not weld risers to stringers. 3. Shape metal pans to include nosing integral with riser. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLING METAL PAN STAIRS A. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for securing metal stairs to in-place construction. Include threaded fasteners for concrete and masonry inserts, through-bolts, lag bolts, and other connectors. B. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal stairs. Set units accurately in location, alignment, and elevation, measured from established lines and levels and free of rack. C. Install metal stairs by welding stair framing to steel structure or to weld plates cast into concrete unless otherwise indicated. D. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete, masonry, or similar construction. E. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of exterior units that have been hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and are for bolted or screwed field connections. F. Field Welding: Comply with requirements for welding in "Fabrication, General" Article. G. Place and finish concrete fill for treads to meet applicable industry standards and performance requirements of metal pan stairs, including maintaining code compliant stair dimensions. METAL PAN STAIRS 05 5113 - 3 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Touchup Painting: Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint are specified in Section 09 9123 "Interior Painting" (Base Bid) or in Section 09 9600 "High-Performance Coatings." (Alternate 'Painted Metals' END OF SECTION 05 5113 METAL PAN STAIRS 05 5113 - 4 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 SECTION 07 6200 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Formed door head flashing at new lintel above door #142, see drawings. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Coordinate sheet metal flashing and trim layout and seams with sizes and locations of penetrations to be flashed, and joints and seams in adjacent materials. B. Coordinate sheet metal flashing and trim installation with adjoining roofing and wall materials, joints, and seams to provide leakproof, secure, and noncorrosive installation. 1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Review construction schedule. 2. Review masonry and lintel conditions at exterior door to chemical room noted as door #142 on drawings and any other construction that affect sheet metal flashing and trim at this location. 3. Review requirements for insurance and certificates if applicable. 4. Review sheet metal flashing observation and repair procedures after flashing installation. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: For sheet metal flashing and trim. 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details. 2. Include identification of material, thickness, weight, and finish for each item and location in Project. 3. Include details of connections to adjoining work. 4. Detail formed flashing and trim at scale of not less than 3 inches per 12 inches. SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07 6200 - 1 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Do not store sheet metal flashing and trim materials in contact with other materials that might cause staining, denting, or other surface damage. Store sheet metal flashing and trim materials away from uncured concrete and masonry. B. Protect strippable protective covering on sheet metal flashing and trim from exposure to sunlight and high humidity, except to extent necessary for period of sheet metal flashing and trim installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Sheet metal flashing and trim assemblies shall withstand wind loads, structural movement, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction. Completed sheet metal flashing and trim shall not rattle, leak, or loosen, and shall remain watertight. B. Sheet Metal Standard for Flashing and Trim: Comply with SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" requirements for dimensions and profiles shown unless more stringent requirements are indicated. C. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes to prevent buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of joint sealants, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. 2.2 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. General: Custom fabricate sheet metal flashing to comply with details shown and recommendations in cited sheet metal standard that apply to design, dimensions, geometry, metal thickness, and other characteristics of item required. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim in shop to greatest extent possible. 1. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim in thickness or weight needed to comply with performance requirements, but not less than that specified for each application and metal. 2. Obtain field measurements for accurate fit before shop fabrication. 3. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible. Do not use exposed fasteners on faces exposed to view. B. Sealant Joints: Where movable, nonexpansion-type joints are required, form metal to provide for proper installation of elastomeric sealant according to cited sheet metal standard. SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07 6200 - 2 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, substrate, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1. Verify compliance with requirements for installation tolerances of substrates. 2. Verify that substrate is sound, dry, smooth, clean, sloped for drainage, and securely anchored. 3. Verify that air- or water-resistant barriers have been installed over sheathing or backing substrate to prevent air infiltration or water penetration. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 UNDERLAYMENT INSTALLATION A. Self-Adhering Sheet Underlayment: Install self-adhering sheet underlayment, wrinkle free. Prime substrate if recommended by underlayment manufacturer. Comply with temperature restrictions of underlayment manufacturer for installation; use primer for installing underlayment at low temperatures. Apply in shingle fashion to shed water, with end laps of not less than 6 inches staggered 24 inches between courses. Overlap side edges not less than 3-1/2 inches . Roll laps and edges with roller. Cover underlayment within 14 days. 3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. General: Anchor sheet metal flashing and trim and other components of the Work securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement. Use fasteners, protective coatings, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required to complete sheet metal flashing and trim system. 1. Install sheet metal flashing and trim true to line, levels, and slopes. Provide uniform, neat seams with minimum exposure of solder, welds, and sealant. 2. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in watertight performance. Verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered before fabricating sheet metal. 3. Space cleats not more than 12 inches apart. Attach each cleat with at least two fasteners. Bend tabs over fasteners. 4. Torch cutting of sheet metal flashing and trim is not permitted. B. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals contact each other, or where metal contacts pressure-treated wood or other corrosive substrates, protect against galvanic action or corrosion by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating or by other permanent separation as recommended by sheet metal manufacturer or cited sheet metal standard. SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07 6200 - 3 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 C. Fasteners: Use fastener sizes that penetrate substrate not less than recommended by fastener manufacturer to achieve maximum pull-out resistance. D. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible in exposed work and locate to minimize possibility of leakage. Cover and seal fasteners and anchors as required for a tight installation. E. Seal joints as required for watertight construction. 1. Use sealant-filled joints unless otherwise indicated. Embed hooked flanges of joint members not less than 1 inch into sealant. Form joints to completely conceal sealant. When ambient temperature at time of installation is between 40 and 70 deg F, set joint members for 50 percent movement each way. Adjust setting proportionately for installation at higher ambient temperatures. Do not install sealant-type joints at temperatures below 40 deg F. 2. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requirements in Section 07 9200 "Joint Sealants." 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean exposed metal surfaces of substances that interfere with uniform oxidation and weathering. B. Clean off excess sealants. END OF SECTION 07 6200 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 07 6200 - 4 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 SECTION 07 9200 - JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Silicone joint sealants. 1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each joint-sealant product. B. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts consisting of strips of cured sealants showing the full range of colors available for each product exposed to view. C. Samples for Verification: For each kind and color of joint sealant required, provide Samples with joint sealants in 1/2-inch- wide joints formed between two 6-inch- long strips of material matching the appearance of exposed surfaces adjacent to joint sealants. D. Joint-Sealant Schedule: Include the following information: 1. Joint-sealant application, joint location, and designation. 2. Joint-sealant manufacturer and product name. 3. Joint-sealant formulation. 4. Joint-sealant color. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For qualified testing agency. B. Product Test Reports: For each kind of joint sealant, for tests performed by [manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency] [a qualified testing agency]. C. Sample Warranties: For special warranties. JOINT SEALANTS 07 9200 - 1 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An authorized representative who is trained and approved by manufacturer. B. Product Testing: Test joint sealants using a qualified testing agency. 1. Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM C 1021 to conduct the testing indicated. 1.7 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING A. Preconstruction Laboratory Testing: Submit to joint-sealant manufacturers, for testing indicated below, samples of materials that will contact or affect joint sealants. 1. Adhesion Testing: Use ASTM C 794 to determine whether priming and other specific joint preparation techniques are required to obtain rapid, optimum adhesion of joint sealants to joint substrates. 2. Compatibility Testing: Use ASTM C 1087 to determine sealant compatibility when in contact with glazing and gasket materials. 3. Submit manufacturer's recommended number of pieces of each type of material, including joint substrates, joint-sealant backings, and miscellaneous materials. 4. Schedule sufficient time for testing and analyzing results to prevent delaying the Work. 5. For materials failing tests, obtain joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions for corrective measures, including use of specially formulated primers. 6. Testing will not be required if joint-sealant manufacturers submit data that are based on previous testing, not older than 24 months, of sealant products for adhesion to, staining of, and compatibility with joint substrates and other materials matching those submitted. B. Preconstruction Field-Adhesion Testing: Before installing sealants, field test their adhesion to Project joint substrates as follows: 1. Locate test joints where indicated on Project or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect. 2. Conduct field tests for each kind of sealant and joint substrate. 3. Notify Architect seven days in advance of dates and times when test joints will be erected. 4. Arrange for tests to take place with joint-sealant manufacturer's technical representative present. a. Test Method: Test joint sealants according to Method A, Field-Applied Sealant Joint Hand Pull Tab, in Appendix X1.1 in ASTM C 1193 or Method A, Tail Procedure, in ASTM C 1521. 1) For joints with dissimilar substrates, verify adhesion to each substrate separately; extend cut along one side, verifying adhesion to opposite side. Repeat procedure for opposite side. JOINT SEALANTS 07 9200 - 2 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 5. Report whether sealant failed to adhere to joint substrates or tore cohesively. Include data on pull distance used to test each kind of product and joint substrate. For sealants that fail adhesively, retest until satisfactory adhesion is obtained. 6. Evaluation of Preconstruction Field-Adhesion-Test Results: Sealants not evidencing adhesive failure from testing, in absence of other indications of noncompliance with requirements, will be considered satisfactory. Do not use sealants that fail to adhere to joint substrates during testing. 1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the following conditions: 1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by joint-sealant manufacturer or are below 40 deg F. 2. When joint substrates are wet. 3. Where joint widths are less than those allowed by joint-sealant manufacturer for applications indicated. 4. Where contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion have not yet been removed from joint substrates. 1.9 WARRANTY A. Special Installer's Warranty: Installer agrees to repair or replace joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Special Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to furnish joint sealants to repair or replace those joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. C. Special warranties specified in this article exclude deterioration or failure of joint sealants from the following: 1. Movement of the structure caused by stresses on the sealant exceeding sealant manufacturer's written specifications for sealant elongation and compression. 2. Disintegration of joint substrates from causes exceeding design specifications. 3. Mechanical damage caused by individuals, tools, or other outside agents. 4. Changes in sealant appearance caused by accumulation of dirt or other atmospheric contaminants. JOINT SEALANTS 07 9200 - 3 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 JOINT SEALANTS, GENERAL A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by joint-sealant manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. B. Low-Emitting Interior Sealants: Sealants and sealant primers shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health's (formerly, the California Department of Health Services') "Standard Method for the Testing and Evaluation of Volatile Organic Chemical Emissions from Indoor Sources Using Environmental Chambers." C. Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 2.2 SILICONE JOINT SEALANTS A. Silicone, S, NS, 25, NT: Single-component, nonsag, plus 25 percent and minus 25 percent movement capability, nontraffic-use, neutral-curing silicone joint sealant; ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: a. Laticrete Internationa, Inc; Latasil Tile & Stone Sealant. 2.3 JOINT-SEALANT BACKING A. Sealant Backing Material, General: Nonstaining; compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. B. Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C 1330, Type C (closed-cell material with a surface skin), and of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Primer: Material recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests and field tests. JOINT SEALANTS 07 9200 - 4 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining or harming joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any way, and formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants to joint substrates. C. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions and the following requirements: 1. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of joint sealant, including dust, paints (except for permanent, protective coatings tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer), old joint sealants, oil, grease, waterproofing, water repellents, water, surface dirt, and frost. 2. Clean porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, mechanical abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose particles remaining after cleaning operations above by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil-free compressed air. Porous joint substrates include the following: a. Concrete. b. Masonry. c. Unglazed surfaces of ceramic tile. d. . 3. Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete. 4. Clean nonporous joint substrate surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants. Nonporous joint substrates include the following: a. Metal. b. . JOINT SEALANTS 07 9200 - 5 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer or as indicated by preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine primers to areas of joint-sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant or primer with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS A. General: Comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions for products and applications indicated, unless more stringent requirements apply. B. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. C. Install sealant backings of kind indicated to support sealants during application and at position required to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. 1. Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings. 2. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings. 3. Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application, and replace them with dry materials. D. Install bond-breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between sealants and backs of joints. E. Install sealants using proven techniques that comply with the following and at the same time backings are installed: 1. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates. 2. Completely fill recesses in each joint configuration. 3. Produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. F. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing begins, tool sealants according to requirements specified in subparagraphs below to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated; to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. 1. Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joints. 2. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces. 3. Provide concave joint profile per Figure 8A in ASTM C 1193 unless otherwise indicated. 4. Provide flush joint profile at locations indicated on Drawings according to Figure 8B in ASTM C 1193. JOINT SEALANTS 07 9200 - 6 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 5. Provide recessed joint configuration of recess depth and at locations indicated on Drawings according to Figure 8C in ASTM C 1193. a. Use masking tape to protect surfaces adjacent to recessed tooled joints. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field-Adhesion Testing: Field test joint-sealant adhesion to joint substrates as follows: 1. Extent of Testing: Test completed and cured sealant joints as follows: a. Perform 10 tests for the first 1000 feet of joint length for each kind of sealant and joint substrate. b. Perform one test for each 1000 feet of joint length thereafter or one test per each floor per elevation. 2. Test Method: Test joint sealants according to Method A, Field-Applied Sealant Joint Hand Pull Tab, in Appendix X1 in ASTM C 1193 or Method A, Tail Procedure, in ASTM C 1521. a. For joints with dissimilar substrates, verify adhesion to each substrate separately; extend cut along one side, verifying adhesion to opposite side. Repeat procedure for opposite side. 3. Inspect tested joints and report on the following: a. Whether sealants filled joint cavities and are free of voids. b. Whether sealant dimensions and configurations comply with specified requirements. c. Whether sealants in joints connected to pulled-out portion failed to adhere to joint substrates or tore cohesively. Include data on pull distance used to test each kind of product and joint substrate. Compare these results to determine if adhesion complies with sealant manufacturer's field-adhesion hand-pull test criteria. 4. Record test results in a field-adhesion-test log. Include dates when sealants were installed, names of persons who installed sealants, test dates, test locations, whether joints were primed, adhesion results and percent elongations, sealant material, sealant configuration, and sealant dimensions. 5. Repair sealants pulled from test area by applying new sealants following same procedures used originally to seal joints. Ensure that original sealant surfaces are clean and that new sealant contacts original sealant. B. Evaluation of Field-Adhesion-Test Results: Sealants not evidencing adhesive failure from testing or noncompliance with other indicated requirements will be considered satisfactory. Remove sealants that fail to adhere to joint substrates during testing or to comply with other requirements. Retest failed applications until test results prove sealants comply with indicated requirements. JOINT SEALANTS 07 9200 - 7 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 3.5 CLEANING A. Clean off excess sealant or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur. 3.6 PROTECTION A. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances and from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so sealants are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out, remove, and repair damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately so installations with repaired areas are indistinguishable from original work. 3.7 JOINT-SEALANT SCHEDULE A. Joint-Sealant Application: Interior joints in horizontal traffic surfaces. 1. Joint Locations: a. Control and expansion joints in tile flooring. b. . c. Other joints as indicated on Drawings. 2. Joint Sealant: Mildew-Resistant Silicone Sealant, S, NS, 25. 3. Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors. END OF SECTION 07 9200 JOINT SEALANTS 07 9200 - 8 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 SECTION 08 2201540 - COMMERCIAL FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC (FRP) DOORS & FRAMES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY - SECTION INCLUDES A. Fiberglass reinforced plastic (FRP) Doors 1.2 B. Fiberglass reinforced plastic (FRP) FramesRELATED SECTIONS A. Applicable provisions of Division 1 shall govern all work under this sectionC. See Door Hardware Schedule in drawings. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: Provide fiberglass reinforced door and frame units made of components of standard construction furnished by one manufacturer as coordinated assemblies. B. Manufacturer: Company specializing in the manufacture of fiberglass doors and frames with a minimum five years of experience. C. Construction: Verify that FRP doors and frames are manufactured utilizing pultruded fiberglass components for flexibility, durability, superior strength and chemical resistance. Press-molded doors and frames will not be accepted. Resin rich door edges and gelcoat are prone to chipping and cracking (brittle). D. Resins: Resins shall comply with USDA and FDA standards for incidental food contact. E. Flame Spread Rating: Flame retardant structural shapes meet the minimum flame spread rating less than or equal to 25 when tested according to ASTM E84. F. Fire-rated doors and frames to conform to NFPA 252 (2008), CAN4 S104 (1985), UL10C (2001), and UL9 (2005). G. Impact Strength: FRP doors and panels 10.32 foot-pounds per inch of notch, ASTM D-256. H. Tensile Strength: a. FRP doors and panels 12,000 psi, ASTM D-638. b. FRP frames 30,000 psi, ASTM D-638. I. Flexural Strength: FRP doors, panels, and frames 25,000 psi, ASTM D-790. J. Compressive Strength: a. FRP doors and panels 18,000 psi, ASTM D-695. b. FRP frames 30,000 psi, ASTM D-695. K. Water Absorption: FRP doors, panels, and frames .27 %, ASTM D-570. L. Hardware Reinforcements: FRP doors and frames fabricated with a minimum screw holding strength of 1,000 lbs. Tested with a #12 x 1-1/4" hinge screw. M. Paint Adhesion: Coating for FRP doors, panels, and frames to conform to AAMA 624-07 for color uniformity, film adhesion, specular gloss, direct impact, abrasion resistance, and chemical resistance. N. Warranty: Warranty fiberglass doors and frames for life of the initial installation against failure due to corrosion. Additionally, warranty fiberglass doors and frames for a period of 10 years against failure due to materials and workmanship, from date of substantial completion. COMMERCIAL FIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC (FRP) DOORS & FRAMES 08 1540 - 1 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of door and frame indicated, include door designation, type, level and model, material description, core description, construction details, and finishes. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver doors and frames cardboard-wrapped or crated to provide protection during transit and job storage. Provide additional protection to prevent damage to finish of factory-finished doors and frames. B. Inspect doors and frames on delivery for damage, and notify shipper and supplier if damage exists. Minor damages may be repaired provided refinished items match new work and are acceptable to the Architect. Remove and replace damaged items that cannot be repaired as directed. C. Store doors and frames at building site under cover. Avoid using non-vented plastic or canvas covers that could create a humidity chamber. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 - MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: 1. Edgewater FRP Door - 175 N. Western Ave. Neenah, Wisconsin 54956 Phone: 920-886-1995 Fax: 920-886-1998 2. Substitutions: As approved by owner per substitution procedures outlined in specifications. 2.2 DOORS A. Interior Doors: Provide doors complying with requirements indicated below: 1. E-S series (heavy duty) from the "Cutting Edge" product line (seamless). 2. Doors to have at least two internal full height heavy duty vertical fiberglass stiffeners for warp resistance. 3. Expanded polystyrene solid foam core. B. Exterior Doors and High Traffic Areas: Provide doors complying with requirements indicated below: 1. E-P series (Extra Heavy Duty) or E-S series from the "Cutting Edge" product line (seamless). 2. Doors to have full height heavy duty vertical fiberglass stiffeners 6 inches on center for superior strength. 3. Expanded polystyrene solid foam core. 2.3 FRAMES A. General: Provide pultruded fiberglass frames for doors, transoms, sidelites and borrowed lites - where indicated. B. Frames: Comply with the requirements of grade specified for corresponding doors. Frames for E-S (standard), E-P (premier), and E-C (custom) series fiberglass doors to be manufactured from 0.1875 inch (4.8 mm) thick fiberglass pultrusions. Profile must be of standard hollow type to permit installation into new COMMERCIAL FIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC (FRP) DOORS & FRAMES 08 1540 - 2 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 concrete or block walls, as well as slip-on drywall situations. Solid (foam filled) or boxed frames will not be accepted. D. Door Silencers: Except on weather-stripped frames, fabricate stops to receive three silencers on strike jambs of single-door frames and two silencers on heads of double-door frames. E. Plaster Guards: Provide plaster guards or mortar boxes at back of hardware cutouts where mortar or other materials might obstruct hardware operation. F. Supports and Anchors: Fabricated from no less than 0.125 inch (3.18 mm) thick pultruded fiberglass material. 1. Wall Anchors in New Masonry Construction: Provide T-strap or wire anchors. 2. Wall Anchors in Existing Masonry Construction: Provide six (three per jamb) Redhead or Lock-bolt type flat head, stainless steel expanding sleeve bolts, 3/8 inch diameter, 4 inches in length. 3. Wall Anchors in New Steel or Wood Stud Construction: Provide multi-purpose type fiberglass anchor supports in backside of frames for attachment from the stud wall into the frames anchor supports. This installation must take place prior to setting drywall. 4. Existing Steel or Wood Stud: Provide drywall slip-on frame anchoring system - compression type. 2.4 FABRICATION A. General: Fabricate fiberglass door and frame units to be rigid, neat in appearance, and free from defects including warp and buckle. Where practical, fit and assemble units in manufacturer's plant. Clearly identify work that cannot be permanently factory assembled before shipment, to assure proper assembly at Project site. B. Core Construction: Manufacturer's standard core construction that complies with the following: 1. E-S (standard) series to have expanded polystyrene foam core. 2. E-P (premier) series to have full height vertical fiberglass stiffeners, 6 inches on center. Voids to be filled with expanded polystyrene foam. 3. E-C (custom) series to have expanded polystyrene foam, polyurethane foam or vertical fiberglass stiffeners, where indicated. 5. Hollow/honeycomb core will not be accepted. C. Stiles and Rails: Fabricate doors utilizing heavy duty pultruded fiberglass tubular members. D. Door Faces: Laminated composite faces shall be urethane fused to the stile and rail assembly, including the vertical stiffeners and core material, utilizing a two-part 100 percent reactive urethane adhesive, and then cured under pressure until completely bonded. E. Clearances: Not more than 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) at jambs and heads, except not more than 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) between pairs of doors. Not more than 3/4 inch (19 mm) at bottom, with standard being 5/8 inch (15.9 mm) at bottom. F. Door Edges: Lock stile to be factory beveled 1/8" in 2" for rub-free operation. Square lock-edge will not be accepted. G. Tolerances: Maximum diagonal distortion - 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) measured with straight edge, corner-to-corner. COMMERCIAL FIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC (FRP) DOORS & FRAMES 08 1540 - 3 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 H. Hardware Reinforcement: Fabricate all hardware reinforcements utilizing premium high density polyethylene (HDPE) and fiberglass blocking. Any form of wood or metal reinforcements will not be accepted. I. Exposed Fasteners: Unless otherwise indicated, provide stainless steel, countersunk flat or oval heads for exposed screws and bolts. J. Thermal-Rated (insulating) Assemblies: At exterior locations and elsewhere shown or scheduled, provide doors fabricated as thermal-insulating door and frame assemblies, with an "R" value of 11-12. K. Hardware Preparations: Prepare doors and frames to receive mortised and concealed hardware according to final door hardware schedule and templates provided by hardware supplier. Doors and frames must be factory pre-drilled for all mortised hardware preps. Pilot and through-bolt holes for all surface mounted hardware to be drilled at the project site during installation. L. Frame Construction: Fabricate frames to size and shape shown on drawings; field verify all openings, new and existing, prior to fabrication. 1. Fabricate frames with mitered resin-welded corners and seamless face joints. 2. Provide set-up and resin welded frames with temporary spreader bars. M. Hardware Locations: Locate hardware as indicated on shop drawings or if not indicated, according to manufacturers standard locations. 2.5 FINISHES . 1. Furnish fiberglass doors and frames factory pre-finished. a. Finish: Manufacturers standard chemical resistant waterborne acrylic enamel topcoat. b. Sheen: semi-gloss. B. Door Faces: Face skins shall be smooth. Due to the unit's extra-long life expectancy, minor repairs on facings must be easily blended in the event of damage. Slightly textured gelcoat facings will not be accepted. C. Finish on fiberglass frames must match that of the fiberglass doors to which they are installed. Gelcoated doors and polyurethane coated frames together as a unit will not be accepted. 2.6 HARDWARE A. Hardware: All hardware shall be furnished according to door hardware schedule in drawings, unless stated otherwise. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: Install fiberglass doors, frames, and accessories according to Shop Drawings, manufacturer's data, and as specified. B. Placing Frames: Set frames accurately in position, plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is completed, remove temporary braces and spreaders, COMMERCIAL FIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC (FRP) DOORS & FRAMES 08 1540 - 4 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged. A. Except for frames located in existing walls or partitions, place frames before construction of enclosing walls and ceilings. B. In masonry construction, provide at least three wall anchors per jamb; install adjacent to hinge locations on hinge jamb and at corresponding heights on strike jamb. Acceptable anchors include masonry wire anchors and masonry T-shaped anchors. C. In existing concrete or masonry construction, provide at least three completed opening anchors per jamb; install adjacent to hinge location on hinge jamb and at corresponding heights on strike jamb. Set frames and secure to adjacent construction with stainless steel expansion bolts and masonry anchorage devices. C. Factory Finished Doors: Restore finish before installation if fitting or machining is required at Project site. D. Door Installation: Fit fiberglass doors accurately in frames. Shim as necessary. 3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Protection Removal: Immediately before final inspection, remove protective wrappings from doors and frames. B. Cleaning: Clean fiberglass door and frame assemblies in accordance with manufacturer's recommended procedure END OF SECTION 08 1540. COMMERCIAL FIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC (FRP) DOORS & FRAMES 08 1540 - 5 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 SECTION 09 3013 - CERAMIC TILING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Ceramic mosaic tile 'CT-2' associated ONLY with Base-Bid pool deck tile replacement required by abatement and renovation work. 2. Porcelain tile 'CT-1' associated ONLY with Alternate #12 regarding comprehensive pool deck tile replacement and with Alternate #20 regarding spectator bottom aisle tile replacement. 3. Waterproof membrane for thinset applications associated with both base-bid and alternate related tile work. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 07 9200 "Joint Sealants" for sealing of expansion, contraction, control, and isolation joints in tile surfaces. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. General: Definitions in the ANSI A108 series of tile installation standards and in ANSI A137.1 apply to Work of this Section unless otherwise specified. B. ANSI A108 Series: ANSI A108.01, ANSI A108.02, ANSI A108.1A, ANSI A108.1B, ANSI A108.1C, ANSI A108.4, ANSI A108.5, ANSI A108.6, ANSI A108.8, ANSI A108.9, ANSI A108.10, ANSI A108.11, ANSI A108.12, ANSI A108.13, ANSI A108.14, ANSI A108.15, ANSI A108.16, and ANSI A108.17, which are contained in its "Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile." C. Module Size: Actual tile size plus joint width indicated. D. Face Size: Actual tile size, excluding spacer lugs. 1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Review requirements in ANSI A108.01 for substrates and for preparation by other trades. CERAMIC TILING 09 3013 - 1 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: Show locations of each type of tile and tile pattern. Show widths, details, and locations of expansion, contraction, control, and isolation joints in tile substrates and finished tile surfaces. C. Samples for Verification: 1. Full-size units of each type and composition of tile and for each color and finish required.[ For ceramic mosaic tile in color blend patterns, provide full sheets of each color blend.] 2. Full-size units of each type of trim and accessory for each color and finish required. 3. Stone thresholds in 6-inch lengths. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Installer. B. Master Grade Certificates: For each shipment, type, and composition of tile, signed by tile manufacturer and Installer. C. Product Certificates: For each type of product. D. Product Test Reports: For tile-setting and -grouting products and certified porcelain tile. 1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match and are from same production runs as products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Tile and Trim Units: Furnish quantity of full-size units equal to 1 extra box for each type, composition, color, pattern, and size indicated. 2. Grout: Furnish quantity of grout equal to 3 percent of amount installed for each type, composition, and color indicated. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: 1. Installer has not less than three years experience in ceramic tile installations similar is size, scope, and installation procedures required for this project. 2. Submit a list of five contracts decently completed with names of Architects and General Contractors involved to Owner and Architect. CERAMIC TILING 09 3013 - 2 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver and store packaged materials in original containers with seals unbroken and labels intact until time of use. Comply with requirements in ANSI A137.1 for labeling tile packages. B. Store tile and cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location. C. Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and contamination can be avoided. D. Store liquid materials in unopened containers and protected from freezing. E. Handle tile that has temporary protective coating on exposed surfaces to prevent coated surfaces from contacting backs or edges of other units. If coating does contact bonding surfaces of tile, remove coating from bonding surfaces before setting tile. 1.10 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install tile until construction in spaces is complete and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated in referenced standards and manufacturer's written instructions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Source Limitations for Tile: Obtain tile of each type from single source or producer. 1. Obtain tile of each type and color or finish from same production run and of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties for each contiguous area. B. Source Limitations for Setting and Grouting Materials: Obtain ingredients of a uniform quality for each mortar, adhesive, and grout component from single manufacturer and each aggregate from single source or producer. 1. Obtain setting and grouting materials, except for unmodified Portland cement and aggregate, from single manufacturer. C. Source Limitations for Other Products: Obtain each of the following products specified in this Section from a single manufacturer: 1. Waterproof membrane. 2. Tile setting adhesive. CERAMIC TILING 09 3013 - 3 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 2.2 PRODUCTS, GENERAL A. ANSI Ceramic Tile Standard: Provide tile that complies with ANSI A137.1 for types, compositions, and other characteristics indicated. 1. Provide tile complying with Standard grade requirements unless otherwise indicated. B. ANSI Standards for Tile Installation Materials: Provide materials complying with ANSI A108.02, ANSI standards referenced in other Part 2 articles, ANSI standards referenced by TCNA installation methods specified in tile installation schedules, and other requirements specified. C. Factory Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations within ranges, blend tile in factory and package so tile units taken from one package show same range in colors as those taken from other packages and match approved Samples. D. Mounting: For factory-mounted tile, provide back- or edge-mounted tile assemblies as standard with manufacturer unless otherwise indicated. 1. Where tile is indicated for installation in swimming pools or in wet areas, do not use back- or edge-mounted tile assemblies unless tile manufacturer specifies in writing that this type of mounting is suitable for installation indicated and has a record of successful in-service performance. 2.3 TILE PRODUCTS A. Ceramic Tile Type [CT-2]: unglazed ceramic mosaic tile. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 2. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide basis of design product Daltile; Keystones or comparable product:one of the following: a. American Olean; a division of DalTile Corporation. b. Crossville, Inc. 3. Composition: Vitreous or impervious natural clay or porcelain. 4. Module Size: 1 by 1 inch. 5. Face: Speckled appearance , with cushion edges. 6. Surface: Smooth, without abrasive admixture. 7. Dynamic Coefficient of Friction: Not less than 0.42. 8. Tile Color and Pattern: DalTile #D037 'Pepper White (Group 1)' Field. 9. Grout Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 10. Trim Units: Coordinated with sizes and coursing of adjoining flat tile where applicable and matching characteristics of adjoining flat tile. Provide shapes as follows, selected from manufacturer's standard shapes: CERAMIC TILING 09 3013 - 4 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 a. Mosaic Base for Thinset Mortar Installations: Factory Mounted Panels w/ Integral Cove and Bullnose (Daltile #MB-5): Panel comprised entirely of module size 1 by 1 inch mosaics matching exactly Field Mosaic tiles specified above, Color DalTile #D037 'Pepper White (Group 1). Bottom row comprised of 1 by 1 inch cove base tiles (Daltile #C813), 2 rows of typical 1 by 1 inch flat tiles, top row of 1 by 1 inch bullnose tiles (Daltile #S862), . b. External Corners for Thinset Mortar Installations: Surface bullnose, module size 1 by 1 inch, Color DalTile #D037 'Pepper White (Group 1) . B. Ceramic Tile Type [CT-1]: Unglazed textured porcelain tile. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, [provide products by the following] : 2. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide pricing for both of the following products, owner to make final selection: a. Daltile - EXHIBITION Colorbody Porcelain Tile (cement visual) b. Daltile - EVER Colorbody Porcelain Tile 3. Certification: Tile certified by the Porcelain Tile Certification Agency. 4. Face Size Variation: Rectified. 5. Thickness:3/8 inch. 6. Dynamic Coefficient of Friction: Not less than 0.42. 7. Tile Color, Glaze, and Pattern: a. EXHIBITION: EX03 Trend Grey, textured b. EVER: EV05 Earth, textured 8. Grout Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range 9. Trim Units: Coordinated with sizes and coursing of adjoining flat tile where applicable. Provide shapes as follows, selected from manufacturer's standard shapes: a. Cove Base: Daltile Shape Number S-36C9T, module size 6"x12". b. Cove Base Outside corner: Daltile Shape Number SC-36C9T, module size 1"x6". 2.4 WATERPROOF MEMBRANE A. General: Manufacturer's standard product[, selected from the following,] that complies with ANSI A118.10 and is recommended by the manufacturer for the application indicated. Include reinforcement and accessories recommended by manufacturer. B. Waterproofing and Tile-Setting Adhesive: One-part, fluid-applied product intended for use as both waterproofing and tile-setting adhesive in a two-step process. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. Boiardi Products Corporation; a QEP company; Elastiment 324 Waterproofing, Anti-Fracture/Crack Suppressant and Tile Setting Adhesive. b. Bostik, Inc; Hydroment Ultra-Set Advanced. c. Custom Building Products; Redgard. . CERAMIC TILING 09 3013 - 5 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 2.5 SETTING MATERIALS A. Portland Cement Mortar (Thickset) Installation Materials: ANSI A108.02. B. Standard Dry-Set Mortar (Thinset): ANSI A118.1. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following] [available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following]: 2. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product by one of the following: a. Bostik, Inc. b. Custom Building Products. c. Laticrete International, Inc. d. MAPEI Corporation. 2.6 GROUT MATERIALS A. High-Performance Tile Grout: ANSI A118.7. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 2. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide [product indicated on Drawings] <Insert manufacturer's name; product name or designation> or comparable product by one of the following: a. ARDEX GmbH. b. Bostik, Inc. c. Custom Building Products. d. Laticrete International, Inc. e. MAPEI Corporation. 3. Polymer Type: Acrylic resin or styrene-butadiene rubber in liquid-latex form for addition to prepackaged dry-grout mix. B. Grout for Pregrouted Tile Sheets: Same product used in factory to pregrout tile sheets. 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Metal Edge Flooring Transition Trims: Angle or L-shaped, height to match tile and setting-bed thickness, metallic or combination of metal and PVC or neoprene base, designed specifically for flooring applications; stainless-steel, ASTM A 666, 300 Series exposed-edge material. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: CERAMIC TILING 09 3013 - 6 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 2. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Schluter Systems L.P.; Reno-V & Reno-Ramp or comparable product by one of the following: a. Blanke Corporation. b. Ceramic Tool Company, Inc. c. Schluter Systems L.P. B. Tile Cleaner: A neutral cleaner capable of removing soil and residue without harming tile and grout surfaces, specifically approved for materials and installations indicated by tile and grout manufacturers. C. Floor Sealer: Manufacturer's standard product for sealing grout joints and that does not change color or appearance of grout. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Custom Building Products; Grout Sealer. 2.8 MIXING MORTARS AND GROUT A. Mix mortars and grouts to comply with referenced standards and mortar and grout manufacturers' written instructions. B. Add materials, water, and additives in accurate proportions. C. Obtain and use type of mixing equipment, mixer speeds, mixing containers, mixing time, and other procedures to produce mortars and grouts of uniform quality with optimum performance characteristics for installations indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions where tile will be installed, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1. Verify that substrates for setting tile are firm; dry; clean; free of coatings that are incompatible with tile-setting materials, including curing compounds and other substances that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone; and comply with flatness tolerances required by ANSI A108.01 for installations indicated. 2. Verify that concrete substrates for tile floors installed with adhesives or thinset mortar comply with surface finish requirements in ANSI A108.01 for installations indicated. a. Verify that surfaces that received a steel trowel finish have been mechanically scarified. CERAMIC TILING 09 3013 - 7 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 b. Verify that protrusions, bumps, and ridges have been removed by sanding or grinding. 3. Verify that installation of grounds, anchors, recessed frames, electrical and mechanical units of work, and similar items located in or behind tile has been completed. 4. Verify that joints and cracks in tile substrates are coordinated with tile joint locations; if not coordinated, adjust joint locations in consultation with Architect. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Fill cracks, holes, and depressions in concrete substrates for tile floors installed with adhesives or thinset mortar with trowelable leveling and patching compound specifically recommended by tile-setting material manufacturer. B. Where indicated, prepare substrates to receive waterproofing by applying a reinforced mortar bed that complies with ANSI A108.1A and is sloped 1/4 inch per foot toward drains. C. Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations, verify that tile has been factory blended and packaged so tile units taken from one package show same range of colors as those taken from other packages and match approved Samples. If not factory blended, either return to manufacturer or blend tiles at Project site before installing. 3.3 CERAMIC TILE INSTALLATION A. Comply with TCNA's "Handbook for Ceramic, Glass, and Stone Tile Installation" for TCNA installation methods specified in tile installation schedules. Comply with parts of the ANSI A108 series "Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile" that are referenced in TCNA installation methods, specified in tile installation schedules, and apply to types of setting and grouting materials used. 1. For the following installations, follow procedures in the ANSI A108 series of tile installation standards for providing 95 percent mortar coverage: a. Tile floors in wet areas. b. Tile swimming pool decks. c. Tile floors consisting of tiles 8 by 8 inches or larger. B. Extend tile work into recesses and under or behind equipment and fixtures to form complete covering without interruptions unless otherwise indicated. Terminate work neatly at obstructions, edges, and corners without disrupting pattern or joint alignments. C. Accurately form intersections and returns. Perform cutting and drilling of tile without marring visible surfaces. Carefully grind cut edges of tile abutting trim, finish, or built-in items for straight aligned joints. Fit tile closely to electrical outlets, piping, fixtures, and other penetrations so plates, collars, or covers overlap tile. CERAMIC TILING 09 3013 - 8 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 D. Provide manufacturer's standard trim shapes where necessary to eliminate exposed tile edges. E. Where accent tile differs in thickness from field tile, vary setting-bed thickness so that tiles are flush. F. Jointing Pattern: Lay tile in grid pattern unless otherwise indicated. Lay out tile work and center tile fields in both directions in each space or on each wall area. Lay out tile work to minimize the use of pieces that are less than half of a tile. Provide uniform joint widths unless otherwise indicated. 1. Where tiles are specified or indicated to be whole integer multiples of adjoining tiles on floor, base, walls, or trim, align joints unless otherwise indicated. G. Joint Widths: Unless otherwise indicated, install tile with the following joint widths: 1. Porcelain Tile: 1/4 inch . H. Expansion Joints: Provide expansion joints and other sealant-filled joints, including control, contraction, and isolation joints, where indicated. Form joints during installation of setting materials, mortar beds, and tile. Do not saw-cut joints after installing tiles. 1. Where joints occur in concrete substrates, locate joints in tile surfaces directly above them. I. Metal Edge Strips: Install where exposed edge of tile flooring meets carpet, wood, or other flooring that finishes flush with or below top of tile and no threshold is indicated. J. Floor Sealer: Apply floor sealer to[ cementitious] grout joints[ in tile floors] according to floor-sealer manufacturer's written instructions. As soon as floor sealer has penetrated grout joints, remove excess sealer and sealer from tile faces by wiping with soft cloth. 3.4 WATERPROOFING INSTALLATION A. Install waterproofing to comply with ANSI A108.13 and manufacturer's written instructions to produce waterproof membrane of uniform thickness that is bonded securely to substrate. B. Allow waterproofing to cure and verify by testing that it is watertight before installing tile or setting materials over it. 3.5 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Remove and replace tile that is damaged or that does not match adjoining tile. Provide new matching units, installed as specified and in a manner to eliminate evidence of replacement. B. Cleaning: On completion of placement and grouting, clean all ceramic tile surfaces so they are free of foreign matter. CERAMIC TILING 09 3013 - 9 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 1. Remove grout residue from tile as soon as possible. 2. Clean grout smears and haze from tile according to tile and grout manufacturer's written instructions but no sooner than 10 days after installation. Use only cleaners recommended by tile and grout manufacturers and only after determining that cleaners are safe to use by testing on samples of tile and other surfaces to be cleaned. Protect metal surfaces and plumbing fixtures from effects of cleaning. Flush surfaces with clean water before and after cleaning. 3.6 PROTECTION A. Protect installed tile work with kraft paper or other heavy covering during construction period to prevent staining, damage, and wear. If recommended by tile manufacturer, apply coat of neutral protective cleaner to completed tile walls and floors. B. Prohibit foot and wheel traffic from tiled floors for at least seven days after grouting is completed. C. Before final inspection, remove protective coverings and rinse neutral protective cleaner from tile surfaces. END OF SECTION 09 3013 CERAMIC TILING 09 3013 - 10 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 SECTION 09 5123 - ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: NOTE: All acoustical tile ceiling work is limited to Add Alternate #22 as described in 01 2300 and in the drawings, which entails replacing the existing ACT ceiling system above the Kids' Pool and Therapy Pool. 1. Acoustical tiles for interior ceilings. 2. Fully concealed, direct-hung, suspension systems. B. Products furnished, but not installed under this Section, include anchors, clips, and other ceiling attachment devices to be cast in concrete. 1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at location to be determined by owner. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver acoustical tiles, suspension-system components, and accessories to Project site and store them in a fully enclosed, conditioned space where they will be protected against damage from moisture, humidity, temperature extremes, direct sunlight, surface contamination, and other causes. B. Before installing acoustical tiles, permit them to reach room temperature and a stabilized moisture content. 1.5 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install acoustical tile ceilings until spaces are enclosed and weathertight, wet-work in spaces is complete and dry, work above ceilings is complete, and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated for Project when occupied for its intended use. 1. Pressurized Plenums: Operate ventilation system for not less than 48 hours before beginning acoustical tile ceiling installation. ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS 09 5123 - 1 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Source Limitations: 1. Suspended Acoustical Tile Ceilings: Obtain each type of acoustical ceiling tile and its suspension system from single source from single manufacturer. 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Surface-Burning Characteristics: Comply with ASTM E 84; testing by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1. Flame-Spread Index: Class [A] [B] [C] according to ASTM E 1264. 2.3 ACOUSTICAL TILES <Insert drawing designation> A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: B. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Armstrong; Optima Lay-In or comparable product by one of the following: 1. Armstrong World Industries, Inc. 2. CertainTeed Corporation. 3. United States Gypsum Company. C. Acoustical Tile Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard tiles of configuration indicated that comply with ASTM E 1264 classifications as designated by type, form, pattern, acoustical rating, and light reflectance unless otherwise indicated. D. Classification: Provide tiles as follows: 1. Type and Form: Type III, mineral base with painted finish; Form 2, water felted. 2. Pattern: E(lightly textured). E. Color: White. F. Light Reflectance (LR): Not less than <0.90>. G. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC): Not less than0.90. H. Articulation Class (AC): Not less than 180. I. Edge/Joint Detail: Square; butt. ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS 09 5123 - 2 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 J. Thickness: 3/4 inch. K. Modular Size: 24 by 48 inches. L. Antimicrobial Treatment: Manufacturer's standard broad spectrum, antimicrobial formulation that inhibits fungus, mold, mildew, and gram-positive and gram-negative bacteria and showing no mold, mildew, or bacterial growth when tested according to ASTM D 3273, ASTM D 3274, or ASTM G 21 and evaluated according to ASTM D 3274 or ASTM G 21. 2.4 METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEM <Insert drawing designation> A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: B. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Armstrong; Prelude XL 15/16" Exposed Tee or comparable product by one of the following: 1. Armstrong World Industries, Inc. 2. United States Gypsum Company. C. Metal Suspension-System Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard, direct-hung, fully concealed, metal suspension system and accessories of type, structural classification, and finish indicated that complies with applicable requirements in ASTM C 635/C 635M. 1. High-Humidity Finish: Where indicated, provide coating tested and classified for "severe environment performance" according to ASTM C 635/C 635M. 2.5 ACCESSORIES A. Attachment Devices: Size for five times the design load indicated in ASTM C 635/C 635M, Table 1, "Direct Hung," unless otherwise indicated. Comply with seismic design requirements. B. Wire Hangers, Braces, and Ties: Provide wires as follows: 1. Stainless-Steel Wire: ASTM A 580/A 580M, Type 304, nonmagnetic. 2. Size: Wire diameter sufficient for its stress at three times hanger design load (ASTM C 635/C 635M, Table 1, "Direct Hung") will be less than yield stress of wire, but not less than 0.135-inch- diameter wire. C. Seismic Stabilizer Bars: Manufacturer's standard perimeter stabilizers designed to accommodate seismic forces. D. Seismic Clips: Manufacturer's standard seismic clips designed to secure acoustical tiles in-place during a seismic event. ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS 09 5123 - 3 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 2.6 METAL EDGE MOLDINGS AND TRIM <Insert drawing designation> A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: B. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Armstrong; 7800 Hemmed Angle Molding or comparable product by one of the following: 1. Armstrong World Industries, Inc. 2. CertainTeed Corporation. 3. United States Gypsum Company. C. Roll-Formed, Sheet-Metal Edge Moldings and Trim: Type and profile indicated or, if not indicated, manufacturer's standard moldings for edges and penetrations complying with seismic design requirements; formed from sheet metal of same material, finish, and color as that used for of suspension-system runners. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, including structural framing and substrates to which acoustical tile ceilings attach or abut, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements specified in this and other Sections that affect ceiling installation and anchorage and for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Examine acoustical tiles before installation. Reject acoustical tiles that are wet, moisture damaged, or mold damaged. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Measure each ceiling area and establish layout of acoustical tiles to balance border widths at opposite edges of each ceiling. B. Layout openings for penetrations centered on the penetrating items. 3.3 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Suspended Ceilings: Install main and cross runners level to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 12 feet, non-cumulative. B. Moldings and Trim: Install moldings and trim to substrate and level with ceiling suspension system to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 12 feet, non-cumulative. ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS 09 5123 - 4 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Special Inspections: Engage a qualified special inspector to perform the following special inspections: 1. Periodic inspection during the installation of suspended ceiling grids according to ASCE/SEI 7. B. Acoustical tile ceiling hangers, anchors, and fasteners will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. C. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Clean exposed surfaces of acoustical tile ceilings, including trim and edge moldings. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning and touchup of minor finish damage. B. Remove and replace tiles and other ceiling components that cannot be successfully cleaned and repaired to permanently eliminate evidence of damage. END OF SECTION 09 5123 ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS 09 5123 - 5 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 SECTION 09 9123 - INTERIOR PAINTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes surface preparation and the application of paint systems on the following interior substrates: 1. Concrete. 2. Concrete masonry units (CMUs). 3. Steel and iron. 4. Gypsum board. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 09 9600 "High-Performance Coatings" . 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. MPI Gloss Level 1: Not more than five units at 60 degrees and 10 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. B. MPI Gloss Level 2: Not more than 10 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. C. MPI Gloss Level 3: 10 to 25 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. D. MPI Gloss Level 4: 20 to 35 units at 60 degrees and not less than 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. E. MPI Gloss Level 5: 35 to 70 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. F. MPI Gloss Level 6: 70 to 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. G. MPI Gloss Level 7: More than 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include preparation requirements and application instructions. INTERIOR PAINTING 09 9123 - 1 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 1. Include Printout of current "MPI Approved Products List" for each product category specified, with the proposed product highlighted. B. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of topcoat product. C. Samples for Verification: For each type of paint system and in each color and gloss of topcoat. 1. Submit Samples on rigid backing, 8 inches square. 2. Apply coats on Samples in steps to show each coat required for system. 3. Label each coat of each Sample. 4. Label each Sample for location and application area. 1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials, from the same product run, that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Paint: Provide an extra 1 gal. of each material and color applied. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well-ventilated areas with ambient temperatures continuously maintained at not less than 45 deg F. 1. Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily. 1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Apply paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and ambient air temperatures are between 50 and 95 deg F. B. Do not apply paints when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; at temperatures less than 5 deg F above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: B. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products indicated in Interior Paint Schedule (see 3.6 this section) by The Sherwin-Williams Company or comparable product by one of the following: INTERIOR PAINTING 09 9123 - 2 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 1. Glidden Professional. 2. PPG Architectural Finishes, Inc. 2.2 PAINT, GENERAL A. MPI Standards: Products shall comply with MPI standards indicated and shall be listed in its "MPI Approved Products Lists." B. Material Compatibility: 1. Materials for use within each paint system shall be compatible with one another and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. C. Colors: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility, with existing finishes and primers. C. Proceed with coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 1. Application of coating indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual" applicable to substrates and paint systems indicated. B. Remove hardware, covers, plates, and similar items already in place that are removable and are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation and painting. 1. After completing painting operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to reinstall items that were removed. Remove surface-applied protection if any. C. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of paints, including dust, dirt, oil, grease, and incompatible paints and encapsulants. INTERIOR PAINTING 09 9123 - 3 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 1. Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers or apply tie coat as required to produce paint systems indicated. D. Shop-Primed Steel Substrates: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and areas where shop paint is abraded. Paint exposed areas with the same material as used for shop priming to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop-primed surfaces. 3.3 APPLICATION A. Apply paints according to manufacturer's written instructions and to recommendations in "MPI Manual." 1. Use applicators and techniques suited for paint and substrate indicated. 2. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture same as similar exposed surfaces. Before final installation, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only. 3. Paint front and backsides of access panels, removable or hinged covers, and similar hinged items to match exposed surfaces. 4. Do not paint over labels of independent testing agencies or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. 5. Primers specified in painting schedules may be omitted on items that are factory primed or factory finished if acceptable to topcoat manufacturers. B. If undercoats or other conditions show through topcoat, apply additional coats until cured film has a uniform paint finish, color, and appearance. C. Apply paints to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, roller tracking, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Cut in sharp lines and color breaks. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Dry Film Thickness Testing: Owner may engage the services of a qualified testing and inspecting agency to inspect and test paint for dry film thickness. 1. Contractor shall touch up and restore painted surfaces damaged by testing. 2. If test results show that dry film thickness of applied paint does not comply with paint manufacturer's written recommendations, Contractor shall pay for testing and apply additional coats as needed to provide dry film thickness that complies with paint manufacturer's written recommendations. 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. At end of each workday, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other discarded materials from Project site. B. After completing paint application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paints by washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. INTERIOR PAINTING 09 9123 - 4 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 C. Protect work of other trades against damage from paint application. Correct damage to work of other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition. D. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. 3.6 INTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE A. Concrete Substrates, Nontraffic Surfaces: 1. Water-Based Epoxy Coating System [MPI INT 3.2C] NOTE: This paint system associated ONLY with Alternate #14, 'Mechanical Room Floor', for repainting of existing concrete floor: a. Prime Coat: Primer, alkali resistant, water based[, MPI #3]. 1) The Sherwin-Williams Co.; prime per manufacturer recommendations. b. Intermediate Coat: epoxy coating, interior, water based, matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Light industrial coating, interior, water based, gloss (MPI Gloss Level 6). 1) The Sherwin-Williams Co.; Armorseal Floor-Plex 8100, B70-8100 Series, Gloss (2.0 - 4.0 mils dry per coat). B. CMU Substrates: 1. Epoxy finish (for wet environments) [MPI INT 4.2G] NOTE: This paint system associated ONLY with Alternate #13, 'Natatorium Repainting', for repainting of two accent color bands on the first eleven courses (from deck elevation to +88") along all existing painted CMU walls and columns throughout the natatorium with two new accent colors to be chosen by the owner: a. Topcoat 1: Epoxy, interior, pre-catalyzed water-based, semi-gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5). 1) The Sherwin-Williams Co.; Pro Industrial Pre-Catalyzed Waterbased Epoxy Semi-Gloss, K46 Series. b. Topcoat 2: Epoxy, interior, pre-catalyzed water-based, semi-gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5). 1) The Sherwin Williams Co.; Pro Industrial Pre-Catalyzed Waterbased Epoxy Semi-Gloss, K46 Series. 2. Water-Based Light Industrial Coating System [MPI INT 4.2K] NOTE: This paint system associated ONLY with Alternate #15, 'Mechanical Room Paint', for painting of unpainted existing CMU walls: INTERIOR PAINTING 09 9123 - 5 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 a. Block Filler: Block surfacer, acrylic resin, interior/exterior. 1) The Sherwin-Williams Co.; Loxon Block Surfacer, A24W200. b. Intermediate Coat: Light industrial acrylic coating, interior, water based, matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Light industrial acrylic coating, interior, water based, gloss (MPI Gloss Level 6)[, MPI #154]. 1) The Sherwin-Williams Co.; Pro Industrial Multi-Surface Acrylic Gloss, B66-500 Series (3.75 mils wet, 1.5 mils dry per coat). C. Steel Substrates: 1. Water-Based Light Industrial Coating System [MPI INT 5.1B] NOTE: This paint system associated ONLY with Alternate #15, 'Mechanical Room Paint', for painting of previously painted existing metal roof decking: a. Prime Coat: Primer, rust-inhibitive, water based acrylic[ MPI #107]. 1) The Sherwin-Williams Co.; Pro Industrial Pro-Cryl Universal Primer, B66-310 Series. b. Intermediate Coat: Light industrial acrylic coating, interior, water based, matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Light industrial acrylic coating, interior, water based, gloss (MPI Gloss Level 6)[, MPI #154]. 1) The Sherwin-Williams Co.; Pro Industrial Multi-Surface Acrylic Gloss, B66-500 Series. D. [Gypsum Board] [and] [Plaster] Substrates NOTE: This paint system associated ONLY with Alternate #15, 'Mechanical Room Paint', for painting of previously painted and patched existing gypsum board beam enclosures: 1. Water-Based Light Industrial Epoxy Coating System [MPI INT 9.2L]: a. Prime Coat: Primer sealer, interior. 1) The Sherwin-Williams Co.; product per manufacturer recommendation. b. Intermediate Coat: Light industrial epoxy coating, interior, water based, matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Light industrial epoxy coating, interior, water based, semi-gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5). 1) The Sherwin-Williams Co.; Pro Industrial Pre-Catalyzed Waterbased Epoxy Semi-Gloss, K46 Series. END OF SECTION 09 9123 INTERIOR PAINTING 09 9123 - 6 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 INTERIOR PAINTING 09 9123 - 7 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 SECTION 09 9600 - HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. 01 2300 "Alternates" for the application of spot priming/painting existing metal guardrails, doors, frames, and miscellaneous metals in the Natatorium with high performance coatings as included in Alternate #16. C. 05 5000 "Metal Fabrications" for shop priming and painting of misc. metals associated with new catwalk framing/supports at entry to Pool Mechanical Room. This is included within the project base bid. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes surface preparation and the application of high-performance coating systems on the following substrates: 1. Interior Substrates: a. Steel. b. Galvanized metal. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. MPI Gloss Level 5: 35 to 70 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. B. MPI Gloss Level 6: 70 to 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. C. MPI Gloss Level 7: More than 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include preparation requirements and application instructions. 1. Include printout of current "MPI Approved Products List" for each product category specified, with the proposed product highlighted. B. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of topcoat product indicated. C. Samples for Verification: For each type of coating system and each color and gloss of topcoat indicated. HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS 09 9600 - 1 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 1. Submit Samples on rigid backing, 8 inches square. 2. Apply coats on Samples in steps to show each coat required for system. 3. Label each coat of each Sample. 4. Label each Sample for location and application area. D. Product List: Cross-reference to coating system and locations of application areas. Use same designations indicated on Drawings and in Interior High-Performance Coating Schedule within 3.6, this specification section. Include color designations. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well-ventilated areas with ambient temperatures continuously maintained at not less than 45 deg F. 1. Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily. 1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Apply coatings only when temperature of surfaces to be coated and ambient air temperatures are between 50 and 95 deg F. B. Do not apply coatings when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; at temperatures less than 5 deg F above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces. C. Do not apply exterior coatings in snow, rain, fog, or mist. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: B. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide specialty coating systems by Sherwin-Williams Company (The) or comparable product by one of the following: 1. Devoe Paint Company; Akzo Nobel. 2. Tnemec Company, Inc. C. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products listed in the Interior High-Performance Coating Schedule for the coating category indicated. See 3.6 within this specification section. HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS 09 9600 - 2 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 2.2 HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS, GENERAL A. MPI Standards: Products shall comply with MPI standards indicated and shall be listed in its "MPI Approved Products Lists." B. Material Compatibility: 1. Materials for use within each paint system shall be compatible with one another and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. 2. Products shall be of same manufacturer for all coating systems. C. Colors: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility, with existing finishes and primers. C. Proceed with coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 1. Application of coating indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual" for preparation of new materials, or with "MPI Maintenance Repainting Manual" for preparation of existing materials as applicable to substrates and coating systems indicated. B. Remove hardware, covers, plates, and similar items already in place that are removable and are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation and painting. 1. After completing painting operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to reinstall items that were removed. Remove surface-applied protection if any. C. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of coatings, including dust, dirt, oil, grease, and incompatible paints and encapsulants. HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS 09 9600 - 3 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 1. Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers or apply tie coat as required to produce coating systems indicated. D. Shop-Primed Steel Substrates: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and areas where shop paint is abraded. Paint exposed areas with the same material as used for shop priming to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop-primed surfaces. E. Galvanized-Metal Substrates: Remove grease and oil residue from galvanized sheet metal by mechanical methods to produce clean, lightly etched surfaces that promote adhesion of subsequently applied coatings. 3.3 APPLICATION A. Apply high-performance coatings according to manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual." 1. Use applicators and techniques suited for coating and substrate indicated. 2. Do not apply coatings over labels of independent testing agencies or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. B. Apply coatings to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Produce sharp glass lines and color breaks. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. At end of each workday, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other discarded materials from Project site. B. After completing coating application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered coatings by washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. C. Protect work of other trades against damage from coating operation. Correct damage to work of other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and recoating, as approved by Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition. D. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced coated surfaces. 3.5 INTERIOR HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATING SCHEDULE A. Steel Substrates (previously painted/coated); Refer to Add Alternate #16 'Painted Metal' for application of high performance coatings to existing painted metals within the Natatorium, including but not limited to door frames, door leaves, guardrails, handrails, stair pans & stringers, etc.: 1. Alkyd Urethane System [MPI INT 5.1T]: HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS 09 9600 - 4 City of Fort Collins EPIC Pool Renovations Fort Collins, Colorado Project # DPA 15809.00 a. Prime Coat: Primer, Acrylic, anti-corrosive, Spot Prime as needed for rust and bare metal surfaces. 1) Sherwin-Williams; Pro Industrial Pro-Cryl Universal Acrylic Primer B66-310 b. Intermediate Coat: Waterbased Alkyd Urethane, Semi-Gloss, matching topcoat c. Topcoat: Waterbased Alkyd Urethane, Semi-Gloss 1) Sherwin-Williams; Pro Industrial Waterbased Alkyd Urethane, Semi-Gloss B53-1150, (1.0 mils wet, 1.4 mils dry per coat). 2. Alkyd Urethane System [MPI INT 5.1T]: a. Prime Coat: Primer, Acrylic, anti-corrosive, for metal. 1) Sherwin-Williams; Pro Industrial Pro-Cryl Universal Acrylic Primer B66-310 b. Intermediate Coat: Waterbased Alkyd Urethane, Semi-Gloss, matching topcoat c. Topcoat: Waterbased Alkyd Urethane, Semi-Gloss 1) Sherwin-Williams; Pro Industrial Waterbased Alkyd Urethane, Semi-Gloss B53-1150, (1.0 mils wet, 1.4 mils dry per coat). END OF SECTION 09 9600 HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS 09 9600 - 5 SWIMMING POOL EXCAVATION – 13 11 01 Boardman Recreation Center 13 11 01 - 1 SWIMMING POOL EXCAVATION PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Finish and fine grading to bring the surface of the ground to the required grades and elevations as indicated on the Drawings. B. Subgrade improvements and placing of compacted fills. C. Excavation and backfill for all swimming pool and pool deck structural requirements, including footings, foundations, slabs and walls. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies: Conform with requirements of the General Conditions, and more specifically the following: 1. Comply with Oregon Building Code, latest edition. 2. Comply with applicable construction safety orders, latest edition, Federal and State OSHA. 3. Comply with applicable trench safety provisions, latest edition, Federal and State OSHA. B. Qualifications of Workers: 1. The entity performing the work of this Section shall have been successfully engaged in the respective trade for at least five (5) years immediately prior to commencement of the Work. 2. For actual construction operations, use only trained and experienced workers with a minimum of three (3) years experience with the materials and methods specified. 3. Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of the work of this Section, with a minimum of five (5) years experience with the type of materials being installed, the referenced standards, and who shall direct all Work performed under this Section. C. Project/Site Conditions: 1. Be familiar with site and subsurface conditions. 2. Excavation is unclassified and includes excavation to sub-grade elevations indicated or necessary, regardless of character of materials and obstructions encountered. 3. Provisions for mitigation of wet soils due to seepage or rain shall be made during excavation and throughout construction. If wet soils are encountered within the swimming pool excavations, de-watering shall be provided and the Geotechnical Engineer shall make recommendations for moist soil mitigation. 4. Where slope instability is encountered, all excavations within those areas shall be 1:1 or flatter. 5. Contractor shall review the Geotechnical Investigation Report as furnished by the Owner to determine the suitability of the soils. D. Adverse Weather Conditions: 1. During the periods when site soil moisture content is substantially in excess of moisture content required for optimum compaction, do not perform fill compaction. 2. When unfavorable weather conditions necessitate interrupting filling and grading operations, prepare areas by compaction of surface and grading to avoid collection of water. Provide adequate temporary drainage to prevent erosion. 1.03 SUBMITTALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS A. Provide submittals in conformance with requirements of Section 01 30 00 – Administrative Requirements. B. Required submittals include: 1. Offsite fill material, if applicable. C. Submit proof of qualifications as specified in Article 1.02.B of this Section. SWIMMING POOL EXCAVATION – 13 11 01 Boardman Recreation Center 13 11 01 - 2 D. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00 – Product Requirements. 1.04 EXCAVATING & TRENCHING, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Refer to Section 01 50 00, Temporary Facilities and Controls. B. All trenches, holes, etc. are to be completely protected using solid barricades, steel plates, and plywood both during construction and during off hours, including night time. C. Flashing warning light barricades are required on sidewalks, roads, and any other critical areas that require night time protection. D. Roads, paths and sidewalks shall not be blocked at any time or in any way. Trenching across roads, paths or sidewalks involves special instructions and review of the construction procedure by the Owner at least three (3) days prior to the Work actually being started. E. Construction equipment, including all trucks, cars, etc. shall not be parked or driven on roads, paths or sidewalks. Items not allowed on roads, paths or sidewalks include hoses, power cords, ropes, construction materials, dirt and debris, etc. F. All roads, paths and sidewalks must remain clear and the Contractor shall maintain temporary safe and effective pedestrian access at all times. G. Drawings show existing major underground utilities using the best information available. The Contractor shall also fully check public works reference drawings prior to excavation. Call local Dig Alert to locate utilities to ensure safety. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Select Fill as specified in the soils report shall consist of 1 or ¾-inch minus, clean (i.e., less than 5% passing the #200 U.S. Sieve), well-graded, angular, crushed gravel or rock. The soils engineer shall be provided a sample of the intended fill for approval, prior to delivery to the site. B. On-site Granular Fill shall consist of suitable material generated from on-site excavations. It is anticipated that most of the soil generated from excavations will consist of sand with varying amounts of silt and gravel. Soil containing organics or other deleterious materials shall not be reused as fill. The Soils Engineer shall be present during construction to confirm the suitability of reusing excavated materials. C. Imported Granular Fill shall consist of relatively clean, well-graded sand, gravel, rock or a combination thereof that is free of plastic clay, organics, or construction debris. A sample of proposed imported Granular Site Fill shall be provided for approval, prior to delivery to the site. D. Fine-Grained Soil (if encountered during excavation) shall not be used as fill beneath structures or pavements. Such material shall be hauled from the site. E. Drain rock shall consist of ¾ to 1 inch, open-graded, crushed gravel or rock with less than 2% passing the #200 U.S. Sieve. F. Filter Fabric shall consist of a non-woven geotextile with a grab tensile strength greater than 200 lb., an apparent opening size (AOS) of between #70 and 100 (U.S. Sieve) and a permittivity greater than 0.1 sec. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify drawing dimensions and elevations with actual field conditions. Inspect related Work and adjacent surfaces and report discrepancies and conditions which prevent proper execution of the Work to the Owner’s Representative. 3.02 SUBGRADE IMPROVEMENTS SWIMMING POOL EXCAVATION – 13 11 01 Boardman Recreation Center 13 11 01 - 3 A. It is recommended that the earthwork be accomplished in the dry summer months (typically July through the end of September) to minimize dewatering efforts, help facilitate moisture conditioning and compaction of the soil and maximize the reuse of on-site material. Based on the available information, ground water levels may vary seasonally with shallower levels and perched water conditions developing in the wet winter and spring and deeper ground water in the dry summer months. The City will monitor the piezometer monthly to track seasonal fluctuations in the ground water level. B. The existing sands will not likely stand vertically for an extended period of time. Therefore the construction of the pools may involve excavating to the foundation grade, forming and constructioning the walls, and then backfilling around the pool. Provide at least 6 inches of compacted Select Fill (i.e., ¾ or 1-inch minus crushed rock) beneath the footings and at least 12 inches of compacted Select Fill beneath the floor slab or pool deck. Additional excavation and replacement with crushed rock may be required if wet and soft foundation soils, or other unsuitable conditions are encountered. C. Excavate the building area as required to construct the pools. Compact the native subgrade and all imported or reprocessed fill material placed under the foundations and slabs to 95% relative compaction. The maximum dry density of ASTM D 698 shall be used as the standard for estimating the relative compaction. Efficient compaction of granular soils will require a smooth drum, vibratory roller. Field density tests shall be run frequently to confirm adequate compaction of the fill materials. Fill that is too coarse or variable for density testing (if any) shall be proof rolled using a loaded, 10-yd3 dump truck or other approved vehicle. Efficient compaction of the subgrade and fill shall be evaluated by the Soils Engineer. Place and compact all fill in loose lifts not exceeding 12 inches to the standard specified above. Thinner lifts may be required where light or hand-operated equipment is used. The sandy subgrade will be highly susceptible to disturbance, particularly when dry. Therefore, it is recommended to cover the subgrade with at least 6 inches of compacted Select Fill to help protect the sand soils from disturbance during construction. 3.03 EXCAVATION A. Checking Layout: Contractor shall, before commencing the excavation work, check all lines, stakes and levels for dimensions, angles, elevations and grades with the survey. B. Except where extra excavation is directed by the Owner’s Representative or Geotechnical Engineer, excavations made to a greater depth or size than indicated or required shall be filled with concrete or shotcrete as specified in Sections 13 11 02 / 13 11 03. C. Dimensions: Excavate to proper dimensions as shown, cut square and smooth with firm level bottoms. Prepared excavations shall be approved by Geotechnical Engineer. Excavations shall be free of loose or disturbed materials. D. Excess Water Control: Keep all excavations free from standing water by pumping, draining or providing proper protection against water intrusion. If soil becomes soft, soggy or saturated, perform additional excavation to firm soil not affected by water. E. Form Removal: Make all excavations of sufficient size to permit installation and removal of forms and all other required work. F. Alternate Forming: Sides of structures may be formed by neat excavations where banks will stand without caving. If banks cave, provide forming as required and widen excavation to permit forming, bracing and inspection. Provide forming in conformance with Section 13 11 02 and all recognized safety standards. Form all grade beams. 3.03 BACKFILLING SWIMMING POOL EXCAVATION – 13 11 01 Boardman Recreation Center 13 11 01 - 4 A. Method: After concrete has been placed, forms removed and concrete work approved, backfill the excavations with earth to indicated or required grades. Carry on backfilling simultaneously on each side of walls or grade beams. Remove all rubbish and wood from the excavations before placing backfill. B. Concrete Protection: Prior to placing any backfill, adequately cure all concrete and provide any bracing required to ensure the stability of the structure. Protect waterproofing and dampproofing against damage in a manner acceptable to the Owner’s Representative. Remove bracing as backfill operations progress. C. Material: Use the material from the excavations for backfilling, subject to approval by Soils Testing Agency. The earth shall be free from debris, large clods or stones. D. Moisture: Rigidly control the amount of water used to insure optimum moisture conditions for the type of fill material used. Excessive amounts of water causing saturation of earth will not be permitted. Compaction by flooding or jetting is prohibited. 3.04 GRADING A. Slopes: Grade to finish grades indicated on Drawings, with uniform slopes between all points. B. Subgrades: Blade to required grade and roll or tamp subgrades for exterior slabs, decks and paving. 3.05 CLEAN-UP A. Disposal: Haul away rubbish, debris, and rocks from site promptly and dispose of legally. Burning rubbish on site is prohibited. B. Dust and Noise Abatement: During entire period of construction keep area and material being loaded sprinkled to reduce dust in air and annoyance to premises and surrounding property. END OF SECTION SWIMMING POOL CONCRETE – 13 11 02 Boardman Recreation Center 13 11 02 - 1 SWIMMING POOL CONCRETE PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Forming for cast-in-place concrete associated with swimming pools. B. Reinforcement for cast-in-place concrete associated with swimming pools. C. Cast-in-place concrete for swimming pool structures. D. Provide labor, materials and equipment as required to install sealant for all pool deck expansion joints, or any other caulking, as indicated on the aquatic Drawings and herein specified. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications of Workers: 1. The entity performing the work of this Section shall have been successfully engaged in the respective trade for at least five (5) years immediately prior to commencement of the Work. 2. For actual construction operations, use only trained and experienced workers with a minimum of three (3) years experience with the materials and methods specified. 3. Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of the work of this Section, with a minimum of five (5) years experience with the type of materials being installed, the referenced standards, and who shall direct all Work performed under this Section. B. Standards: 1. In addition to complying with the International Building Code (latest edition), comply with all pertinent recommendations contained in "Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork," Publication ACI 347 of the American Concrete Institute. 2. In addition to complying with the International Building Code (latest edition), comply with all pertinent recommendations contained in “Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures,” Publication ACI 315 of the American Concrete Institute. 3. In addition to comply with all local codes and regulations, comply with all pertinent recommendations contained in American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM); ASTM C 920 “Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants.” 4. Where provisions of applicable codes and standards conflict with the requirements of this Section, the more stringent provisions shall govern. C. Tolerances: Construct all swimming pool concrete straight, true, plumb and square within a tolerance horizontally of one in 200 and vertically of one in 2000. 1.03 SUBMITTAL AND SUBSTITUTIONS A. Provide submittals in conformance with the requirements of Section 01 30 00. B. Samples and Certificates, Concrete Reinforcement: 1. Provide all data and access required for testing as described in Section 01 40 00 of the Specifications. 2. All material shall bear mill tags with heat number identification. Mill analysis and report shall be made available upon request. 3. Material not so labeled and identifiable may be required by the Owner’s Representative to be tested by the testing laboratory selected by the Owner’s Representative and at no additional cost to the Owner, in which case random samples will be taken for one series of tests from each 2-1/2 tons or fraction thereof of each size and kind of reinforcing steel. 4. Design mix from batch plant demonstrating previous use history and associated strengths at 28 days. 5. The Contractor shall submit a mix design stamped and signed by a licensed engineer for approval by the Owner’s Representative prior to any placement of concrete. SWIMMING POOL CONCRETE – 13 11 02 Boardman Recreation Center 13 11 02 - 2 C. Submit proof of qualifications as specified in Article 1.02.A of this Section. D. Submit reinforcing shop drawings for pool walls, gutters, floors, dike walls and balance tanks, etc. as shown on the construction drawing. 1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Delivery: Deliver materials to the Project Site in the manufacturer's original unopened containers with all labels intact and legible. B. Storage: Store materials under cover in a manner to prevent damage and contamination, and store only the specified materials at the Project Site. C. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect the swimming pool concrete before, during, and after installation and to protect the installed Work specified in other Sections. D. Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Owner’s Representative. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 CONCRETE FORMWORK A. Form Materials: 1. Form Lumber: All form lumber in contact with exposed concrete shall be new except as allowed for reuse of forms in Part 3 of this Section, and all form lumber shall be one of the following, a combination thereof, or an equal approved in advance by the Designated Representative. a. "Plyform," Class I or II, bearing the label of the Douglas Fir Plywood Association; "Inner- Seal" Form as manufactured by Louisiana-Pacific, or approved equal. b. Douglas Fir-Larch, number two grade, seasoned, surfaced four sides. 2. Form Release Agent: Colorless, non-staining, free from oils; chemically reactive agent that shall not impair bonding of paint or other coatings intended for use. B. Ties and Spreaders: 1. Type: All form ties shall be a type which do not leave an open hole through the concrete and which permits neat and solid patching at every hole. 2. Design: When forms are removed, all metal reinforcement shall be not less than two (2) inches from the finished concrete surface. 3. Wire Ties and Wood Spreaders: Do not use wire ties or wood spreaders. C. Alternate Forming Systems: Alternate forming systems may be used subject to the advance approval of the Designated Representative. 2.02 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT A. Bars: Bars for reinforcement shall conform to “Specifications for Deformed Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement,” ASTM A-615, Grade 60. B. Wire Fabric: Wire fabric shall conform to “Specifications for Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement,” ASTM A-185. C. Tie Wire: Tie wire for reinforcement shall conform to “Specifications for Cold-drawn Steel Wire for Concrete Reinforcement,” ASTM A-82 black annealed 16 gauge tie wire. 2.03 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE A. Concrete: 1. All concrete, unless otherwise specifically permitted by the Designated Representative, shall be transit-mixed in accordance with ASTM C94. Concrete for water retaining structures that do not receive a waterproofing finish (such as ceramic tile) shall contain an integral waterproofing admixture. SWIMMING POOL CONCRETE – 13 11 02 Boardman Recreation Center 13 11 02 - 3 2. The control of concrete production shall be under the supervision of a recognized testing agency, selected by the Owner. 3. Quality: All concrete shall have the following minimum compressive strengths at twenty-eight (28) days and shall be proportioned within the following limits: a. 3,000 psi minimum compressive strength. b. 1” maximum size aggregate. c. 6.0 minimum sacks of cement per cubic yard.* d. 4” maximum slump. * For estimate only: to be determined by mix design. 4. Cement: All cement shall be Portland Cement conforming to ASTM C-150,Type II, and shall be the product of one manufacturer. 5. Aggregates: a. Shall conform to “Standard Specifications for Concrete Aggregates,” ASTM C33, except as modified herein. b. Coarse Aggregate: Clean sound washed gravel or crushed rock. Crushing may constitute not more than 30% of the total coarse aggregate volume. Not more than 5% flat, thin, elongated or laminated material nor more than 1% deleterious material shall be present. 1" aggregate graded from 1/4” to 1”, fineness modulus 6.90 to 7.40. 1-1/2” graded from ½” to 1-1/2”, fineness modulus 7.80 to 8.20. c. Fine Aggregate: Washed natural sand of hard, strong particles and shall contain not more than 1% of deleterious material, fineness modulus 2.65 to 3.05. 6. Water: Clean, fresh, free from acid, alkali, organic matter or other impurities liable to be detrimental to the concrete (potable). 7. Admixtures: Admixtures shall be used upon approval of the Designated Representative. a. Air-entraining admixture: Conform to ASTM C260. b. Water-reducing admixture: Conform to ASTM C494. c. Waterproofing admixture: Conform to ASTM C494. B. Construction Joints: Use keyform for slab pour joints. Either preformed galvanized or PVC construction joint forms of a standard manufacturer may be used. Install per manufacturer's recommendations and tool edges of slabs. C. Waterstops: PVC bulb-type for use between concrete pours / lifts, conforming with ASTM D 570, D 624, and D 638. Provide in configuration(s) as recommended by manufacturer for specific application. Greenstreak, W.R. Meadows, or approved equal. D. Curing Materials: 1. Liquid Membrane (covered slab): Chlorinated rubber membrane forming, curing sealing compound conforming to ASTM C309. 2. Liquid Membrane (exposed slab): Clear methyl and butyl methacrylate non-staining, membrane forming, curing-sealing compound conforming to ASTM C309. E. Cement Grout and Drypack: 1. Cement Grout: Mix 1 part by volume of Portland Cement, 1/2 part by volume of water and fine aggregate enough to make mixture flow under its' own weight. 2. Drypack: Mix 1 part by volume of Portland Cement, 1/2 part by volume of water and fine aggregate enough to make a stiff mix that will mold into a ball. Mix no more than can be used in 30 minutes. 2.04 JOINT SEALANT MATERIALS A. Caulking: Multipart, non-sag gun grade polyurethane based sealant meeting the requirements of ASTM C920-02, Type S or M, Mamemco International, Pecora, Sika Corp., Sonneborn Building Products, Tremco or approved equal. Self leveling caulking materials are not allowed. B. Primer: Non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application. C. Joint Cleaner: Non-corrosive and non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer; compatible with joint forming materials. SWIMMING POOL CONCRETE – 13 11 02 Boardman Recreation Center 13 11 02 - 4 D. Sealant Backer Rod: Provide compressible polyethylene or polyurethane backer rod as recommended by the sealant manufacturer. E. Bond Breaker Tape: Provide polyethylene tape or other plastic tape as recommended by sealant manufacturer, to be applied to sealant-contact surfaces where bond to substrate or joint filler must be avoided for proper performance of sealant. F. Sand: Cover the surface of the caulking with #30 silica sand. 2.05 OTHER MATERIALS A. All other materials, not specifically described but required for proper completion of the work of this Section, shall be as selected by the Contractor subject to the advance review by the Designated Representative. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Inspection: 1. Prior to all Work of this Section, carefully inspect the installed Work of other trades and verify that all such Work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. 2. Verify that all Work may be constructed in accordance with all applicable codes and regulations, the referenced standards, and the original design. B. Discrepancies: 1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Designated Representative. 2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. 3. Failure to notify the Designated Representative and give written notice of discrepancies shall constitute acceptance by the Contractor of existing conditions as fit and proper to receive work. 3.02 CONCRETE FORMWORK A. Construction of Forms: 1. General: Construct all required forms to be substantial, sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of concrete paste, and able to withstand excessive deflection when filled with wet concrete. 2. Layout: a. Form for all required cast-in-place concrete to the shapes, sizes, lines and dimensions indicated on the Drawings. b. Exercise particular care in the layout of forms to avoid necessity for cutting concrete after placement. c. Make proper provisions for all openings, offsets, recesses, anchorages, blocking and other features of the Work as shown or required. d. Perform all forming required for Work of other trades and do all cutting and repairing of forms required to permit such installation. e. Carefully examine the Drawings and Specifications and consult with other trades as required relative to providing for pipe and conduit penetrations, reglets, chases and other items in the forms. 3. Imbedded Items: Set all required steel frames, angles, bolts, inserts and other such items required to be anchored in the concrete prior to concrete being placed. 4. Bracings: a. Properly brace and tie the forms together so as to maintain position and shape and to ensure safety to workmen. b. Construct all bracing, supporting members and centering of ample size and strength to safely carry, without excessive deflection, all dead and live loads to which they may be subjected. c. Properly space the forms apart and securely tie them together, using metal spreader ties that give positive tying and accurate spreading. SWIMMING POOL CONCRETE – 13 11 02 Boardman Recreation Center 13 11 02 - 5 5. Wetting: Keep forms sufficiently wetted to prevent joints from opening up before concrete is placed. B. Plywood Forms: 1. Design: Nail the plywood panels directly to studs and apply in a manner to minimize the number of joints. 2. Joints: Make all panel joints tight butt joints with all edges true and square. C. Footing Forms: 1. Wood Forms: All footing forms shall be wood unless otherwise specifically approved by the Designated Representative, or as specified in paragraph 3.02(C)(2). 2. Earth Forms: a. Side walls for footings may be of earth provided the soil will stand without caving and the sides of the bank are made with a neat cut to the minimum dimensions indicated on the Drawings. b. For excavation and backfill of earth forms, conform with applicable provisions of Section 13 11 01. D. Reuse of Forms: 1. Reuse of forms shall be subject to advance approval of the Designated Representative. 2. Except as specifically approved in advance by the Designated Representative, reuse of forms shall in no way delay or change the schedule for placement of concrete from the schedule obtainable if all forms were new. 3. Except as specifically approved in advance by the Designated Representative, reuse of forms shall in no way impart less structural stability to the forms nor less acceptable appearance to finished concrete. E. Removal of Forms: 1. General: a. In general, side forms of footings may be removed seven (7) days after placement of concrete, but time may be extended if deemed necessary by the Designated Representative. b. Forms for footings, foundations, grade beams, slabs, walls, and other formed concrete may be removed fourteen (14) days after placement of concrete. 2. Removal: a. Use all means necessary to protect workers, passersby, the installed Work of other trades and the complete safety of the structure. b. Cut nails and tie wires or form ties off flush, and leave all surfaces smooth and clean. c. Remove metal spreader ties on exposed concrete by removing or snapping off inside the wall surface and pointing up and rubbing the resulting pockets to match the surrounding areas. d. Flush all holes resulting from the use of spreader ties and sleeve nuts using water, and then solidly pack throughout the wall thickness with cement grout applied under pressure by means of a grouting gun; grout shall be one part Portland Cement to 2-1/2 parts sand; apply grout immediately after removing forms. 3.03 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT A. Bending: 1. General: a. Fabricate all reinforcement in strict accordance with the Drawings. b. Do not use bars with kinks or bends not shown on the Drawings. c. Do not bend or straighten steel in a manner that will injure the material. (When opposite end is already encased in concrete.) 2. Design: a. Bend all bars cold. b. Make bends for stirrups and ties around a pin having a diameter of not less than two (2) times the minimum thickness of the bar. SWIMMING POOL CONCRETE – 13 11 02 Boardman Recreation Center 13 11 02 - 6 c. Make bends for other bars, including hooks, around a pin having a diameter of not less than six (6) times the minimum thickness of the bar. B. Placing: 1. General: Before the start of concrete placement, accurately place all concrete reinforcement, positively securing and supporting by concrete blocks, metal chairs or spacers, or by metal hangers. 2. Clearance: a. Preserve clear space between bars of not less than one and one-half (1-1/2) times the nominal diameter of the round bars. b. In no case let the clear space be less than one and one-half (1-1/2) inches nor less than one and one-third (1-1/3) times the maximum size of the aggregate. c. Provide the following minimum concrete covering of reinforcement: i. Concrete deposited against earth: three (3) inches. ii. Concrete below grade deposited against forms: two (2) inches. iii. Concrete elsewhere: As indicated on Drawings or otherwise approved by the Designated Representative. 3. Splicing: a. Horizontal Bars: i. Place bars in horizontal members with minimum lap at splices sufficient to develop the strength of the bars. ii. Bars may be wired together at laps except at points of support of the member, at which points preserve clear space described above. iii. Whenever possible, stagger the splices of adjacent bars. iv. Splice sixty (60) bar diameters minimum. b. Wire Fabric: Make all splices in wire fabric at least one and one-half (1-1/2) meshes wide. c. Other Splices: Make only those other splices that are indicated on the Drawings or specifically approved by the Designated Representative. 4. Dowels: Place all required steel dowels and securely anchor them into position before concrete is placed. 5. Obstructions: In the event conduits, piping, inserts, sleeves and other items interfere with placing reinforcement as indicated on the Drawings or otherwise required, immediately consult with the Designated Representative and obtain approval of a new procedure prior to placing concrete. C. Cleaning Reinforcement: Steel reinforcement, at the time concrete is placed around it, shall be free from rust scale, loose mill scale, oil, paint and all other coatings which will destroy or reduce the bond between steel and concrete. 3.04 SHOTCRETE REINFORCEMENT A. The maximum size of reinforcement shall be No. 5 bars unless it can be demonstrated by preconstruction tests that adequate encasement of larger bars can be achieved. When No. 5 or smaller bars are used, there shall be a minimum clearance between parallel reinforcement bars of 2-1/2 inches (64 mm). When bars larger than No. 5 are permitted, there shall be a minimum clearance between parallel bars equal to six diameters of the bars uses. When two curtains of steel are provided, the curtain nearest the nozzle shall have a minimum spacing equal to 12 bar diameters and the remaining curtain shall have a minimum spacing of six bar diameters. B. Lap splices in reinforcing bars shall be by the non-contact lap splice method with at least 2 inches clearance between bars. The enforcement agency may permit the use of contact lap splices when necessary for the support of the reinforcing provided it can be demonstrated by means of preconstruction testing, that adequate encasement of the bars at the splice can be achieved, and provided that the splices are placed so that a line through the center of the two spliced bars is perpendicular to the surface of the shotcrete work. 3.05 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE SWIMMING POOL CONCRETE – 13 11 02 Boardman Recreation Center 13 11 02 - 7 A. Conveying and Placing Concrete: 1. Before placing concrete, mixing and conveying equipment shall be well cleaned, and the forms and space to be occupied by concrete shall be thoroughly cleaned and wetted. Ground water shall be removed until the completion of the work. 2. No concrete shall be placed in any unit of work until all formwork has been completely constructed, all reinforcement has been secured in place, all items to be built into concrete are in place, and form ties at construction joints tightened. 3. Concrete shall be conveyed from mixer to place of final deposit in such a way to prevent the separation or loss of ingredients. It shall be placed as nearly as practicable in its’ final position to avoid rehandling or flowing. Concrete shall not be dropped freely where reinforcing bars will cause segregation, nor shall it be dropped freely more than six (6) feet. Use tremies, spouts and dump boxes in deep sections. Vibrators are not acceptable for facilitating concrete transport. 4. Concrete shall be tamped and spaded to insure proper compaction into all parts of forms and around reinforcement. A mechanical vibrator shall be used to thoroughly compact the concrete. Vibration must be by direct action in the concrete and not against forms or reinforcement. B. Construction Joints / Expansion Joints: Construction joints and expansion joints shall be provided at locations and in the manner shown on the Drawings. With exception of existing concrete / new shotcrete joints, use PVC bulb-type waterstops appropriate for design condition between all concrete pours / lifts to avoid cold joints. Waterstops shall be placed in such a way to protect reinforcing steel from rust and oxidation. All expansion joints must be the full depth of the concrete section in which they are located. C. Slab Finishes: Concrete slabs shall be compacted and screeded uniformly to grades shown. Push large aggregates below the surface with a screen tamper, screed and bull float. As soon as the surface becomes workable, it shall be wood floated, then finished as indicated on the Drawings to a uniform smooth, true surface in a neat and workmanlike manner. Carefully coordinate slab finish requirements with other trades to insure concrete finish is appropriate substrate for final finish material. 1. Contractor shall provide three mock-up deck samples, minimum 2’x 2’, with a wedge anchor installed in one sample. These (3) samples shall be constructed; one with a light broom finish, one (1) with a medium broom finish and one (1) with a heavy broom finish for determination and selection of an appropriate deck finish. Each sample shall be edged on all four sides to demonstrate a 3/4” radius edge. Anchor installation shall demonstrate acceptable interface between anchor and the top of deck. Deck samples shall remain on job site through final inspection for reference. 2. Pool Floor Slab: Heavy Wire Broom Finish. D. Protection and Curing: 1. Concrete shall be protected from injurious action of the elements and defacement of any nature during construction. 2. All forms must be kept wet to prevent drying out of the concrete. 3. All concrete surfaces including footings must be kept wet for at least seven (7) days after concrete is placed. 4. Apply the appropriate curing materials, as specified in 2.3 of this Section, immediately after finishing slabs. Application shall be as specified by the manufacturer. E. Form Removal: 1. Take care in removing forms so that surfaces are not marred or gouged and that corners are true, sharp and unbroken. 2. No steel spreaders, ties or other metal shall project from or be visible on any concrete surfaces. F. Defective Work: 1. Should the strength of any concrete for any portion of the work indicated by tests of molded cylinders and core tests fall below minimum 28 days strength specified or indicated, concrete will be deemed defective work and shall be replaced. 2. Concrete work that is not formed as indicated, is not true to intended alignment, not plumb or SWIMMING POOL CONCRETE – 13 11 02 Boardman Recreation Center 13 11 02 - 8 level where so intended, not true to intended grades or elevations, not true to specified or selected finish, contains sawdust shavings, wood, or embedded debris, which exhibits cracks or contains fine or coarse sulfide particles, or expansive aggregates detrimental to performance or appearance of the concrete shall be deemed defective. 3. Promptly perform work required to replace and properly clean (by sandblasting if necessary) any defective concrete panels (control joint or expansion joint to control joint or expansion joint), at Contractor's expense, including all expense of additional inspection, tests, or supervision made necessary as a result of defective concrete. 3.06 EXPANSION JOINTS A. Temperatures: Do not install sealants when air temperature is less than 40°F. B. Tooling: Tool exposed joints to a slightly concave surface using slicking materials recommended by the manufacturer. The tooling procedure shall press sealant against the sides of the joint. No materials shall be left “feathered” out or smeared on the abutting materials. Completed joints shall have a uniform professional appearance. C. Joint Construction: Sealant joint width, thickness and cross-sectional profile to be constructed in strict accordance with the sealant manufacturer’s recommendations. D. Sand: At the appropriate time cover the sealant with sand to provide a sanded finish. 3.07 CLEAN-UP A. Upon completion of the Work of this Section, immediately remove all swimming pool concrete materials, debris and rubbish occasioned by this Work to the approval of the Designated Representative. END OF SECTION SWIMMING POOL SHOTCRETE – 13 11 03 Boardman Recreation Center 13 11 03 - 1 SWIMMING POOL SHOTCRETE PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide labor, materials and equipment as required to install wet mix shotcrete for swimming pool structures as indicated on the Drawings and herein specified. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications of Workers: 1. The entity performing the work of this Section shall have been successfully engaged in the respective trade for at least five (5) years immediately prior to commencement of the Work. 2. For actual construction operations, use only trained and experienced workers with a minimum of three (3) years experience with the materials and methods specified. 3. Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of the work of this Section, with a minimum of five (5) years experience with the type of materials being installed, the referenced standards, and who shall direct all Work performed under this Section. B. Standards: Except as otherwise indicated, provide shotcrete per American Concrete Institute Standard ACI 506. In addition, conform to recommendations contained in “Shotcrete,” Brochure G-84 as published by the Gunite Contractors Association, Sylmar, Oregon and the Oregon Building Code (latest edition). C. Mix Design: The Contractor shall submit a mix design stamped and signed by a licensed engineer for approval by the Owner’s Representative prior to any placement of shotcrete. Mix design shall indicate source of aggregate and brands of cement and admixtures used. All mix designs shall take character of locally available aggregate into consideration and make adjustments as necessary to conform with specified design criteria. D. Testing and Inspection: One test panel shall be provided for each 50 yards (or portion thereof) of shotcrete placed. The size of the strength test panel shall be per the direction of the Special Shotcrete Inspector. At least three (3) cores shall be taken from each test panel. (At least three (3) cores shall be taken from the completed work for each day of shotcrete operation.) Testing shall be performed by the Owner’s designated Testing Lab and comply with Section 1913.5 and 1913.10 Oregon Building Code. Continuous inspection of the shotcrete operation by a deputy inspector provided by the Owner shall be required. Inspection of shotcrete work shall comply with Section 1913.10 of Oregon Building Code, and coring, sampling, soaking and testing per 1913.9 and 1913.10 of Oregon Building Code. Contractor shall provide test panels for all required tests. E. Tolerances: Construct all swimming pool shotcrete straight, true, plumb and square within a tolerance horizontally of one in 200 and a tolerance vertically of one in 2000. 1.03 SUBMITTALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS A. Provide submittals in conformance with the requirements of Section 01 30 00, Administrative Requirements. B. Materials List: Within thirty (30) days after issuance of Notice to Proceed, and before shotcrete materials are delivered to the project site, submit to the Owner a complete list of materials proposed to be used in this portion of the Work, showing manufacturer's name and catalog number of all items such as admixtures and curing membranes, and the name and address of the supplier of cement and aggregate to be used. C. Submit proof of qualifications as specified in Article 1.02.A of this Section. SWIMMING POOL SHOTCRETE – 13 11 03 Boardman Recreation Center 13 11 03 - 2 D. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00, Product Requirements. 1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect shotcrete materials before, during and after installation and to protect the installed Work specified in other Sections. B. Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Owner and at no additional cost to the Owner. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Cement: Cement shall be Type II Portland Cement conforming to ASTM C150. Cement type shall be the same for all shotcrete work. B. Aggregate: ASTM C33, washed hard dense durable clean sharp sand from approved pit, free of organic matter and opaline, feldspar, or silicous magnesium substances and containing not more than 3% by weight of deleterious substances. When tested for organic impurities by ASTM C40 method, fine aggregate color not darker than reference standard color. When tested for soundness by ASTM C88 method, loss after 5 cycles not over 10% of fine aggregate. C. Water: Potable, clean, fresh, free from acid, alkali, organic matter or other impurities liable to be detrimental to the shotcrete. D. Admixtures: Admixtures shall only be used upon approval of the Owner's Representative. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 EXECUTION A. Inspection: 1. Prior to all Work of this Section carefully inspect the installed Work of other trades and verify that all such Work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. 2. Verify that items to be imbedded in shotcrete are in place and that shotcrete may be placed to the lines and elevations shown on the Drawings, with all required clearance from reinforcement. B. Discrepancies: 1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Owner's Representative. 2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. 3. Failure to notify the Owner's Representative and give written notice of discrepancies shall constitute acceptance by the Contractor of existing conditions as fit and proper to receive the Work. 3.02 PREPARATION A. General: 1. Thoroughly clean all areas where shotcrete is to be placed to insure proper bonding of shotcrete. 2. Where shotcrete is to be placed against smooth surfaces (i.e., cast-in-place concrete), sandblast surfaces to receive shotcrete to provide clean aggregate surface, thereby insuring proper bond between materials. B. Ground Wires: Adequate ground wires, to be used as screeds, shall be installed to establish the thickness and surface planes of the shotcrete work. Ground wires shall be placed so that they are tight and true to line and grade and in such a manner that they can be easily tightened. 3.03 PROPORTIONING AND MIXING SWIMMING POOL SHOTCRETE – 13 11 03 Boardman Recreation Center 13 11 03 - 3 A. Accurately control proportion of water to Portland cement to produce thorough and uniform hydration of the shotcrete that, when shot, forms a homogeneous mass containing neither sags nor dry sand formation. B. Strength: Minimum 3,000 psi 28-day compressive strength unless otherwise indicated. C. Discontinue shotcrete work if the time between the addition of mixing water to cement and aggregate, or cement to aggregates, and placement of shotcrete exceeds ninety (90) minutes when the ambient temperature is below 85 degrees Fahrenheit, or exceeds sixty (60) minutes when the ambient temperature is above 85 degrees Fahrenheit. 3.04 SHOTCRETE PLACING, FINISHING, AND CURING A. Operations: Utilize a standard type of air compressor, capable of providing a minimum of 250 cubic feet of air per minute per nozzle. B. Placing: Except when shooting reinforcing, hold the nozzle perpendicular to and 2-1/2 to 3 feet from surface. At reinforcing bars, hold the nozzle so as to direct shotcrete behind the bars, and shoot each side of each bars separately. A nozzleman’s helper equipped with an air jet shall precede the nozzle and blow out rebound or sand lodged behind bars, on forms, or placed shotcrete. Placing shotcrete horizontal members from the top is not allowed unless approved methods are employed to eliminate all rebound. Material shall emerge from the nozzle in a uniform flow. If flow becomes intermittent for any reason, direct the nozzle away from the surface until the flow is again steady and constant. Do not reuse rebound or loose sand for any purpose. C. Puddled Shotcrete: Use of “puddled shotcrete” in which the air pressure is reduced and the water content is increased to facilitate placing in difficult locations is not allowed. Do not place shotcrete where nozzle stream cannot impinge directly on the involved surface. Where difficult shooting conditions occur, obtain proper results by maintaining correct air pressure and water ratio and reduce supply of material. D. Construction Joints: Form joints with sloping beveled edges. Clean and dampen the hardened joint surfaces before placing additional shotcrete. Square edged construction joints are not allowed. The film of laitance which forms on the surface of the shotcrete shall be removed within approximately two hours after application by brushing with a stiff broom. If this film is not removed within two hours, it shall be removed by thorough wire brushing or sand blasting. Construction joints over eight hours old shall be thoroughly cleaned with air and water prior to receiving shotcrete. E. Finishing: Rod exposed surfaces to true planes and lines on reaching the thickness and plane established by forms and ground wires. Tamp and wood float surfaces level and provide a rough raked finish. Carefully coordinate finish requirements with other trades (ceramic tile, pool plaster) to insure shotcrete finish is appropriate substrate for final finish material. F. Curing: Keep shotcrete continuously damp for not less than seven (7) days after placing. Use sealed curing sheeting or other approved curing method where water curing is not feasible. Do not use curing compound of any kind. 3.05 DEFECTIVE WORK A. Cut out, remove and replace, or repair to the satisfaction of the Owner’s Representative, shotcrete not meeting minimum strength, not true, plumb or level, not to required elevations, containing cracks detrimental to performance or appearance, containing shavings, debris or with honeycombs or voids. B. Promptly perform Work required to repair, patch, replace, render properly cleaned surfaces (by sandblasting if necessary) or otherwise make good any defective shotcrete at Contractor's expense, including all expense of additional inspection, tests, or supervision made necessary as a result of defective shotcrete. 3.06 CLEAN-UP SWIMMING POOL SHOTCRETE – 13 11 03 Boardman Recreation Center 13 11 03 - 4 A. Upon completion of the Work of this Section, immediately remove all swimming pool shotcrete materials, debris and rubbish occasioned by this work to the approval of the Owner's Representative. END OF SECTION SWIMMING POOL CERAMIC TILE – 13 11 04 Boardman Recreation Center 13 11 04 - 1 SWIMMING POOL CERAMIC TILE PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish and install all swimming pool ceramic tile detailed on the Drawings, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Gutter Bullnose and Hand Hold Tile 2. Waterline Tile 3. Bond Beam Tile 4. Lane Line/Target Tile/5’-0” Depth Tile 5. Depth/Caution Marker Tile (On Bond Beam and Waterline) 6. Trim Tile (At Steps) 8. Dike Wall Tile 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All Work of this Section shall be performed or supervised by the Swimming Pool Contractor. B. Qualifications of Workers: 1. The contractor / subcontractor for this portion of the Work shall have been successfully engaged in the respective trade for at least five (5) years immediately prior to commencement of this work, and shall demonstrate to the approval of the Designated Representative that his record of workmanship is satisfactory. 2. For actual construction operations, use only thoroughly trained and experienced workers completely familiar with the materials and methods specified. 3. Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of this portion of the Work and who shall be thoroughly familiar with the type of materials being installed, the referenced standards, and the requirements of this Work, and who shall direct all Work performed under this Section. C. Standards: In addition to complying with all pertinent codes and regulations: 1. Manufacture of all tile shall be in accordance with ANSI A-137.1. 2. Install ceramic tile in accordance with the recommendations contained in 2015 Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation of the Tile Council of America, Inc. D. Tolerances: Install all swimming pool ceramic tile straight, true, plumb and square within a tolerance horizontally of one in 200 and a tolerance vertically of one in 500. Waterline and gutter bullnose tile shall be level to 1/8” (+/- 1/16”) around entire perimeter of swimming pool(s). 1.03 SUBMITTALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS A. Provide submittals in accordance with the requirements of Section 01 30 00. B. Samples: Submit samples of each color and pattern in the specified groups. Character samples can be representative for review prior to screening of actual tile. C. Master Grade Certificate: Prior to opening ceramic tile containers, submit a Master Grade Certificate, signed by the manufacturer of the tile used and issued when the shipment is made, stating the grade, kind of tile, identification marks for the tile containers, and the name and location of the Project. D. Specifications: Submit five (5) copies of manufacturer's recommended installation specifications for this Work. 1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Delivery: Deliver all materials to the Project Site in the manufacturer’s original unopened containers with all labels intact and legible. B. Storage: Store all materials under cover in a manner to prevent damage and contamination, and SWIMMING POOL CERAMIC TILE – 13 11 04 Boardman Recreation Center 13 11 04 - 2 store only the specified materials at the Project site. C. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect swimming pool ceramic tile before, during and after installation and to protect the installed Work of all other trades. D. Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Designated Representative. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 TILE A. Gutter Bullnose & Hand Hold Tile: 1. Material: All gutter bullnose shall be unglazed ceramic mosaic tile with absorption rate of less than 1% as manufactured by Dal-Tile or approved equal. 2. Size: 1 x 2 inches (#C-701). 3. Color #D621, 'Nautical Blue'. B. Waterline Tile: 1. Material: All bond beam tile shall be unglazed ceramic mosaic tile with absorption rate of less than 1% as manufactured by Dal-Tile or approved equal. 2. Size: 1 x 1 inches. 3. Color: Dal-Tile #D621, 'Nautical Blue’. C. Bond Beam Tile: 1. Material: All bond beam tile shall be unglazed ceramic mosaic tile with absorption rate of less than 1% as manufactured by Dal-Tile or approved equal. 2. Size: 1 x 1 inches. 3. Color #D621 ‘Nautical Blue’. D. Lane Line / Target Tile / 5’-0” Depth Tile: 1. Material: Group 3 quality, frost proof unglazed ceramic mosaic tile with absorption rate of less than 1% as manufactured by Dal-Tile or approved equal. 2. Size: 1 x 1 inches. 3. Color: Dal-Tile #D311, 'Black', at lane lines and target tile. Dal-Tile #D621 ‘Nautical Blue’ at 5’-0” depth tile. E. Depth / Caution Marker Tile (At Waterline and on Bond Beam): 1. Material: All depth/caution markers tile shall be unglazed ceramic mosaic tile with absorption rate of less than 1% as manufactured by Dal-Tile or approved equal. 2. Size: 1 x 1 inches. 3. Color: Dal-Tile #D617 ‘Artic White’ contrasting letters and numbers on a field of #D612 ‘Nautical Blue’ at waterline tile and on a field of #D621 ‘Nautical Blue’ at Bond Beam tile. F. Trim Tile (on underwater steps): 1. Material: Group 3 quality, frost proof unglazed ceramic mosaic tile with absorption rate of less than 1% as manufactured by Dal-Tile or approved equal. 2. Size: 1 x 1 inches with S-812 quarter round. 3. Color: Dal-Tile #D311, ‘Black’. G. Dike Wall Tile: 1. Material: Group 3 quality, frost proof unglazed ceramic mosaic tile with absorption rate of less than 1% as manufactured by Dal-Tile or approved equal. 2. Size: 1 x 1 inches. 3. Color: Dal-Tile # D621 ‘Nautical Blue’ at waterline. 2.02 MORTAR A. Sand for Mortar: Comply with requirements of fine aggregate for concrete. SWIMMING POOL CERAMIC TILE – 13 11 04 Boardman Recreation Center 13 11 04 - 3 B. Cement: Type I Portland Cement, conforming to ASTM C150. C. Hydrated Lime: Conforming to ASTM C206 or 207, Type S. D. Water: From a potable source. 2.03 GROUT A. All tile grout shall be waterproof high performance epoxy grout meeting high durability and stain protection performance requirements of ANSI A118.3 providing a 25yr warranty. Grout color shall be grey for dark backgrounds, white for light backgrounds (verify colors with Architect and Owner). 2.04 OTHER MATERIALS A. All other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation of ceramic tile as indicated on the Drawings, shall be new, first quality of their respective kinds, and subject to the approval of the Designated Representative. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Inspection: 1. Prior to all Work of this Section, carefully inspect the installed Work of other trades and verify that all such Work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. 2. Verify that ceramic tile can be installed in accordance with the original design and all referenced standards. B. Discrepancies: 1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Designated Representative. 2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. 3. Failure to notify the Designated Representative and give written notice of discrepancies shall constitute acceptance by the Contractor of existing conditions as fit and proper to receive its Work. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Method: 1. Install all ceramic tile in strict accordance with installation method P601-02 of the 2015 Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation of the Tile Council of America, Inc. 2. Be certain to install all ceramic tile perfectly level, flush, plumb, and to the finish grades and elevations indicated on the Drawings. B. Interface: 1. Carefully establish and follow the required horizontal and vertical elevations to insure proper and adequate space for the work and materials of other trades. 2. Coordinate and cooperate as required with other trades to insure proper and adequate interface of ceramic tile Work with the Work of other trades. 3.03 GROUTING A. Follow grout manufacturer's recommendations as to grouting procedures and precautions. B. Remove all grout haze, observing grout manufacturer's recommendations as to use of acid and chemical cleaners. 3.04 EXTRA STOCK A. Provide one (1) unopened box of extra tile for 2.01A, 2.01B, 2.01C and 2.01D for Owners use at a future time. 3.05 CLEAN-UP SWIMMING POOL CERAMIC TILE – 13 11 04 Boardman Recreation Center 13 11 04 - 4 A. Upon completion of the swimming pool ceramic tile installation, thoroughly clean and polish the exposed surfaces of tile work. Completely clean work area of debris and rubbish occasioned by this Work and dispose of to the approval of the Designated Representative. END OF SECTION SWIMMING POOL PLASTER – 13 11 05 Boardman Recreation Center 13 11 05 - 1 SWIMMING POOL PLASTER PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Swimming pool plaster and waterproofing of swimming pool structures as indicated on the Drawings and herein specified. B. Provide start-up and operation instructions to the Owner’s operations and maintenance personnel and properly balance swimming pool water chemistry until the Owner takes occupancy. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications of Workers: 1. The entity performing the work of this Section shall have been successfully engaged in the respective trade for at least five (5) years immediately prior to commencement of the Work. 2. For actual construction operations, use only trained and experienced workers with a minimum of three (3) years experience with the materials and methods specified. 3. Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of the work of this Section, with a minimum of five (5) years experience with the type of materials being installed, the referenced standards, and who shall direct all Work performed under this Section. B. Standards: Swimming pool plaster shall conform with requirements of Oregon Building Code, latest edition. In addition, meet requirements of applicable portions of most current edition of the “Technical Manual,” National Plasterers Council, Mission Viejo, Oregon. C. Start-up: 1. Furnish a swimming pool water chemistry consultant, with a minimum of five (5) years experience, possessing either AFO (Aquatic Facility Operator) or CPO (Certified Pool Operator) certification(s), to supervise and properly balance swimming pool water chemistry. 2. Demonstrate to the Owner that all systems are fully operational and that calcium hardness, total alkalinity, chlorine residual and pH levels are within specified limits. 3. Standards: Furnish labor and chemicals as required to condition the water properly to the following specifications: a. Calcium Hardness: 200 to 400 parts per million (PPM) b. Total Alkalinity: 80-100 PPM c. Chlorine Residual: 1.00 to 2.0 PPM d. pH Factor: 7.2 to 7.6 1.03 SUBMITTALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS A. Provide submittals in conformance with the requirements of Section 01 30 00, Administrative Requirements. B. Submit proof of qualifications as specified in Article 1.02.A and 1.02.C.1 of this Section. C. Substitutions: See Section 01 60 00, Product Requirements. 1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Delivery: Deliver materials to the Project Site in the manufacturer's original unopened containers with all labels intact and legible. B. Storage: Store materials under cover in a manner to prevent damage and contamination, and store only the specified materials at the Project Site. C. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect the swimming pool plaster before, during, and after installation and to protect the installed Work specified in other Sections. D. Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary SWIMMING POOL PLASTER – 13 11 05 Boardman Recreation Center 13 11 05 - 2 to the approval of the Owner. 1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. No plastering shall be done under unsuitable conditions of weather or temperature. No plastering shall be done when prevailing temperature is 40 degrees Fahrenheit or less. B. Do not install plaster during rain and, if rain commences after plastering has begun, immediately protect the plaster from rain by all means necessary until the plaster has set. C. Do not install plaster during wind greater than 10 mph and, if wind commences after plastering has begun, immediately protect the plaster from wind by all means necessary until the plaster has set. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 CEMENT / AGGREGATE A. “Pebble-Fina®” pool finish by Pebble Technology, Inc. ®, “PebbleSheen ®”, tiny pebble pool finish by Pebble Technology, Inc. ®, “StoneScapes ® mini pebble finish by Npt ®. 2.02 COLOR A. All swimming pool plaster shall be white in color. “Pebble-Fina” shall be “Classico”, “PebbleSheen” shall be “Artic White” and StoneScapes” shall be “White Zanzibar” mini pebble. Contractor to obtain written approval on selected pebble color from the local Health Department prior to installation. Submit cut sheet, color sample and written approval for review by Architect and Owner.” 2.03 WATER A. Water for swimming pool plaster shall be clean and free from injurious amounts of acid, alkali, and organics. 2.04 GUTTER, PUMP PIT, BACKWASH PIT & SURGE CHAMBER WATERPROOFING A. Xypex, Aquafin-2K/M, or approved equal. Mix and apply per manufacturer’s recommendations for specific application. Color shall be Gray. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Inspection: 1. Prior to Work of this Section, carefully inspect the installed Work of other trades and verify that all such Work is complete to the point where this installation can properly commence. 2. Verify that swimming pool plaster can be installed in accordance with the original design and all referenced standards, including proprietary application techniques and application training/certifications. B. Discrepancies: 1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Owner's Representative. 2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. 3. Failure to notify the Owner's Representative and give written notice of discrepancies shall constitute acceptance by the Contractor of existing conditions as fit and proper to receive the Work. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF GUTTER, PUMP PIT, BACKWASH PIT & SURGE CHAMBER WATERPROOFING A. Provide two (2) coats of the specified gutter and surge chamber waterproofing prior to plastering the swimming pool. Prepare surfaces to receive waterproofing and cure in conformance with manufacturer's recommendations. Provide steel trowel application method to ensure uniform smooth, dense surface finish. SWIMMING POOL PLASTER – 13 11 05 Boardman Recreation Center 13 11 05 - 3 3.03 INSTALLATION OF POOL PLASTER A. Outdoor Pools or Spas: 1. Completion of other work: DO NOT commence plastering of swimming pool(s) or spa(s) until the following conditions have been met: a. The Health Department and/or other governing agencies have approved the pool(s) and/or spas) for plaster. b. All concrete pool deck construction is complete and the pool decks have been thoroughly cleaned. c. All landscaping in areas adjacent to the pool(s) or spa(s) is complete and the landscape irrigation system is operable. d. All painting in the pool area is complete. e. All welding and grinding in locations adjacent to the pool area are complete. f. The backwash sewer connection is complete. g. Pool(s) and/or spa(s) area(s) perimeter fencing installation is complete. h. All trash and debris have been removed from areas adjacent to the pool(s) or spa(s), particularly those areas that are normally upwind from the pool(s) or spa(s). i. All dust raising construction and/or activities in areas adjacent to the pool(s) or spa(s) are complete or mitigated. j. The circulation pump(s) is/are operational. k. The mechanical system has been flushed sufficiently to remove all dirt and debris from the piping system. l. All necessary chemicals (Chorine, pH adjuster, Sodium Bicarbonate and Calcium Chloride or any other required chemicals) are on site and ready for use. m. Obtain written approval from the Owner and the Architect. B. Indoor Pools or Spas: 1. Completion of Other Work: DO NOT commence plastering of swimming pool(s) or spa(s) until the following conditions have been met: a. The Health Department has approved the pool(s) and/or spa(s) for plaster. b. All work above the pool(s) and/or spa(s) is complete. c. All painting in the pool area is complete. d. All welding and grinding in locations adjacent to the pool area are complete. e. The backwash sewer connection is complete. f. All concrete pool deck construction is complete and the pool decks have been thoroughly cleaned. g. The circulation pump(s) is/are operation. h. The mechanical system has been flushed sufficiently to remove all dirt and debris from the piping system. i. All necessary chemicals (Chlorine, Acid, Sodium Bicarbonate and Calcium Chloride) are on site and ready to use. j. Obtain written approval from the Owner and the Architect. C. Contractor accepts all liability from damage done to the pool plaster if the pool(s) or spa(s) is (are) plaster before the completion of the above listed items or without the written approval of the Owner and the Architect. D. POOL PLASTER AUTHORIZATION FORM: 1. The pool(s) and or spa(s) at Boardman Aquatic Center is/are herby approved for the installation of the pool plaster. Pursuant to the requirements of specification section 13 11 05, paragraph 3.03. Owner Date SWIMMING POOL PLASTER – 13 11 05 Boardman Recreation Center 13 11 05 - 4 Architect / Project Manager Date E. Preparation: 1. Do not apply plaster over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces or conditions otherwise detrimental to the formation of a durable plaster finish. 2. Consult with manufacturer on application to specific surfaces being treated. Follow manufacturer's recommendation for curing of cast-in-place concrete or shotcrete surfaces prior to application of plaster. 3. Protect ceramic tile, decking, deck equipment, gratings, fittings and other items by suitable covering or masking. 4. Mask or remove all hardware, hardware accessories, machined surfaces, plates, lighting fixtures and similar items in place not to receive pool plaster. Following completion of plaster for each space or area remove masking. Re-install all removed items utilizing workers skilled in the trades involved. F. Application: 1. Finish shall be applied to a uniform thickness of 3/8” to ½” over the entire surface. The walls shall be scratch-coated followed by a finish coat. Material applied to the floor after the walls have been applied shall be accelerated to assure uniform setting time throughout the pool surface. 2. Float the plaster to a uniform plane and trowel to a smooth, dense, impervious surface using extreme care to avoid stains. 3. Take special care in finishing around pool fittings, making sure to mask off or plug openings so as not to fill such openings with excess plaster. Be certain to completely enclose pool fittings with plaster to insure a leak-proof seal around pipes, fittings, lights, anchors, etc. 4. Accurately interface with the finish planes of items installed by other trades. 5. Quartz-cement plaster is to be applied by a licensed applicator as approved by the manufacturer, and in accordance with manufacturer’s training. 3.04 CURING A. Preparation: Anticipate the need for required equipment and have all such equipment immediately available for use upon completion of pool plastering. B. Pool Filling: 1. After the plaster has sufficiently dried and before drying has proceeded to a damaging point, cure the plaster by gradually filling the pool with water, preventing all damage to finished plaster surfaces. 2. Flow the water continuously until the pool is filled. 3. When the weather is hot and/or water pressure is low, keep the pool walls damp while the pool is filling. 4. Coordinate with Contractor to ensure that the pool is continuously monitored while filling to prevent overfill. 3.05 EQUIPMENT ACTIVATION A. All water chemistry and filtration mechanical equipment shall be operational upon filling of pool after plaster. Chemicals and other related support items as supplied by Contractor, shall be in supply at start-up. B. For the first fourteen (14) calendar days after completion of the pool plaster, brush all plastered surfaces at least twice a day and coordinate with General Contractor to ensure that the plaster is carefully maintained after the initial fourteen day period. In addition, coordinate with the Contractor to ensure that pool filtration equipment is continuously running during the initial fourteen day period. C. Start-up and provide qualified personnel to operate pool equipment for a period not less than fourteen (14) days after the pool is placed in operation, or until the Owner takes occupancy of the facility or letter of substantial completion. During this time, Contractor shall instruct and supervise SWIMMING POOL PLASTER – 13 11 05 Boardman Recreation Center 13 11 05 - 5 the Owner's personnel in the various operating and maintenance techniques involved. Contractor shall be responsible for supply of chemicals during this not less than fourteen (14) day period and at time of turnover to Owner, chemical storage tanks shall be full. (Owner's personnel shall be fully trained and capable of assuming swimming pool maintenance tasks, training may begin before Owner takes occupancy). 3.06 CLEAN-UP A. Upon completion of swimming pool plaster, remove all materials, equipment and debris occasioned by this Work and leave the job site in a clean and presentable condition. Perform all such clean-up to the approval of the Owner’s Representative. 3.07 WARRANTY A. All applicators must provide a minimum of five (5) year warranty for application and workmanship additional to the manufacturer’s warranty for product. END OF SECTION SWIMMING POOL EQUIPMENT – 13 11 06 Boardman Recreation Center 13 11 06 - 1 SWIMMING POOL EQUIPMENT PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS A. Products and Execution defined in this Section shall be commissioned. Refer to 01 91 13 for scope of work and responsibilities related to commissioning. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. Swimming pool equipment items required for this Work as indicated on the Drawings and specified herein. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All Work of this Section shall be performed or supervised by the Swimming Pool Subcontractor. B. Qualifications of Workers: 1. The contractor / subcontractor for this portion of the Work shall have been successfully engaged in the respective trade for at least five (5) years immediately prior to commence- ment of this work, and shall demonstrate to the approval of the Owner’s Representative that his record of workmanship is satisfactory. 2. For actual construction operations, use only thoroughly trained and experienced workers completely familiar with the materials and methods specified. 3. Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of this portion of the Work and who shall be thoroughly familiar with the type of materials being all Work performed under this Section. C. All equipment supplied or work performed shall comply with regulations governing public swimming pools and spas as contained within State and Local Codes. 1.04 SUBMITTALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS A. Provide submittals in conformance with the requirements of Section 01 30 00. B. Required submittals include: 1. Swimming Pool Fittings as specified in Article 2.01 of this Section. 2. Swimming Pool Deck and Mechanical Equipment as specified in Articles 2.02-2.24 of this Section. C. Submit proof of qualifications as specified in Article 1.03.A of this Section. D. The equipment shown on the plans represent the first listed items in the technical specifications. The Contractor shall be responsible for all required field coordination and installation of any approved equal product to provide a fully working and warranted system. The Contractor shall submit detailed shop drawings for any products used other than the first listed specified items. Contractor provided shop drawings shall include details and quality equal to the original plans and construction documents. The Contractor shall provide any and all required engineering including but not limited to structural and anchorage requirements for any proposed equipment other than the first listed specified equipment. The Contractor is responsible to provide a factory certified representative(s) to start-up and provide on-site training for all swimming pool mechanical equipment provided. 1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect swimming pool equipment items before, during and after installation and to protect the installed work specified in other Sections. B. Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Owner’s Representative. SWIMMING POOL EQUIPMENT – 13 11 06 Boardman Recreation Center 13 11 06 - 2 PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 FITTINGS A. Swimming Pool Main Drain Frame: Lawson Aquatics #MLD-SG-1818, 18” x 18” or approved equal, six (6) required. VGBA compliant. Hayward 1-1/2” collector tubes #SP1056 and Hayward 1-1/2” hydrostatic relief valves #SP1055, or approved equal, six (6) required. Contractor shall provide to the Owner a Certificate of Compliance, signed by a licensed design professional, for main drain sump(s) and frame(s) and grate(s), as required by the Virginia Graeme Baker Act. A. Therapy Pool Main Drain Frame: Lawson Aquatics #MLD-SG-0909, 9” x 9” or approved equal, six (6) required. VGBA compliant. Hayward 1-1/2” collector tubes #SP1056 and Hayward 1-1/2” hydrostatic relief valves #SP1055, or approved equal, six (6) required. Contractor shall provide to the Owner a Certificate of Compliance, signed by a licensed design professional, for main drain sump(s) and frame(s) and grate(s), as required by the Virginia Graeme Baker Act. B. Floor Return Inlet 1-1/2” Adjustable: StaRite #08417-0000, United Industries, or approved equal. Twenty-three (23) required. C. Swimming Pool Underwater Lights: Pentair #600112 Intellibrite white LED with stainless steel face rings, 70 watt LED and LWC. Stainless steel niches, Pentair #78210600 with 1” hubs, or approved equal. Seven (7) required. D. Junction Box for Underwater Lights, completed with strain reliefs: Hydrel #1719, Appleton or approved equal. Seven (7) required. F. Pool Gutter Air Vents: ‘Zurn’ #JP221-TOP-3, six (6) required. 2.02 DECK EQUIPMENT (OF/CI = Owner Furnished/Contractor Installed) A. Starting Platform Anchors: Spectrum #24071, 10” deep, no known equal. Four (4) required, for concrete deck. B. Starting Platforms: Spectrum Record Breaker, side mount #57741. Four (4) required. C. Stanchion Sockets: 1.90" I.D. Bronze. KDI-Paragon 38201TC, Spectrum #23638. Four (4) required. D. Stanchion Posts: 1.90" O.D. x .145 wall. KDI-Paragon, four (4) Posts #38106, and four (4) Sliding Collars #38301, Spectrum #23614 and #23624 E. Lane Line Rope Anchors: Stainless steel cup type rope anchor; Spectrum # 58316 or approved equal. Fourteen (14) required. F. Racing Lanes: 25 YD ‘Anti Wave’, ‘Competitor’ or approved equal, verify colors with Owner prior to ordering. Five (5) required. G Racing Lane Reel with Cover: KDI-Paragon #75111SS with cover #75133, Spectrum #55525 and cover #55552. One (1) required. H. Moveable Lifeguard Chair: 1.90" O.D. x .065 wall. S.R. Smith Vista # 5622, KDI-Paragon 20302 or approved equal. Two (2) required. I. Adjustable Figure 4 Grab Rails: KDI-Paragon #30302, 1.90" O.D. x .109" wall, no known equal. Four (4) sets required. J. Recessed Steps: Set of 3, KDI-Paragon #32102, no known equal. Four (4) sets of three required. K. Hand Rails: Custom three bend as detailed on the plans, 1.90" O.D. x .065" wall, no known equal. eleven (11) required. L. Anchor Sockets for Grab Rails and Hand Rails: KDI-Paragon 28102. Twenty two (22) required. M. Stainless Steel Escutcheon Plates for Grab Rails and Hand Rails: KDI-Paragon 28301, Spectrum #24120. Twenty two (22) required. SWIMMING POOL EQUIPMENT – 13 11 06 Boardman Recreation Center 13 11 06 - 3 N. Disabled Lift: Spectrum Traveler XRC 500 #227610 Swim-Lift self-operated, or approved equal. Furnish with two (2) anchors, cover, extra battery pack and transporter cart. One (1) required. Provide the second lift anchor at the Therapy Pool (per plans) as an alternate primary means of entry. O. Backstroke Pennants: ‘Champion’ 3/16” diameter vinyl coated cable #50-175; ‘Champion’ hardware package #53-030, and ‘Champion’ 12” x 18” vinyl coated polyester pennants #53-020 Lincoln Equipment, Knorr Systems or equal. 2.03 SWIMMING POOL STRAINERS A. ‘Mer-Made’ F.O. series FRP reducing basket strainer: one (1) 8” x 6” standard with acrylic lid and two (2) stainless steel strainers each. (150 lbs.) 2.04 SWIMMING POOL CIRCULATION PUMP A. 'Paco' #5095-7, Type LC 6”x5” close coupled pump; 1760 RPM 460V, 3 PH; 10HP; rated at 806 GPM @ 60 ft. TDH; 74.71% efficient; premium efficiency TEFC motor; epoxy coat all wet surfaces. ‘Paco’, ‘Aurora’, or equal. (476 lbs.) Provide ‘SPCS’ Smart Pump Control System “EKO-FLEX” variable speed drive model SPCS020EF8 system 20” x 49” x 16” deep. Coordinate mounting location to maintain required clearances, 460 V 3 PH. 2.05 SWIMMING POOL VORTEX BOOSTER PUMP A. ‘Pentair’ CHK-75; 7½ HP, 220/440V, 3HP, Rated at 425 GPM at 0 ft. TDH with integral strainer. One (1) total. (Field verify motor voltage prior to ordering). (350 lbs.) Provide soft starter to booster pump. 2.06 SWIMMING POOL SLIDE BOOSTER PUMP A. 'Paco' #5095-7, Type LC 6”x5” close coupled pump; 1760 RPM 460V, 3 PH; 10HP; rated at 800 GPM @ 30 ft. TDH; 87% efficient; premium efficiency TEFC motor; epoxy coat all wet surfaces. ‘Paco’, ‘Aurora’, or equal. (476 lbs.) With one (1) ‘Mer-Made’ FO Series FRP reducing basket strainer. One (1) 8 x 6” standard, with acrylic lid and two (2) stainless steel strainers each. (150 lbs). (Field verify motor voltage prior to ordering).Provide soft starter to booster pump. 2.07 THERAPY POOL CIRCULATION PUMP A. ‘Pentair’ Whisperflo XFE-30; 2.5HP, 208/230V, 1PH, programmed to 99 GPM at 60 ft. TDH with integral strainer. One (1) total. (Field verify motor voltage prior to ordering). (46 lbs.) 2.08 SWIMMING POOL FILTER A. ‘EKO3’ #42-275-2 Automatic Filter Control (AFC) fully automatic hi-rate permanent media filter with 55 sq. ft. of total filter area rated at 825 GPM at 15 GPM/sq. ft. Complete with 8” face piping, 6” backwash, seismic anchorage and pipe support hangers. Provide all utilities, piping, valving, etc. (7,275 lbs. each tank) ‘EKO3 Systems’, ‘Nemato’, or equal. Provide signet MK-515 flosensor with digital read-out. 2.09 THERAPY POOL FILTER A. ‘National’ NEX-Series #NFS-34-3-063-F manual hi-rate permanent media filter with 6.3 sq. ft. of total filter area rated at 94.5 GPM at 15 GPM/sq. ft. Complete with 3” face piping, 6” backwash, seismic anchorage. Provide all utilities, piping, valving, etc. (849 lbs. each tank) ‘EKO3 Systems’, ‘Nemato’, or approved equal. Provide signet MK-515 flosensor with digital read-out. 2.10 SWIMMING POOL HEAT EXCHANGER A. Cold water loop / hot water loop and associated plate and frame heat exchangers shall be provided to mechanical room and specified by mechanical engineer. Pool contractor shall provide pool piping and valving from return lines to exchangers typical. SWIMMING POOL EQUIPMENT – 13 11 06 Boardman Recreation Center 13 11 06 - 4 2.11 THERAPY POOL HEAT EXCHANGER A. Cold water loop / hot water loop and associated plate and frame heat exchangers shall be provided to mechanical room and specified by mechanical engineer. Pool contractor shall provide pool piping and valving from return lines to exchangers typical. 2.12 SWIMMING POOL / THERAPY POOL CHLORINE STORAGE / FEED SYSTEM A. Provide ‘Chem-Tainer’ 500 gallon #TC5971DC; dual storage/containment tank with lid seismically restrained; operating weight = (4,165 lbs.) Complies with Fed Reg #40CFR-264-193. One (1) total. Swimming pool feed pumps shall be ‘Stenner’ #85-5+/-; 85 GPD @ 25 PSI with FRP shelf bracket. Therapy pool feed pump shall be ‘Stenner’ #45M-3, 22 GPD @ 25 PSI with FRP shelf bracket. 2.13 SWIMMING POOL / THERAPY POOL ACID STORAGE / FEED SYSTEM A. Provide ‘Chem-Tainer’ 200 gallon #TC4152DC; dual storage/containment tank with lid seismically restrained; (1,667 lbs.) Complies with Fed Reg #40CFR-264-193. One (1) total. Provide a complete acid vapor recovery system. All pool’s feed pumps shall be ‘Stenner’ #45M-5, 50 GPD at 25 PSI. Provide FRP shelf bracket for feed pump. Hard pipe to point of injection. 2.14 CARBON DIOXIDE STORAGE/FEED SYSTEM A. Provide two (2) 750 lb. cryogenic storage tanks with seismic restraint and remote fill port. Operating weight = 750 lb. Provide EKO3 PH-MTS CO2 high efficiency feed system with alkalinity control, 0 to 160 SCFH feed capacity booster pump, piping injector, flowmeter, relays and acid feed alkalinity control. Three (3) systems total. (1,219 each.) 2.15 WATER CHEMISTRY CONTROLLER(S) A. ‘BecSys’ 7 Series with ORP electrode, pH electrode, temperature sensor, flowmeter, Y-strainer, and digital readout indicating pH, ORP, PPM, temperature, and flow. “Chemtrol”, “Strantrol” or equal. Two (2) total. 2.16 EYEWASH / SHOWER A. See plumbing drawings. 2.17 BACKWASH TANK A. 6’-0” X 6’-0” X 4’-0” 1,077 gallon capacity with ladder rungs, provide waterproofing per specifications. 2.18 SWIMMING POOL SURGE TANK A. 8’-0” X 8’-0” X 8’-0” deep with ladder rungs, 3,829 gallon capacity. Provide waterproofing per specifications. 2.19 THERAPY POOL SURGE TANK A. 6’-0” X 8’-0” X 8’-0” deep with ladder rungs, 2872 gallon capacity. Provide waterproofing per specifications. 2.20 PUMP PIT A. 13’-6” X 15’-0” X 6’-6” deep. Provide 1 ½” ø galvanized steel guardrail. Provide floor drain to waste. Provide waterproofing per specifications. Access ladder to be ‘Fibergrate’ dynarail FRP or equal. 2.21 FILL SYSTEM(S) A. 3” ClaVal’ fill system to include 3” ‘Cla-Val’ solenoid control valve #136-01BY, 3” duct iron epoxy coated body with cast iron disc retainer and diaphragm washer, bronze trim , flanged globe pattern, 120V at 60 Hz. solenoid wiring shall be wired to water chemistry controller. Provide 6” air gap at fill point and 3” RPBP. SWIMMING POOL EQUIPMENT – 13 11 06 Boardman Recreation Center 13 11 06 - 5 2.22 SWIMMING POOL ULTRA VIOLET SYSTEM A. ‘ETS’ #ECF-215-6V; TWO (2) @1.5 KW (3KW Total) 220V 1PH, 30 amp rated at 580 GPM. Indoor use. Complete with ECF-A-220 208/220V-1PH control unit (250 lbs). Provide piping bypass, valving, strainer and installation and piping per manufacturer’s recommendations. Two (2) systems total. 2.23 LIGHTING CONTRACTOR PANEL A. ‘Allen Bradley’ #500L +/- or approved equal. Panel shall be mounted in a Nema 12 hinged cover – lockable enclosure. Contractors to be switched by momentary switch equal to ‘Hubbell’ #1557 mounted in J box in mechanical equipment room. Refer to electrical plans for location of Owner coordinated remote underwater light switch. 2.24 POOL OPERATOR WORKSTATION DESK A. ‘Total Lab Solutions’ epoxy countertop with drop-in sink and two (2) end cabinets. Furnish with wall mounted wall mounted five (5) faucets ‘Broen Boss’ or approved equal. See MEP plans for water supply to one (1) of the faucets and drainage piping for sink. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Inspection: 1. Prior to installing the items of this Section, carefully inspect the installed Work of other trades and verify that all such Work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. 2. Verify that the swimming pool equipment items may be installed in strict accordance with original design, pertinent codes and regulations, and the manufacturers' recommendations. B. Discrepancies: 1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Designated Representative. 2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies are fully resolved. 3. Failure to notify the Designated Representative and give written notice of discrepancies shall constitute acceptance by the Installer of existing conditions as fit and proper to receive its Work. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Supply and install items of swimming pool equipment in strict accordance with applicable codes and regulations, the original design, and the manufacturer's published recommendations, anchoring firmly and securely for long life under hard use. B. Coordinate with other trades to insure all imbedded items are set plumb and flush. Railing ends must have anchor sockets and escutcheon plates. Be certain that deck equipment and railings are properly bonded prior to imbedding. C. All equipment shall be braced and/or anchored to resist a horizontal force acting in any direction using the criteria shown on the Drawings. 3.03 INSTRUCTION A. The Contractor shall provide a factory certified representative(s) to start-up and certify proper installation, operation and full warranty status of all swimming pool mechanical equipment. The Contractor shall provide not less than two 8-hour days of on-site training for facility staff in the operation and maintenance of the swimming pool mechanical equipment and systems. The two 8- hour days shall be separated by a minimum of seven calendar days and be completed within the 14- day start-up period. 3.04 EQUIPMENT ACTIVATION A. All water chemistry and filtration mechanical equipment shall be operational upon filling of pool SWIMMING POOL EQUIPMENT – 13 11 06 Boardman Recreation Center 13 11 06 - 6 after plaster. Chemicals and other related support items as supplied by Contractor, shall be in supply at start-up. B. For the first fourteen (14) calendar days after completion of the pool plaster, brush all plastered surfaces at least twice a day and coordinate with General Contractor to ensure that the plaster is carefully maintained after the initial fourteen day period. In addition, coordinate with the Contractor to ensure that pool filtration equipment is continuously running during the initial fourteen day period. C. Start-up and provide qualified personnel to operate pool equipment for a period not less than fourteen (14) days after the pool is placed in operation, or until the Owner takes occupancy of the facility or letter of substantial completion. During this time, Contractor shall instruct and supervise the Owner's personnel in the various operating and maintenance techniques involved. Contractor shall be responsible for supply of chemicals during this not less than fourteen (14) day period and at time of turnover to Owner, chemical storage tanks shall be full. (Owner's personnel shall be fully trained and capable of assuming swimming pool maintenance tasks, training may begin before Owner takes occupancy). 3.05 CLEAN-UP A. Upon completion of swimming pool equipment, remove all debris, materials and equipment occasioned by this Work to the approval of the Designated Representative. END OF SECTION SWIMMING POOL MECHANICAL – 13 11 07 Boardman Recreation Center 13 11 07 - 1 SWIMMING POOL MECHANICAL PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS A. Products and Execution defined in this Section shall be commissioned. Refer to 01 91 13 for scope of work and responsibilities related to commissioning. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. Swimming pool mechanical piping as indicated on the Drawings for circulation and filtration systems, pool water heating systems, chemical control systems, booster pump systems and appurtenances. B. Domestic water system from points of connection within swimming pool mechanical equipment room to make-up water system. C. Filter backwash piping to point of connection with backwash retention pit as required. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications of Workers: 1. The entity performing the work of this Section shall have been successfully engaged in the respective trade for at least five (5) years immediately prior to commencement of the Work. 2. For actual construction operations, use only trained and experienced workers with a minimum of three (3) years experience with the materials and methods specified. 3. Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of the work of this Section, with a minimum of five (5) years experience with the type of materials being installed, the referenced standards, and who shall direct all Work performed under this Section. B. Standards: 1. All equipment supplied or work performed shall comply with the International Building Code, latest edition. 2. Work shall be performed in accordance with the applicable editions of all National, State and local codes, laws, regulations and ordinances, including the following: a. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). b. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM). c. American Waterworks Association (AWWA). d. American Welding Society (AWS). 3. Do not construe anything in the Drawings or Specifications to permit Work not conforming to these requirements. 1.04 SUBMITTALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS A. Provide submittals in conformance with the requirements of Section 01 30 00. B. Required submittals include: 1. Pipe and Fittings as specified in Article 2.02 of this Section. 2. Valves as specified in Article 2.03 of this Section. 3. Pressure / Vacuum Gauges as specified in Article 2.04 of this Section. 4. Pipe Hangers and Supports as specified in Article 2.05 of this Section. 5. Sleeves and Waterstops as specified in Article 2.06 of this Section. C. Submit proof of qualifications as specified in Article 1.03.A of this Section. 1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Delivery: Deliver all materials to the Project Site in the manufacturer’s original unopened containers with all labels intact and legible. SWIMMING POOL MECHANICAL – 13 11 07 Boardman Recreation Center 13 11 07 - 2 B. Storage: Store all materials under cover in a manner to prevent damage and contamination, and store only the specified materials at the Project site. C. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect swimming pool mechanical items before, during and after installation and to protect the installed Work specified in other Sections. D. Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Owner’s Representative and at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.06 JOB CONDITIONS A. Cooperate with entities performing Work specified in other Sections to so that no conflict of new construction or occupied space may occur. Should any installation Work be done without such craft coordination, that Work so installed shall be removed and re-installed. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 PRODUCT QUALITY A. Materials and equipment shall be new, of the best quality for the purpose intended, and shall be clearly marked with the manufacturer's name and nameplate data or stamp and rating. As far as practicable, materials and equipment shall be of one manufacturer. 2.02 PIPE AND FITTINGS A. PVC Schedule 40: Type 1, normal impact, NSF approved for solvent welding applications, ASTM Specification D-1785, color shall be white. Dura, Lasco, or approved equal. B. PVC Schedule 80: Type 1, normal impact, NSF approved for solvent welding applications, ASTM Specification D-1785, color shall be gray. Dura, Lasco, or approved equal. C. PVC DR25: Conforming to ATSM D-1784, use with epoxy coated bell and spigot-type fittings or epoxy coated mechanical joint by flange adapters with epoxy coated cast iron fittings as specified in Article 2.02 (F), below. Johns-Manville "Big Blue", Diamond Plastics, or approved equal. D. Copper Tubing: ASTM Specification B-88, hard drawn, with ANSI Standard B16.22 wrot copper fittings. E. Steel: ASTM Specification A-120, Schedule 40 black or galvanized pipe with ASTM A-47 150 lb. banded malleable iron threaded fittings. F. Cast Iron: ASTM Specification B16.1, cast iron flanged fittings, provide epoxy coating as required for use with chlorinated water. 2.03 VALVES A. Ball Valves 1. For pool system: True-Union design, PTFE seat material with FPM or FKM Double O-ring stem seals, locking handle, NSF certified. PVC schedule 80 body for below grade installation. CPVC Schedule 80 body for above grade installation. Furnish ball valves on all pipe diameters 2½” or less with a rating of at least 200psi at 73°F. Asahi Pool-Pro, Ipex, or Nibco. 2. For copper pipe system: 3-piece full-port Bronze body valve with Teflon seat, ‘Apollo’, ‘Nibco’ or approved equal. B. Butterfly Valves: 1. Epoxy coated cast or ductile iron body, 316 stainless steel disc and stem, viton seat material, furnish hand wheel/gear operators on all valves 8" and larger. DeZurick, Keystone, or Asahi Pool Pro or Ipex. 2. PVC body, PVC disc and EPDM construction suitable for chlorinated water applications. Stem shall be of 316 stainless steel and non-wetted. Valves shall be self-gasketed design with a convex sealing arrangement. Valves 1-1/2” – 10” shall be rated to 150 psi and 12” valves shall be rated to 100 psi at 70°F. Asahi Pool-Pro, no known equal. SWIMMING POOL MECHANICAL – 13 11 07 Boardman Recreation Center 13 11 07 - 3 C. Check Valves: Wafer-type, epoxy coated cast or ductile iron body, 316 stainless steel plates and shaft, viton seat material. Centerline, Metraflex, or approved equal. D. Surge Chamber Float Valves: Swimming Pool EPD #2-0020-229 Float Control Valve, 8" line size, one (1) total, and Activity Pool EPD#2-0020-228, 6” line size, one (1) total; as manufactured by Environmental Products Division of Doughboy Recreational, Rancho Cucamonga, CA, no known equal. E. Surge Chamber Isolation Valve: Butterfly valve, tapped lug type, bronze body, stainless steel stem, bronze disc, phenolic back-up ring, EPT seat material. Provide stainless steel shaft extension, shaft housing and tool operator located 2’-0” above floor level with deck access grate as required. Dezurick, Keystone, Asahi Pool-Pro, Ipex or approved equal. F. RP Backflow Preventer: Febco #835-B for 2" and smaller; #825 for 2-1/2" and larger. Febco, Watts, or approved equal. G. Make-up Water Control: Competition / Activity Pool; 3” Cla-Val make-up water control to include 3” ‘Cla-Val’ solenoid control valve #136-01BY, 3” ductile iron, epoxy coated body with cast iron disc retainer and diaphragm washer, bronze trim, flanged globe pattern, 120V at 60hz. Solenoid wiring shall be wired to the water chemistry controller. Provide 6” air gap at fill point. Two systems total. 2.04 PRESSURE / VACUUM GAUGES A. Furnish and install pressure and vacuum gauges on the discharge and suction sides of all pumps. 2 or 2 ½” dial, bottom connection, chrome ring and shut-off cock and snubber. Ranges shall be selected to indicate between mid-point and two-thirds of maximum range under design conditions. Marsh, Trerice, or approved equal. 2.05 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. General: 1. The requirements of this Section relates to various requirements of the Agreement, General and Supplementary Conditions, Specifications, Drawings, and modifying documents which are part of the Construction Contract. Responsibility for coordination of all such applicable requirements will be that of the Contractor. B. Description: 1. This section provides guidelines and limitations for the support of all mechanical, electrical, plumbing or architectural items from the building structure, and for the seismic bracing of such items. 2. Design and install all support and bracing systems as required for the swimming pool systems. Provide for attachment to portions of the building structure capable of bearing the loads imposed. Design these systems to not overstress the building structure. C. Quality Assurance: 1. Design and install all support systems to comply with the requirements of the International Building Code. 2. Seismic bracing is to be designed by a professional engineer licensed in the State of Oregon. 3. For the seismic bracing of mechanical, electrical and plumbing system, refer to “Guidelines for Seismic Restraints of Mechanical Systems and Plumbing Piping Systems” by Sheet Metal and Air conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc., (SMACNA) for guidelines. D. Submittals: 1. Submit shop drawings for all substructures and attachment methods. 2. Submit proposed alternative methods of attachment for review and approval by the Architects, prior to deviating from the requirements given below. 3. For all pipe hangers and support systems, submit structural calculations and details which include all resultant forces applied to the building structure and are prepared and signed by the Contractor’s licensed Oregon professional engineer. Calculations will be reviewed for SWIMMING POOL MECHANICAL – 13 11 07 Boardman Recreation Center 13 11 07 - 4 compliance with design criteria, not for arithmetic. E. Materials: 1. Use Kin-Line, Grinnel, or approved equal. 2. Support all pipelines individually with hangers, each branch having at least one hanger. Lateral brace as noted and required. 3. Support piping near floor with steel stanchions welded to end plates secured to pipe and floor. 4. Support vertical piping at each floor level. Install coupling in piping at each support. Coupling shall rest on and transmit load to support. Isolate copper from steel supports with vinyl electrician's tape around pipe and coupling. 5. Use Stoneman "Trisolator," Unistrut, or approved equal, isolators at each hanger and other support points on bare copper tubing system. 6. For PVC pipe, space hangers four (4) feet apart for pipe sizes 1" and under, five (5) feet apart for pipe sizes 1-1/4" to 2", and six (6) feet apart for pipe sizes over 2". Space hangers for horizontal pipes at a maximum of six (6) feet for copper 2" and smaller and for steel 1- 1/4" and smaller; ten (10) feet for copper 2-1/2" and larger and for steel 1-1/2" and larger. 7. Size hanger rods, screws, bolts, nuts, etc., according to manufacturer's sizing charts. 8. Trapeze hangers may be used for parallel lines. 9. Use galvanized or cadmium plated hangers, attachments, rods, nuts, bolts, and other accessories in pool mechanical room, high humidity areas, or where exposed to weather. Hot dip galvanize all items which are not factory furnished. Plating for hinged movements must be done at the factory. 10. Lateral Bracing: To prevent swaying of the piping systems, provide angle iron bracing and anchor into wall or overhead framing. Piping shall be braced or anchored in such a way as to resist a horizontal force of 50% of its operating weight in any direction. 11. Do not use wire or other makeshift devices for hangers. 12. Furnish all substructures and fasteners required to comply with the limitations given below. Use material as specified in the various sections and as appropriate to their use. F. Guidelines & Limitations: 1. Each Contractor will coordinate the load requirements from all subcontractors so that no combination of loads overstresses the building structure or exceed the limitations given below. 2. Concrete Structure: a. Support all loads hung from concrete structure with cast-in-place inserts, unless drilled-in anchors are specifically approved in writing prior to placing the concrete. b. Concrete anchors must not penetrate into reinforcing bars. Where the anchors boring indicates the presence of reinforcing bar, patch hole with an epoxy type grout and relocate anchor 12 diameters away. c. Individual expansion anchors cannot support any loads greater than 300 pounds or manufacturer’s specified load capacity without approval. 3. Steel Structure: a. Hang no more than 20 pounds per metal deck rib in any span. b. At beams, hang all beam loads greater than 40 pounds concentric to beam, not off the flanges. c. Attached no loads to the beams or girders greater than the following without specific approval from the architect; i. Roof beams and girders: 300 pound point load or 600 pound total load for a single span. G. Seismic Bracing: 1. Design and install seismic bracing to not ground out vibration and sound isolation systems. 2. All items of mechanical and electrical equipment 60” or more in height are to be seismically braced whether such bracing is shown or not. 2.06 SLEEVES AND WATERSTOPS SWIMMING POOL MECHANICAL – 13 11 07 Boardman Recreation Center 13 11 07 - 5 A. Provide sleeves where work of this Section passes through fire rated partitions, floors and ceilings, concrete slabs or exterior of structure. Caulk clearance space using sealant appropriate for application in conformance with manufacturer's recommendations. 3m, Dow Corning, or approved equal. In lieu of sleeves and caulking, "Link Seal" products may be used. B. Provide prefabricated waterstops as indicated on the Drawings at all pipe penetrations through structures containing stored water (i.e., swimming pools, balance/surge tanks, etc.) to insure leak- proof seals. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Inspection: 1. Prior to Work of this Section, carefully inspect the installed Work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. 2. Verify that items of this Section may be installed in accordance with the original design and referenced standards. B. Discrepancies: 1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Designated Representative. 2. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. 3. Failure to notify the Designated Representative and give written notice of discrepancies shall constitute acceptance by the Contractor of existing conditions as fit and proper to receive his work. 3.02 ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS A. Abbreviations and symbols on the Drawings are those most commonly used. Obtain clarification from the Designated Representative on any questionable items before bid. 3.03 GENERAL PIPING REQUIREMENTS A. Size any section of pipe for which size is not indicated or any intermediate section erroneously shown undersized the same size as the largest pipe connecting to it. Sizes listed are nominal. B. Cut pipe accurately to job measurements and install without springing or forcing, true to line and grade, generally square with building and/or structures and adequately supported to prevent undue stress on pipe, fittings and accessories. C. Make changes of direction with manufactured fittings. Street ells, bushings, reducing flanges, close nipples or bending of pipe is not allowed. D. Use great care to install piping in accordance with best practice. Plastic pipe shall be “snaked” in trenches to allow for thermal expansion. E. All above grade, below grade and buried or imbedded PVC shall be installed using solvent weld fittings. Also, each and every fitting and pipe end shall be prepared with solvent primer. Fittings shall be joined individually and with enough time between assembly of adjacent joints to allow them to seal solidly. After joining, an even ring of primer must be visible around the entire fitting. If any fittings are installed without visible primer, the fitting shall be removed and discarded and piping recut, rechamfered, and joint made up again using a new fitting. All procedures, methods and techniques used to make up solvent weld joints shall be in strict accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. F. Arrange pipe and hangers to allow for expansion, contraction and structural settlement. No pipe shall contact structure except penetrations as shown on the Drawings. G. Provide dielectric connections between copper and dissimilar metals. In copper systems, threaded piping including connections to equipment shall be brass pipe and fittings. Install dielectric connections in vertical sections of piping only. SWIMMING POOL MECHANICAL – 13 11 07 Boardman Recreation Center 13 11 07 - 6 H. Run pipe full size through shut-off valves, balancing valves, etc. Change pipe size within three (3) pipe diameters of final connection to control valves, fixtures and other equipment. I. Provide unions or flanges at connections to equipment, on service side of valves and elsewhere as required to facilitate ease of maintenance. J. Locate equipment shut-off valves as close to equipment as possible maintaining easy valve access. K. Make all connections between domestic water systems and equipment or face piping with approved backflow prevention devices as required. L. All PVC pipe exposed to direct sunlight shall be painted with two coats of Exterior Acrylic Semi- gloss Paint, Sherwin Williams or equal. Color to be selected by the Architect. Prior to painting the PVC pipes, the exterior of all PVC pipes shall be wiped with Methyl Ethyl Ketone, or an approved equal, to remove the glaze from the pipes. M. The Main Drain pipe must run either level or uphill from the main drain sump, through the surge pit (if applicable) and then to the circulation pump. 3.04 TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL A. Excavation: 1. Excavate and backfill trenches as required for the Work of this Section. Conform with requirements of Section 13 11 01. 2. The Contractor shall perform all excavation of every description and of whatever materials encountered, to the depths indicated on the Drawings or as necessary. The Contractor shall dispose of the excavated materials not required or suitable for backfill as directed, and shall perform such grading as may be necessary to prevent surface water from flowing into the trenches. The Contractor shall provide adequate equipment for the removal of storm or subsurface waters which may accumulate in the excavated areas. B. Trenching: 1. Excavate trenches to lines and grades as indicated on the Drawings and with banks as nearly vertical as practicable. 2. Bottoms of trenches shall be accurately graded to provide uniform bearing on undisturbed soil for the entire length of each section of pipe. 3. The width of the trench at and below the top of the pipe shall be such that the clear space between the barrel of the pipe and the trench wall shall not exceed 8” on either side of the pipe. The width of trench above the top of pipe may be wider if necessary. 4. Over-depth excavations shall be filled with tamped sand to required grades. 5. Excavations of five (5) feet or more in depth shall be shored or supported in conformance with rules, and regulations of State and Federal Governments. Shoring shall be constructed, maintained and removed in a manner to prevent caving of the excavation walls or other load on the pipe. C. Backfilling: 1. Material for backfilling of pipes shall be approved granular material less than two (2) inches in diameter obtained from the excavation. No material of a perishable, spongy or otherwise unsuitable nature shall be used as backfill. 2. Backfilling of pipe trenches shall commence immediately after installation and testing to preclude damage to the installed pipe. Backfill around pipe shall be carefully placed so as not to displace or damage the pipe, and shall be carried up symmetrically on each side of the pipe to one foot above the top of the pipe. The material shall be carefully compacted or consolidated before additional backfill is placed. 3. Backfill above an elevation of one foot above the top of pipe in conformance with requirements of Section 13 1101. Material for balance of backfill shall be approved granular material less than six (6) inches in diameter taken from the excavation. 4. Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, all pipe shall have a minimum of eighteen (18) SWIMMING POOL MECHANICAL – 13 11 07 Boardman Recreation Center 13 11 07 - 7 inches of cover. 3.05 GENERAL EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS A. Position equipment to result in good appearance and easy access to all components for maintenance and repairs. B. Install piping, flues, breeching and ducts so that they do not interfere with equipment access. C. Install level, secure and out of moisture. Provide shims, anchors, support straps, angles, grouted bases, or other items as required to accomplish proper installation. D. All screws, nuts, bolts and washers shall be galvanized, cadmium plated or stainless steel. After fabrication, hot-dip galvanize unfinished ferrous items for outdoor, below grade or other use subject to moisture. E. Extend 1/2” Schedule 40 black steel pipe lubrication tubes from all hard to reach locations to front of equipment or to access points. Terminate with proper type of lubrication fitting. 3.06 VALVES AND STRAINERS A. If no shut-off is indicated, provide ball valves at inlet connections and balance valves at outlet connections to fixtures and equipment. Provide proper valve trim for service intended. B. Use no solder end valves unless noted otherwise; provide adapters in copper tubing systems. C. Locate valves with stems above horizontal plane of pipe. In general, locate valves within six (6) feet of floor, out from under equipment, in accessible locations with adequate clearance around hand wheels or levers for easy operation. D. Provide all valves, cocks and strainers, full pipe size unless indicated otherwise. E. Provide hand wheel operators on all valves 6” and larger, under 6” lever operators may be used. F. Provide tool operated valve with stainless steel shaft extension and 'on deck' tool operation for surge chamber butterfly isolation valve. 3.07 IDENTIFICATION OF PIPING A. Identify each valve by a numbered brass tag with hole and brass chain mounted on valve stem or handle. Tag to be a minimum of 1” in diameter and numbers at least 1/4” high stamped into tag. Valves and plumbing lines shall be labeled clearly with the source or destination descriptions. B. Install an identification chart in a plastic or glass framed enclosure, which schematically illustrates the proper operation of all piping systems and indicates number and location of all valves and control devices within the system. C. The direction of flow for the recirculation equipment shall be labeled clearly with directional symbols such as arrows on all piping in the equipment area. Where the recirculation equipment for more than one pool is located on site, the equipment shall be marked as to which pool the system serves. 3.08 TESTS A. Perform tests in presence of Designated Representative with no pressure loss or noticeable leaks. B. Do not include valves and equipment in tests. Include connection to previously tested sections if systems are tested in sections. C. Perform tests as follows: SWIMMING POOL MECHANICAL – 13 11 07 Boardman Recreation Center 13 11 07 - 8 System Test Pressure Test Medium Duration Skimmer Lines and Lawson Main Drain sump lines 20psig Water* 4 hours Pool Piping 50 psig Water* 4 hours Pool Main Drains 30 psig Water* 4 hours Domestic Water 150 psig Water* 4 hours *Never test PVC pipe or fittings with air or other gases, always use water. 3.09 PIPE MATERIAL APPLICATION A. PVC Schedule 40: Below grade swimming pool piping and domestic water piping up to 12” line size; use standard solvent weld fittings. B. PVC Schedule 80: Above grade swimming pool piping up to 12” line size; use solvent weld Schedule 80 or epoxy coated cast iron fittings. C. Type L Hard Copper: Above grade domestic water piping. D. CPVC Schedule 80; Pool Heater Piping. E. Schedule 40 Steel: Natural gas piping. 3.10 CUTTING AND DRILLING A. Cutting or drilling necessary for installation of Work of this Section shall be done only with approval of Designated Representative. 3.11 CLOSING-IN OF UNINSPECTED WORK A. Do not cover or enclose Work before testing and inspection. Re-open Work prematurely closed and restore all Work damaged. 3.12 QUIETNESS A. Quietness is a requirement. Eliminate noise, other than that caused by specified equipment operating at optimum conditions, as directed by Designated Representative. 3.13 FLUSHING OF LINES A. Flush or blow out pipes free from foreign substances before installing valves, stops or making final connections. Clean piping systems of dirt and dust prior to initial start-up. B. Just prior to plastering the pool, under the observations of the IOR, the pool mechanical system shall be flushed using the pool circulation pump. Circulate water through the mechanical system until the effluent water from the pool return heads runs clean. 3.14 CLEAN-UP A. After all Work has been tested and approved, the Swimming Pool Contractor shall thoroughly clean all parts of the equipment installations, including all pool pipe and fittings in the pool mechanical room. Exposed parts shall be cleaned of cement, plaster and other materials and all grease and oil spots removed with solvent. B. The Swimming Pool Contractor shall remove debris from the Project site. Cartons, boxes, packing crates and excess materials not used, occasioned by this work shall be disposed of to the satisfaction of the Designated Representative. C. If the above requirements of clean-up are not performed to the satisfaction of the Designated Representative, the Owner reserves the right to order the work done, the cost of which shall be borne by the Swimming Pool Contractor. END OF SECTION SWIMMING POOL ELECTRICAL – 13 11 08 Boardman Recreation Center 13 11 08 - 1 SWIMMING POOL ELECTRICAL PART 1 – GENERAL 1.01 APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS A. Products and Execution defined in this Section shall be commissioned. Refer to 01 91 13 for scope of work and responsibilities related to commissioning. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide labor, materials and equipment as required to install the swimming pool electrical system including but not limited to: 1. A complete and operable system of service equipment, switchboards, panelboards, conduits, switches, time clocks and wiring for power and lighting, motor control centers. 2. Junction and/or pull boxes, conduits, disconnects, starters, contactors, wiring and connection of all motors and mechanical equipment, including connection and wiring of line voltage controls associated with the mechanical systems. 3. Swimming pool underwater lighting systems. 4. Swimming pool fill systems. 5. Complete grounding system as required and shown on the Drawings. 6. Adjusting and preliminary operation of the completed electrical system as described in Article 3.06, A of this Section. 7. Cleaning of all completed Work and installation adjustment of all trim and decorative items. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications of Workers: 1. The entity performing the work of this Section shall have been successfully engaged in the respective trade for at least five (5) years immediately prior to commencement of the Work. 2. For actual construction operations, use only trained and experienced workers with a minimum of three (3) years experience with the materials and methods specified. 3. Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of the work of this Section, with a minimum of five (5) years experience with the type of materials being installed, the referenced standards, and who shall direct all Work performed under this Section. B. Ordinances and Codes: Materials and construction shall conform with all applicable code requirements, including: 1. National Electrical Code; Electrical Safety Orders of the State of Oregon; Department of Industrial Relations; regulations of the State Fire Marshal; rules and regulations of the Board of Underwriters of the Pacific. C. Verification of Conditions: 1. The locations shown on the Drawings are diagrammatic only and the exact finish location of equipment and materials cannot be indicated. Therefore, locations of all Work and equipment shall be verified to avoid interferences, preserve head room and keep openings and passageways clear. Changes shall be made in locations of equipment and materials which may be necessary to accomplish these purposes. D. Preliminary Operations and Testing: 1. Motor driven equipment shall be tested for correct rotation and completion of all connections. 1.04 SUBMITTALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS A. Provide submittals in conformance with the requirements of Section 01 30 00. B. Required submittals include: 1. Conduit and Fittings as specified in Article 2.02 of this Section. 2. Panelboards as specified in Article 2.06 of this Section. SWIMMING POOL ELECTRICAL – 13 11 08 Boardman Recreation Center 13 11 08 - 2 3. Circuit Breakers as specified in Article 2.07 of this Section. 4. Motor Starters as specified in Article 2.10 and 2.11 of this Section. 5. Fuses as specified in Article 2.13 of this Section. 6. Time Clocks as specified in Article 2.14 of this Section. 7. Ground Fault Circuit Interrupters as specified in Article 2.15 of this Section. C. Submit proof of qualifications as specified in Article 1.03.A of this Section. 1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Delivery: Deliver all materials to the Project Site in the manufacturer’s original unopened containers with all labels intact and legible. B. Storage: Store all materials under cover in a manner to prevent damage and contamination, and store only the specified materials at the Project site. C. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect swimming pool electrical materials before, during, and after installation and to protect the installed Work specified in other Sections. PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Materials shall be new, in unbroken packages and bear the U.L. label of approval. B. Equipment of one type shall be by same manufacturer. One type of equipment for classifications such as: 1. Switchboards, panels, buss duct, disconnect switches and allied items. 2. Conduit. 3. Wire. 4. Conduit fittings. 5. Fixtures of the same general type. 6. Wiring devices. 2.02 CONDUIT AND FITTINGS A. Conduit within or under buildings or where exposed outdoors shall be rigid threaded, hot dipped, galvanized, or U.L. approved plastic except where noted otherwise on the Drawings. Metallic conduit shall be of the same metal between outlets or terminals. B. Use flexible metallic conduit only for short connections of motors and where specifically called for on Drawings. Maximum length shall be 40". Use only liquid tight flexible metal conduit. Install an unbroken #12 AWG insulated copper grounding conductor in each liquid tight flexible conduit with permanent connection at motor junction box and service panel ground. C. Protect, before installation, metallic conduit runs in all slabs laid on grade or in contact with the earth or exposed in damp locations, with two (2) heavy coats of asphaltum rust-resisting compound. D. Encase conduits 2-1/2" or larger run underground, outside, or under buildings, in concrete envelopes a minimum of 3" thick, except as indicated otherwise on Drawings or stubouts. Conduits 2 and smaller laid 18" below finish surface in soil. E. Low voltage runs underground outside buildings, 1-1/4" or smaller, may be G.I. or sherardized steel conduit, with machine applied wrapping equal to double wrap or Scotch-Wrap #50 tape, half lapped and quadrupled at joints in lieu of concrete encasement. F. Service conduits through foundations or concrete members shall run through metal sleeves with adequate clearances for full movement of the conduit. Do not run conduits through footings. G. Secure conduits run exposed on surfaces with one hole heavy-duty straps or fasten with matching fittings to inserts or trapezes, parallel to building walls and ceilings. SWIMMING POOL ELECTRICAL – 13 11 08 Boardman Recreation Center 13 11 08 - 3 H. Cap all conduit or duct stub-outs with standard factory caps; except cap threaded steel conduit with B.I. water pipe caps in outdoor locations. I. Use conduit fittings as manufactured by Crouse-Hinds Company, Appleton Electric Co., or approved equal. J. Employ U.L. liquid tight fittings for use with liquid tight flexible metal conduit. K. Use unions as manufactured by Appleton, O-Z/Gedney, or approved equal. The use of running threads will not be permitted. L. Exposed conduit in chemical rooms shall be rigid NEMA 3R Type suitable for installation in corrosive atmospheres. 2.03 GROUNDING A. Bond together and ground to a common ground at a single point all metallic conduit, piping systems, pool reinforcing steel, metal parts of ladders, lifeguard stands, handrails and their supports and the like. The bonding conductor shall not be smaller than #8 copper. 2.04 WIRING CONNECTIONS A. Make connections without strain on conductors, allowing the conductors to take a natural position after connections or taps are made. Include all strand of wire in making the connection. B. Make connections for wiring by one of the following means: 1. Make all taps or connections to conductors with compression type connectors except those smaller than #8 B&S gauge may have soldered connections. Solderless connections for #10 AWG or smaller may be used and shall be "Scotchlok", Buchanan, or approved equal. For #8 AWG or larger, they shall be T&B "LockTite", Burndy "Versitaps", or approved equal. 2. All cable or conductor terminal lugs shall be Burndy "Quicklug", Ilsco, or approved equal. Two piece stamped lugs and solder lugs will not be approved. 3. Paint taped splices in damp or outdoor locations with two (2) coats of insulating paint. 4. Tag all branch circuit wires with circuit number at the panelboard and at each point of use with linen or plastic tags. 2.05 CONDUCTORS A. Description: Single conductor insulated wire. B. Conductor: copper. C. Insulation Voltage Rating: 600 volts. D. Insulation: CEC; Stranded wire, Type THHN/THWN or XHHW insulation for feeders and branch circuits #8 AWG and larger solid wire, Type THHN/THWN or XHHW insulation for feeders and branch circuits #10 AWG and smaller. E. Select one type and use for entire installation, except as indicated for special purpose. F. For conductors installed in areas subjected to temperatures exceeding 140 degrees F., including terminating in incandescent lighting fixtures and installed through or into housing containing ballasts, provide Type THHN. G. For conductors installed in exposed conduit outside of buildings and conduit within or just under roofing material, provide Type XHHW. H. Control Circuits for Mechanical Equipment: Use 600 volt Underwriters' type THWN conductors except where subject to abnormally high temperatures such as on or near boilers. Under these conditions, use Type XHHW. I. Conductor insulation shall be color coded to indicate phase leg, voltage and use. J. Conductor insulation type, size and U.L. approval shall be printed with permanent white paint on SWIMMING POOL ELECTRICAL – 13 11 08 Boardman Recreation Center 13 11 08 - 4 conductor insulation, continually repeating. K. Minimum Size of Conductors: #12 AWG copper, unless otherwise indicated. L. Conductors shall be new and shall have been manufactured within 12 months of the date of delivery to the site and continuously stored where protected from the sun, heat or weather. M. Deliver conductor to the site in their original cable reels or in their original unbroken packages. N. Provide conductor packages and cable reels plainly marked or tagged with U.L. labels, AWG size, voltage rating, insulation type, type of stranding, manufacturer's name, trade name and month and year when manufactured. 2.06 CONDUCTOR INDENTIFICATION A. All secondary branch circuit conductors (No. 10 AWG & smaller) throughout the project shall be provided with color coded insulation as follows: 208Y/120V Phase 480Y/277 Black A Brown Red B Orange Blue C Yellow White Neutral Gray Green Ground Green 2.07 MOTOR WIRING A. Make final connections to motors with the required AWG (Minimum #12), Flamenol machine tool wire, 19 strand. Control wiring for equipment shall be Flamenol machine tool wire, 19 strand of required AWG. Provide junction boxes at each item of equipment to change from standard building wiring to machine tool wire. B. Phase motors as proper in direction of rotation. 2.08 PANELBOARDS A. Panelboards shall be flush or surface mounting as indicated with circuit breakers as shown on panel schedule, hinged lockable doors, index card holders and proper bussing. B. Where indicated on the drawings, panelboards shall be furnished with subfeed breakers and/or lugs, split bussing, contractors, time switches, relays, etc., as required. C. All panelboards shall be keyed alike. D. All panelboards shall be finished with one coat of zinc chromate and coat of primer sealer after a thorough cleaning where exposed to public view (e.g., corridors, covered passages, offices, etc.) and gray in switchboard, janitor's heater and storage rooms. Prime coated panelboard shall be painted to match surroundings after installation. Panelboards shall be fabricated of sheet steel of the following minimum gauges: Doors and trim #12; enclosure - code gauge steel. E. Furnish all panelboards and terminal cabinets with Yale 46515 flush locks and LL806 keys except where indicated otherwise herein. Fasten the trim to panel boards and terminal cabinet by means of concealed, bolted or screwed fasteners accessible only when the door is open. F. Panelboards 208/120 volt, three phase, 4 wire, S/N or 120/240 volt, single phase, 3 wire, S/N. Panelboard types as manufactured by: 1. Westinghouse . . . . . . . . . Type B10B 2. General Electric or I.T.E. . . Type NLAB 3. Square D . . . . . . . . . . . Type NQOB G. Panelboards for 480/277 volt, three panes, 4 wire, S/N. Panelboard types as manufactured by: 1. Westinghouse . . . . . . . . . Type Pow-R-Line 2 2. General Electric . . . . . . . Type AE SWIMMING POOL ELECTRICAL – 13 11 08 Boardman Recreation Center 13 11 08 - 5 3. Square D . . . . . . . . . . . Type NEHB 4. Sylvania . . . . . . . . . . . Type NH1B 5. I.T.E. . . . . . . . . . . . Type Approved Equal H. Panelboard for bussing sizes thru 400 amp shall be 20" wide surface mounted type. Recess mounted type shall have a 20" wide (maximum) recess metal enclosure with trim plate cover extending 1" on all sides of enclosure. Depth shall be 5-3/4" nominal. Height of panel as required for devices. I. Provide 6" additional gutter space in all panels where double lugs are required, or where cable size exceeds bus size. Minimum bottom gutter space shall be 6" high. 12" additional gutter space may be required for aluminum feeders where used. J. Panelboards shown on the drawings with relays, time clocks or other control devices shall have a separate metal barriered compartment mounted above panel with separate hinged locking door to match panelboard. Provide mounting sub-base in cabinet for control devices and wiring terminal strips. K. Panelboard shall have a circuit index card holder removable type, with clear plastic cover. Index card shall have numbers imprinted to match circuit breaker numbers. 2.09 CIRCUIT BREAKERS A. Breakers shall have a minimum short circuit interrupting rating of 10,000A symmetrical for panelboard voltage thru 240 volt and 14000A for panelboards thru 600 volts or as specified on the drawings. In no case shall the interrupting rating be less than the bus withstand rating unless noted otherwise on the drawings. B. Circuit breakers as manufactured by the following companies only are acceptable: 1. General Electric Company 2. Square D Company 3. Westinghouse Company 4. I.T.E. Company C. Circuit breakers shall be arranged in the panels so that the breakers of the proper trip settings and numbers correspond to the numbering in the panel schedules on the drawings. Circuit numbers of breakers shall be black-on-white micarta tabs or other previously approved method. Circuit number tabs which can readily be changed from front of panel will not be accepted. Circuit number tabs shall not be attached to or be a part of the breaker. D. Where two or three pole breakers occur in the panels, they shall be common trip units. Single pole breakers with tie-bar between handles will not be accepted. E. All circuit breakers shall be padlockable in the "off" position. Locking facilities shall be riveted or mechanically attached to the circuit breaker (submit sample for approval). Other means of attachment shall not be accepted without prior written approval of Architect. F. Where branch circuit breakers supply the power to motors and signal systems, the breakers shall be furnished with lockout clips, mounted in the "on" position. The breakers shall be able to trip automatically with lockout clips in place. G. Panelboard circuit breakers shall be bolt-on type. 2.10 BUSSING A. Bussing shall be rectangular cross section copper, or full length silver or tin-plated aluminum. B. Bussing shall be braces to withstand symmetrical short circuit ratings as follows or as noted on drawings. In no case shall bus short circuit bracing be less than specified circuit breakers. C. Each panelboard shall be equipped with a ground bus secured to the interior of the enclosure. The bus shall have a separate lug for each ground conductor. No more than one conductor shall be SWIMMING POOL ELECTRICAL – 13 11 08 Boardman Recreation Center 13 11 08 - 6 installed per lug. 2.11 TERMINAL CABINETS A. Terminal cabinets shall be fabricated of code gauge sheet steel for flush mounting (except where noted a surface) of size indicated on the drawings, and complete with hinged lockable doors and the number of 2-way screw terminals required for termination of all conductors. Terminal cabinet locks to operated form same key used for panelboards. The trim to terminal cabinets shall be fastened by means of concealed bolted or screwed fasteners accessible behind door to terminal cabinets. Terminal cabinets shall have 5/8" plywood backing. Cabinets shall be finished with one coat of zinc chromate and one coat of primer sealer after a thorough cleaning where exposed to public view Prime coated cabinets shall be painted to match surroundings after installation. B. Provide engraved nameplate on each cabinet indicating its designation and system (i.e., Swimming Pool - Panel ‘SP’). 2.12 MOTOR CONTROL INDIVIDUAL STARTERS A. Manual Motor Starters: 1. Provide flush or surface mounting manual motor starters with number of poles and size of thermal overload heaters as required for the motor being controlled (equipped with overload heaters, one for each motor lead). Back boxes shall be supplied with all flush mounting starters whether they are toggle type requiring only a 4" square outlet box or the larger type requiring a special box and cover designed to accept the particular unit. 2. Unless otherwise noted on the drawings, all manual starters for single phase motors, smaller than 1 h.p., shall be the compact toggle type. Manual starters for all single phase motors, 1 to 5 h.p., and all three phase motors up to 5 h.p. shall be the heavy duty type. 3. Where manual motor starter is shown with pilot light, the pilot light shall be installed in a separate outlet box adjacent to the starter outlet, and engraved nameplate in indicate function of pilot light. 4. The following motor starters as manufactured by: Manufacture Single Phase 1HP and Below Others Arrow Hart Type RL Type LL General Electric CR 101 Class CR 1062 I.T.E. Class C10, C11 or C12 Class C20 Square D Company Class 2510, Type A Class 2510, Type B & C Westinghouse Type MS Type A100 Allen Bradley Approved Equal Approved Equal. B. Individual Magnetic Motor Starters: 1. Magnetic motor starters shall be A.C. line voltage, across-the-line units in NEMA Type I enclosure, unless other types of enclosures are indicated. 2. All starters located outside of a building whether or not indicated shall be W.P. (weatherproof), and all starters noted W.P. shall be furnished in NEMA type 4 cast or stainless steel enclosures. 3. Starter shall be horsepower rated for the motor controlled, and shall be equipped with properly sized overload elements. Every pole shall be with overload element. 4. Verify the exact motor current and voltage characteristics with the Contractor supplying the motor before installation of a starter. 5. Each starter shall be equipped with "Hand-Off-Auto" switch or stop-start pushbutton as required. 6. Coils shall be designed to operate on voltage indicated on control diagrams and have built-in- under the voltage release for coil circuit to drop motor starter off the line when the line voltage drops below normal operating voltage. 7. The coil control circuit shall be independently fused, sized to protect coil. 8. Starters to be equipped with running pilot light indication with a "Push-to-Test" feature. 9. Magnetic starters shall have a minimum of two auxiliary contacts. Additional auxiliary contacts SWIMMING POOL ELECTRICAL – 13 11 08 Boardman Recreation Center 13 11 08 - 7 shall be provided as required to comply with the requirements of the wiring diagrams on the electrical and mechanical drawings and the description of the function in the Mechanical Section of the Specifications. 10. Minimum starter size shall be NEMA size I unless indicated otherwise. 11. The following types of magnetic motor starters as manufactured by: Manufacture Type General Electric Class CR 106 I.T.E. Class A20 Square D Company Class 8536 Westinghouse Type A200 (Size 4 Max.) or Class II-200 (Sizes 5-8) 2.13 INDIVIDUAL COMBINATION MOTOR STARTERS A. Combination starter shall incorporate fused disconnect switch and individual magnetic motor starter in a common enclosure. Combination starters shall be mounted in general purpose enclosures unless otherwise indicated on the plans. Starters shall comply with NEMA standards, size and horsepower as indicated on drawings General Electric, Square D, Westinghouse or I.T.E. B. The disconnect handle used on combination starters shall control the disconnect device with the door opened or closed. The disconnect handle shall be clearly marked as to whether the disconnect device is "ON" or "OFF", and shall include a two-color handle grip, the black side visible in the "OFF" position indicating a safe condition, and the red side visible in the "ON" position indicating an unsafe or danger condition. C. All starters used in combination starters shall be manufactured in accordance with the latest published NEMA standards, sizes, and horsepower ratings. These starters shall be furnished with three melting alloy type thermal overload relays. D. Thermal units shall be of one-piece construction and interchangeable. The starter shall be inoperative if a thermal unit is removed. 2.14 MOTOR CONTROL INTERLOCKS AND CONTROL DEVICES A. Refer to mechanical and plumbing drawings and specifications and provide all control devices including time switches, relays and interconnection of starters of required. B. Mount all relays and time switches in a separate compartment in motor control center unless otherwise indicated. C. Whether shown on mechanical and plumbing drawings or control center schedules or not, where motors are controlled by external devices (i.e., thermostats, relays, float or pressure switches, etc.) or interlocked with other motors, each motor starter to be equipped with a "Hand-Off-Auto" selector switch in starter cover. Other starters equipped with a "Start'Stop" pushbutton station in starter cover. 2.15 FUSES A. Fuses shall be dual element, current limiting type, U.L. Class RK5 unless otherwise indicated on the drawings. Provide one spare set of fuses of each size and type in each motor control center. 2.16 TIME CLOCKS A. Time clocks shall be provided for all underwater lighting systems and swimming pool circulation pumps not controlled by filter microprocessors. B. Contacts shall have a minimum rating of 40 amperes at 277V. C. Timing motor shall be heavy duty synchronous, self starting, high torque type, and shall be rated SWIMMING POOL ELECTRICAL – 13 11 08 Boardman Recreation Center 13 11 08 - 8 at 120, 208, 240, 277 volt 60 Hz. D. Motor shall operate normally at temperature range of -60 degrees Fahrenheit to +120 degrees Fahrenheit. E. Dial shall be 3" diameter, clearly calibrated with day/night zones and 24 hour rotation, with gear to provide one revolution yearly which automatically varies the on/off settings each day according to seasonal changes. Day and month of the year shall show clearly through calendar window on the dial. F. Time clocks shall be equipped with 7-spoke omitting wheel marked with days of the week. G. Time clocks shall be housed in a flush enclosure where supply circuits emanate from a flush mounted panelboard and surface enclosure when supply circuits are from a surface mounted panel. H. Acceptable manufacturers are Tork, Paragon, or approved equal. 2.17 GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTERS A. Minimum rating shall be 20 amperes, 125V, 5 milliampere trip setting, Class A per UL943. B. Manufacturer to be Crouse-Hinds, Leviton, or approved equal. 2.18 BOXES A. Boxes shall be of the size required by ordinances or larger, and of pressed galvanized code gauge steel where concealed or exposed on ceilings. Exposed boxes on walls below 7'6" shall be cast steel similar to "FA" condulets. B. Outlets to be surface where wiring is exposed and flush in areas where conduit is concealed. C. Provide surface outlets with proper galvanized steel surface cover. Box and cover shall be deep enough to provide at least 1/4" clearance between back of device and back of box. Where box contains more than one device, use proper gang box with proper cover. Surface outlet boxes shall be of the threaded hub type wherever below 8'0". D. Provide exposed junction boxes with proper flat blank galvanized cover. If necessary for cable installation, additional pull boxes or junction boxes may be installed in accessible locations. E. Where pull boxes larger than outlet boxes are required, galvanized code gauge sheet steel boxes may be used with covers attached by brass machine screws. Boxes exposed to the weather shall be approved for the purpose, and conduit entrances shall be on the bottom made by means of an interchangeable hub with gasket and adapter nut. Pull boxes not shown on Drawings may be added only after approval of size and location is obtained. F. For outlets exposed to weather or where noted, cast outlet boxes shall be Crouse-Hinds, Appleton, or approved equal. Boxes shall have proper number and size hubs. Device plates, covers, adapters and boxes shall be as manufactured by Crouse-Hinds, Appleton, or approved equal. G. Exposed junction boxes, outlet boxes and pull boxes for pool chemical rooms shall be NEMA 3R type suitable for corrosive atmosphere, non-metallic. 2.19 IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS A. Plainly mark all motor and electrical appliance control equipment indicating the equipment controlled with engraved metal tags. B. Provide laminated plastic nameplates on panelboards on the outside of the door at the top indicating panel designation and feeder source. C. Provide laminated plastic nameplates on distribution switchboards and motor control centers at the top center indicating panel designation and feeder source. SWIMMING POOL ELECTRICAL – 13 11 08 Boardman Recreation Center 13 11 08 - 9 D. Identify each distribution switchboard and motor control center circuit breaker with a laminated plastic nameplate indicating its' use. E. Type panelboard directories on the forms provided with the equipment, indicating the use of each branch circuit breaker. F. Fasten all laminated plastic nameplates to surfaces with two (2) or more screws. PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Verify conditions at the Project site before submitting bid. Be responsible for providing all necessary wiring for the new electrical systems. Wherever wiring is being disrupted due to remodeling or changes, reconnect existing and provide new wiring circuits to accomplish a fully operable system at no additional cost to the Owner. 3.02 COORDINATION A. The Drawings are essentially diagrammatic and indicate the desired location, size, routes, connection points, etc., and are to followed as closely as possible. Proper judgment must be exercised in executing the Work so as to provide the best possible installation in the available space and to overcome difficulties, limitations or interference wherever encountered. Be responsible for the correct placement of this Work, the proper location and connection in relation to Work of other trades, for determining the exact location of all conduits, outlets and equipment, and for installing the conduits in such a manner as to conform to the structure, avoid obstruction, preserve headroom and keep openings and passageways clear. Particular attention is directed to the close coordination required on exposed Work. Locations shown on Architectural or Mechanical Drawings if different than those shown on Electrical Drawings should be communicated to the Designated Representative in writing for clarification. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Trenching and Backfill: Conform with requirements of Section 13 11 01. Provide minimum cover as required by Code. B. Conduit Installation: 1. Conduit and metallic raceway systems shall be mechanically and electrically continuous from sources of current to all outlets in a manner to provide a continuous grounding path. Close ends of conduit during construction to prevent entrance of dirt or moisture. 2. Securely fasten conduit to the building construction within three feet of each outlet and within every ten feet thereafter. Secure it to boxes, cabinets, pull boxes, terminals with two locknuts and ends equipped with bushings or a terminal fitting. Cut square with ends carefully reamed. 3. Make bends or elbows so that the conduit will not be injured or flattened. 4. Use insulated metallic bushings in all places where bushings are required. 5. Run exposed conduits level or plumb and parallel to the construction members of the building. No cutting across or diagonal runs will be permitted. Neatly surmount structural obstructions encountered on conduit runs by the use of fittings or pull boxes. 6. Identify feeder conduits by stamped metal tags secured to exposed section of conduit in main or sub-panels. 7. Make up all threaded conduit joints gas and watertight with conductive sealer except conduit above ground in dry indoor locations. 8. Rigidly support all boxes independently of the conduit system. C. Connections to Equipment: 1. Fully connect, in an approved manner, all electrical outlets, apparatus, motors, equipment, fixtures, wiring devices and appliances whether they are installed under the Electrical Contract or not, which require electrical connections, to the corresponding electrical system outlet. 2. Where the Work of this Section requires connections to be made to equipment that is SWIMMING POOL ELECTRICAL – 13 11 08 Boardman Recreation Center 13 11 08 - 10 furnished and set-in-place under other Sections, obtain such roughing-in dimensions from the manufacturer or supplier of each item as required and assume full responsibility for the installation of the connections thereto. 3.04 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEAN-UP A. Preliminary Operation: Should the Designated Representative deem it necessary to operate the electrical installation or any part thereof prior to Substantial Completion of the Work, consent to such preliminary operation and supervise conduction of same. Subcontractor shall pay all costs occasioned by such operation. Preliminary operation shall not be construed as an acceptance of any Work installed under this Contract. B. Clean-up: Upon completion of the Work of this Section, immediately remove all swimming pool electrical materials, debris and rubbish occasioned by this Work to the approval of the Designated Representative. END OF SECTION SWIMMING POOL WATERPROOFING – 13 11 09 Boardman Recreation Center 13 11 09 - 1 SWIMMING POOL WATERPROOFING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Furnish all labor, materials, tools and equipment as necessary to perform Cement Waterproofing on new and existing structures as shown on drawings and as specified in this section. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 13, Section 13 11 02 “Cast-in-Place Concrete.” 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications of Workers: 1. The entity performing the work of this Section shall have been successfully engaged in the respective trade for at least five (5) years immediately prior to commencement of the Work. 2. For actual construction operations, use only trained and experienced workers with a minimum of three (3) years experience with the materials and methods specified. 3. Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of the work of this Section, with a minimum of five (5) years experience with the type of materials being installed, the referenced standards, and who shall direct all Work performed under this Section. B. Standards: 1. ASTM C 39/C 39M - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens; 1999. 2. ASTM C 109 - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars. 3. ASTM C 267 - Standard Test Methods for Chemical Resistance of Mortars, Grouts, and Monolithic Surfacings and Polymer Concretes; 1997. 4. ASTM C 321 - Standard Test Method for Bond Strength of Chemical-Resistant Mortars. 5. ASTM C 348 - Standard Test Method for Flexural Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars. 6. ASTM E 96 - Standard Test Method for Water Vapor Transmission of Materials. 7. ASTM E 329 - Standard Specification for Agencies Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection of Materials Used in Construction; 1998a. 8. COE CRD-C 48 - Standard Test Method for Water Permeability of Concrete; 1992. 9. NSF 61 - Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects; 2000a. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit under provisions of Section 01 45 00. B. Product Data: Manufacturer’s printed data sheet, for specified products. C. Test Reports: Certified test reports showing compliance with specified performance characteristics and physical properties. 1. Testing Agency: Independent laboratory meeting the requirements of ASTM E 329 and certified by the United States Bureau of Standards. D. Certificates: Product certificates signed by manufacturer certifying that: 1. Materials comply with specified performance characteristics and physical requirements. 2. Installer is qualified and approved by manufacturer. E. Manufacturer’s installation instructions. F. Manufacturer's report on field inspection of substrates, prior to installation. G. Executed warranties. 1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING SWIMMING POOL WATERPROOFING – 13 11 09 Boardman Recreation Center 13 11 09 - 2 A. Deliver and store in a dry area between 40ºF (5ºC) and 90ºF (32ºC). Handle and protect from freezing and direct sun light in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Deliver materials in manufacturer's unopened containers, fully identified with brand, type, grade, class and all other qualifying information. Provide Material Safety Data Sheets for each product. C. Take necessary precautions to keep products clean, dry and free of damage. 1.05 SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS A. Coordinate waterproofing installation with other trades. B. Provide materials and accessories in timely manner so as not to delay Work. 1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Maintain surfaces to be waterproofed and surrounding air temperature at not less than 40ºF (5ºC). Apply only when temperatures are steady or rising. B. Do not apply materials to frozen or frost-filled surfaces. C. Exercise caution when temperatures exceed 90ºF (32ºC). PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Xypex Chemical Corporation; 13731 Mayfield Place, Richmond, BC V6V 2G9. ASD. Tel: (800) 961-4477 or (604) 273-5265. Fax: (604) 270-0451. E-mail: info@xypex.com. www.xypex.com. 2. AQUAFIN, Inc. 505 Blue Ball Road, #160. Elkton, MD, 21921. Phone (800) 394-1410, or (410) 392-2300, Fax (410) 392-2324; e-mail info@aquafin.net. 3. Hycrete, Inc.; 462 Barrell Ave, Carlstadt, NJ, 07072. Phone: (201) 386-8110. Fax: (201) 386-8155. www.hycrete.com B. Requests for substitutions will be considered only if submitted to the architect/engineer in writing and must include substantiation of product performance, 10 days prior to the original bid date. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Waterproofing Material - Acrylic Modified Cement Waterproofing: Cementitious, two-component, acrylic emulsion based, highly flexible, crack bridging waterproof membrane barrier against positive water pressure, with the following characteristics: 1. Product: AQUAFIN-2K/M or Xypex two coat crystalline waterproofing or Hycrete W500 2. Color: Gray 3. Dry Component-A: Precise blend of cementitious material 4. Liquid Component-B: White acrylic emulsion and admixtures 5. Working Time: Approximately 45 minutes 6. Shore A Hardness: > 90 7. Bond/Adhesion: (ASTM C-321) 215 psi (1.5 MPa) @ 28 days 8. Tear Resistance: 190 psi (1.3 MPa) at 68oF (20oC) 9. Elongation: (%) 60 (gray); 40 (white) at 68oF (20oC) 10. Elongation: (mils) 40 (gray); 25 (white) 11. Crack bridging capacity: (inch) 1/16 (gray) (1.5 mm) 12. Vapor Permeability: (US Perms) 1.2 (ASTM E-96) 13. Waterproofing: (CRD C 48-92) Withstands 200 psi = 460 feet (14 bar = 140 m) hydrostatic pressure (positive side) at 3/32 (2.4 mm) thickness. 14. Penetration: At least 2 inches (50 mm) penetration of crystal-forming material, evidenced by scanning electron microscope photographs. 15. Chemical Resistance: No detrimental effects when tested using 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) compressive strength concrete in accordance with ASTM C 267 using hydrochloric acid (pH of 3.5), brake fluid, transformer oil, ethylene glycol, toluene, and caustic soda as test SWIMMING POOL WATERPROOFING – 13 11 09 Boardman Recreation Center 13 11 09 - 3 mediums for duration of 84 days each; minimum of 14 percent increase in concrete compressive strength when tested in accordance with ASTM C 39/C 39M. 16. Potable Water Contact Approval: NSF certification for use on structures holding potable water, based on testing in accordance with NSF 61. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Examine all construction substrates and conditions under which waterproofing materials are to be installed. Do not proceed with the waterproofing application until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Protect adjacent surfaces not designated to receive waterproofing. B. Substrate preparation: 1. Remove oil, grease, dirt, loose particles, remains of form oils, water repellents, rust or other coatings by high-pressure water blasting (>3000 psi), wet or dry sand blasting, or other mechanical means to produce surfaces suitable for application of waterproofing. 2. Follow manufacturer's instructions to clean and prepare surfaces and seal cracks and joints. 3. Voids in concrete substrates: 1/4-inch (6 mm) diameter and larger, pre-treat with a cementitious mortar. Less than 1/4-inch (6 mm) diameter can be filled with a scratch coat of two-component waterproofing material. C. Rinse surfaces to be waterproofed (excluding drywall or similar) with clean water to saturated surface dry (SSD) condition, with no standing water on horizontal surfaces. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Mix two-component waterproofing material in proportions recommended by manufacturer. B. Taping: 1. Apply two-component waterproofing material by brush in a six to seven inch (15 – 18 cm) wide strip coat centered over all joints, cracks, penetrations and changes of plane to be taped. 2. While this coat is still wet, unroll joint sealing tape into the coating and apply a coat of two- component waterproofing material over the tape, smoothing out wrinkles and fish mouths. C. Positive Side Waterproofing: 1. Apply two-component waterproofing material in quantities as per manufacturer's specifications and recommendations: a. Apply at 60 mils or 1/16” (1.5 mm) total thickness for water levels up to 2-feet (0.60 m). b. Apply at 90 mils (2.4 mm) total thickness for water depth greater than 2-feet (>0.60 m). D. Application considerations: 1. Apply, using stainless steel trowel, tampico brush, short nap roller, or appropriate compressed-air spray equipment. 2. If needed, such as in zones posed to movement or cracking, plaza decks, the waterproofing material can be additionally reinforced with a reinforcing mesh (supplied by waterproofing manufacturer), embedded between two waterproofing layers. 3. Apply only when surface and ambient temperatures are 40oF (5oC) and rising. At high temperatures i.e. 86oF (30oC) and above) protect application from direct sun and wind to prevent premature surface drying and shrinkage cracks. Apply material in two coats minimum. 4. Application thickness should not exceed 1/8-inch (120 mils (3 mm)). 5. Do not bridge cracks greater than 1/16-inch (1.5 mm). 6. Bridge dynamic cracks or joints with elastomeric joint sealing tape, as supplied by waterproofing manufacturer. 7. Do not overcoat waterproofing material with solvent-based materials. SWIMMING POOL WATERPROOFING – 13 11 09 Boardman Recreation Center 13 11 09 - 4 8. Prime and protect alkali sensitive metals such as copper, aluminum, galvanized or zinc treated metal before over-coating with waterproofing material. Follow manufacturer’s recommendations for primer material. 3.04 CURING A. Follow manufacturer's general instructions for curing and hardening of waterproofing material. Do not use water for curing. Waterproofing material is self-curing. B. Protect surfaces from rain, frost and premature dehydration. 3.05 ACCEPTANCE A. Remove left over materials and any foreign material resulting from the work from the site. B. Clean adjacent surfaces and materials occasioned by this Work to the approval of the Owner. END OF SECTION 2901 Blake Street, Suite 100, Denver, CO 80205 Denver 303.861.8555 Issue Date: Project: Original Issuance: COPYRIGHT - DAVIS PARTNERSHIP, P.C. OF: 3/10/2016 8:32:44 PM EPIC POOL RENOVATION 03/11/2016 2015 1801 Riverside Ave, Fort Collins, CO 80525 15809.00 VOLUME ISSUE 01 01 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 2301 Blake Street, Suite 100 Denver, CO 80205 303.861.8555 Denver DPA Project: Sheet Number: COPYRIGHT - DAVIS PARTNERSHIP, P.C. Sheet Title: Consultant Revision Date No. Sheet Information Project Information Location Map Project Team Original Issuance Date Code Summary Sheet Index 3/11/2016 4:48:54 PM 15809.00 G-001 EPIC POOL RENOVATION 1801 Riverside Ave, Fort Collins, CO 80525 SHEET INDEX AND PROJECT DATA 2015 CONSTRUCTION 03/11/2016 DOCUMENTS Number Sheet REVISION NAME REVISION DATE General G-000 COVER G-001 SHEET INDEX AND PROJECT DATA G-002 ABBREVIATIONS & SYMBOLS Structural S100 GENERAL NOTES & DETAILS Architectural Demolition AD100 DEMOLITION PLAN - OVERALL AD101 DEMO & RENOVATION - POOL MECH RM Architectural A-100 FLOOR PLAN - OVERALL A-310 RENOVATION DETAILS A-311 RENOVATION DETAILS A-599 FINISH TRANSITION DETAILS A-721 DOOR SCHEDULE A-730 DOOR DETAILS Plumbing P-100 PLUMBING LEVEL 1 FLOORPLANS Electrical E-000 ELECTRICAL LEGEND E-001 ELECTRICAL EXISTING ONE-LINE E-002 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS E-100 ELECTRICAL LEVEL 1 FLOORPLAN Aquatics DP-1 EXISTING POOL DEMOLITION PLAN TP-1 THERAPY POOL LAYOUT PLAN / SECTIONS KP-1 KIDS POOL LAYOUT PLAN / SECTIONS CP-1 COMPETITION POOL LAYOUT PLAN CP-2 COMPETITION POOL PLUMBING LAYOUT PLAN CP-4 COMPETITION POOL SECTIONS CP-5 DETAILS # X-### SIM WALL SECTION REFERENCE EXTERIOR ELEVATION REFERENCE DIMENSION LINE DOOR TAG CENTERLINE ROOM TAG ROOM NAME #### GRID LABEL #/X ELEVATION LABEL INTERIOR ELEVATION REFERENCE 8' - 2" AREA TAG AREA NAME 150 SF INTERIOR PARTITION TYPE TAG WINDOW TAG NORTH ARROW 0' 2' 4' 8' 16' GRAPHIC SCALE SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" # X-### SIM BUILDING SECTION REFERENCE # X-### SIM SPOT ELEVATION X-### # SIM. REVISION CLOUD AND TAG 100'-0" NOTE AND LEADER PAINT TO MATCH (E) DETAIL CALLOUT DETAIL ELEVATION REFERENCE CEILING HEIGHT TAG CURTAIN WALL TAG EXTERIOR SYSTEM TAG # X-### # # # PWS_MET2A X-### 1 Ref 1 Ref 1 Ref 1 Ref ## 1' - 0" STRUCTURAL GENERAL NOTES _____________________________________________________________________________________________ DESIGN LOADS: 2012 International Building Code with the City of Fort Collins Amendments. Risk Category II Standard _____________________________________________________________________________________________ REINFORCED CONCRETE: Design is based on ACI 318 "Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete." Concrete work shall conform to ACI 301 "Specifications for Structural Concrete." Structural concrete shall have the following properties: | | Max | | Slump, | Entrained | | | |f'c, psi| W/C | Maximum | inches |Air, percent|Cement|Admixtures,| Intended Use | 28 day | Ratio | Aggregate |(+/- 1")| (+/- 1.5%)| Type | Comments | Curbs | 4,000 | 0.45 | 3/4" Stone | 4 | 2 | I/II | | Pads | 4,000 | 0.45 | 3/4" Stone | 4 | 2 | I/II | | Detailing, fabrication, and placement of reinforcing steel shall be in accordance with SP-66 "ACI Detailing Manual." Welded wire fabric shall conform to ASTM A1064. Reinforcing bars shall conform to ASTM A615, Grade 60, except ties or bars shown to be field-bent, which shall be Grade 40. Bars to be welded shall conform to ASTM A706. All reinforcing bars shall be epoxy coated. Unless noted otherwise on the Structural Drawings, lap bars 50 diameters (minimum). At corners and intersections, make horizontal bars continuous or provide matching corner bars for each layer of reinforcement. Trim openings in walls and slabs with 2-#5 for each layer of reinforcement, fully developed by extension or hook. In continuous members, splice top bars at mid-span and splice bottom bars over supports unless otherwise noted. Except as noted on the drawings, concrete protection for reinforcement in cast-in-place concrete shall be as follows: All bars: 2" All doweled bars shall be tied in place. Wet stabbing of bars is not permitted. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ STRUCTURAL STEEL: Structural steel shall be detailed, fabricated, and erected in accordance with the "Specification for Structural Steel Buildings" (AISC 360) and the "Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges" (AISC 303) by the American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC). Structural steel wide flange beams and WTs shall conform to ASTM A992-06a, 50 ksi yield. Rolled steel floor plates shall conform to ASTM A786-05, Commercial Grade. Other rolled shapes, including plates, channels, WTs, and angles shall conform to ASTM A36-08, 36 ksi yield. All steel members shall be hot-dipped galvanized. Anchor rods shall conform to ASTM F1554-99, Grade 55 as noted on the Structural Drawings with weldability supplement S1. All anchor rods shall be hot-dipped galvanized or equal. Welding shall be done by a certified welder in accordance with the AISC documents listed above, the American Welding Society (AWS) D1.1: 2010 Structural Welding Code, and the recommendations for use of weld E70 electrodes. Where not specifically noted, minimum weld shall be 3/16" fillet by length of contact edge. All post-installed anchors shall have current International Code Council Evaluation Service (ICC-ES) reports and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's requirements. Post installed bolts and rebar shall use an approved ahesive type, see Detail. Grout beneath column base and beam bearing plates shall have a minimum 28-day, compressive strength of 7,500 psi and shall be non-shrink, non-metallic, and tested in accordance with ASTM C1107-13. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ SHOP DRAWINGS: ICE MECHANICAL ROOM 1234567891011 12 49 T APPED M6 (B OS S ON LY) 10∅ BOSS MOU NT ED OV ER 2 2∅ C/W HEXAGON C AP HOL E NI C H AMB ER WA LL 3/4 " NPT N IPP LE HOL E IN CHAMBER WAL L MO U N TED THRO U GH 20∅ UV PROB E HOUSI NG HOL E NI C H AMB ER WA LL MOU NT ED OV ER 3 0∅ UV PR OB E H OU SI NG 12'-5'' 6'-5'' 4'-11'' 4'-5'' 3'-11'' UP UP UP D01 D01 D04 D04 D04 D04 D04 AD101 A1 V.I.F. 5' - 9" +/- D04 D19 D19 D19 D19 D19 D19 D19 ALT-19 ALT-20 V.I.F. 161' - 9 3/8" +/- V.I.F. 6' - 6 3/8" +/- ALT-20 ALT-20 ALT-12 ALT-12 ALT-12 ALT-12 ALT-12 TYP TYP D20 D20 UP UP D11 D13 D12 D08 D09 D14 D14 D15 NEW 4FT DOOR AS REQ'D FOR D16 D15 D10 D18 F08 F05 F04 F06 F10 F10 F10 F10 F10 F10 F12 F13 F09 F14 F14 ALT-21 ALT-16 F06 F11 F11 ALT-27 (LIGHT FIXTURE REPLACEMENT) ALT-16 140A 140B 142 D08 D11 D12 D13 D15 D14 D14 D09 FOR NEW 4'-0" DOOR AS REQ'D MAINTAIN THIS SIDE OF OPENING EXPAND THIS SIDE OF OPENING D17 D17 D18 D18 D15 ICE MECHANICAL ROOM 49 TAP PE D M6 (B OS S ON LY) 10∅ BOSS MOU NT ED OV ER 2 2∅ C/W HEXAGON C AP HOL E NI C H AMB ER WA LL 3/4 " NPT N IPP LE HOL E IN CHAMBER WAL L MO U N TED THRO U GH 20∅ UV PROB E HOUSI NG HOL E NI C H AMB ER WA LL MOU NT ED OV ER 3 0∅ UV PR OB E H OU SI NG 12'-5'' 6'-5'' 4'-11'' 4'-5'' 3'-11'' UP UP UP (E) FD (E) FD (E) FD (E) FD (E) FD (E) FD (E) FD (E) FD (E) FD (E) FD (E) FD (E) FD (E) FD (E) FD (E) FD (E) FD (E) FD (E) FD (E) FD (E) FD (E) FD (E) FD (E) FD (E) FD (E) FD (E) FD (E) FD (E) FD (E) FD (E) FD (E) FD (E) FD (E) FD (E) FD (E) FD (E) FD (E) FD (E) FD (E) FD (E) FD (E) FD (E) FD AD101 C1 A311 A4 B4 A311 3A A311 Sim SEE ALSO A1/AD101 FLOOR ACCESS COVER 3C A310 RECESS 6" RECESS CURB 5" EXIST'G MATCH V.I.F. 4' - 6" +/- DOOR 140A: SEE SCHEDULE SALVAGED MTL GRATING GALVANIZED STL CATWALK FRAMING; MOUNT PER STRUCT, APPLY COATINGS PER 09 9600 (BASE BID) EXIST'G MTL GRATING & FRAMING TO REMAIN WATERPROOFING 2' - 0" ACRYLIC MODIFIED CEMENT WATERPROOFING ON WALL BEYOND; CONTINUOUS FROM 2ND COURSE CMU ABOVE POOL DECK ELEVATION TO CONC. 8" BELOW POOL DECK ELEVATION INCLUDING BEHIND CATWALK FRAMING, REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS 13 1109 8" CONC. WALL EXTENSION, DOWEL INTO EXIST'G TANK WALLS AS REQ'D AND BOND SECURELY TO ADJACENT WALLS AT ENDS TO CREATE WATER-TIGHT SEAL, SEE STRUCT DETAIL 3/S100 EXTENSION 8" 100'-0" POOL DECK ELEVATION VERIFY THICKNESS OF MTL GRATING AND COORD. W/ DEPTH OF RECESS CURB 8" CONC. 8" TALL CONC. CURB, DOWEL INTO EXIST'G SLAB AS REQ'D AND BOND SECURELY AT OPENING JAMBS TO CREATE WATER-TIGHT SEAL, SEE STRUCT PROVIDE CHAMFERED CORNERS AT CONC PER STRUCT, TYP ALT-21 RE: (E) FRAME TO REMAIN: ALT-16 ALT-16 ALT-16 EXISTING DOOR (BEYOND) TO REMAIN IN PLACE 3C A310 UP B4 A311 2' - 6" V.I.F. 3' - 8" +/- 3' - 0" OF DIVING BOARD MOUNTS MATCH ORIGINAL SETBACK 2' - 10" 3' - 6" EQ EQ MATCH ORIGINAL CENTERLINE OF DIVING BOARD EQ EQ POOL GUTTER LIP TYP 4" TYP 4" COVE BASE TILE, TYP. BASE BID: CT-2 ALT-12: CT-1 ALT-12 FROM POOL GUTTER LIP & MAINTAIN REGULATION DISTANCES FOR COMPETITION CERTIFICATION CONCRETE PADS, SEE STRUCT DETAIL 6/S100 APPROXIMATE POSITION OF DIVING PLATFORM BASES, ATTACHMENT TO MATCH OR EXCEED EXISTING ATTACHMENT PER STRUCT. DE-MOUNTING, STORAGE, THEN REINSTALLATION AND RE-CERTIFICATION BY OWNER'S CONSULTANT POOL DECK 100' - 0" V.I.F. AS REQ'D CHAMFERED EDGES, TYP. EXISTING 1M DIVING PLATFORMS REMOUNTED ATOP PADS: DIVING BOARDS TO BE DEMOUNTED, STORED, THEN RE-INSTALLED AND RE-CERTIFIED FOR COMPETITION USE BY OWNER'S CONSULTANT REINF. CONCRETE MOUNTING PADS, SEE STRUCT 6/S100 4" 4" 4" 4" 6" COVE BASE TILE, TYP. BASE BID: CT-2 ALT-12: CT-1 ALT-12 ALT-12 N.T.S. CONCRETE INFILL 2'' TYP. 3'-0'' LUG NUT EXISTING RESILIENT FLOORING PORCELAIN FLOOR TILE FLOOR TRANSITION SCHLUTER-RENO-V, REFER TO 09 3013 ALT-12 EXISTING ALUM. STOREFRONT DOOR PORCELAIN FLOOR TILE SEALED / STAINED CONCRETE FLOOR TRANSITION SCHLUTER-RENO-RAMP, ALT-12 REFER TO 09 3013 COVE BASE TILE 6" BULLNOSE TOP EDGE, TYP. INTEGRAL RADIUS COVE AT BASE TYPICAL GROUT JOINT TYPICAL FLOOR TILE ON THINSET OVER BROWN COAT, SLOPED TO DRAINS; MAX SLOPE 1/4" - 1'-0" EXISTING UNIT MASONRY WALL ALT-12 ALT-12 CONTINUOUS SEALANT JOINT PER 07 9200, NO GROUT AT EDGE CONDITION ALONG STOREFRONT TYPICAL FLOOR TILE ON THINSET OVER BROWN COAT, SLOPED TO DRAINS; MAX SLOPE 1/4" - 1'-0" EXISTING INTERIOR STOREFRONT SILL ALT-12 2301 Blake Street, Suite 100 Denver, CO 80205 303.861.8555 Denver 1 A B C D E 2 3 4 5 6 A B C D E 1 2 3 4 5 6 FLUSH HM DOOR F RE: SCHEDULE RE: SCHEDULE HM FRAME HM-1 HM FRAME HM-3 RE: SCHEDULE 2" 2" RE: SCHED 2" RE: SCHEDULE 4" 2" RE: SCHED 2" 2301 Blake Street, Suite 100 Denver, CO 80205 303.861.8555 Denver 1 A B C D E 2 3 4 5 6 A B C D E 1 2 3 4 5 6 DPA Project: Sheet Number: COPYRIGHT - DAVIS PARTNERSHIP, P.C. Sheet Title: Revisions Date No. Sheet Information Project Information Issuance Date Consultant 3/11/2016 4:40:17 PM 15809.00 A721 CITY OF FORT COLLINS EPIC POOL RENOVATION 1801 RIVESIDE AVE. FORT COLLINS, CO 80525 DOOR SCHEDULE 2015 CONSTRUCTION 03/11/2016 DOCUMENTS 1 DOOR 1/4" = 1'-0" TYPES 2 FRAME 1/4" = 1'-0" TYPES DOOR SCHEDULE DR. # ROOM DOOR LEAF FRAME FIRE RATING (MIN) HARDWARE SET DETAILS CHLORINE RM 142 EXTERIOR 8" 8" CHAMFERED EDGES, TYP. PER STRUCT DOWEL CURB TO EXIST'G FLOOR SLAB AS REQ'D AND CREATE WATER-TIGHT BOND AT ADJACENT WALLS, SEE STRUCT DETAIL 2/S100 DOOR LINTEL, SEE STRUCT 8" CONC. CURB AT DOOR SILL TO CHEM. ROOM, SEE STRUCT 2/S100 EXIST'G EXTERIOR WALL 1' - 2" +/- V.I.F. 107'-4" R.O. HEIGHT 4" CMU CLOSURE AT LINTEL PATCH NEW OPENING AT HEAD AND JAMBS W/ OVER-SIZE BRICK SALVAGED FROM DEMO WORK, REPLACE W/ NEW TO MATCH EXIST'G IF REQ'D S.S. THRESHOLD SET IN ADHESIVE BED, SEE DOOR H.W. SCHEDULE PROVIDE SHEET MTL FLASHING AT NEW LINTEL TO ALLOW PROPER WEEPING AT BRICK CAVITY EXTERIOR FRP DOOR, SEE SCHEDULE C5 A730 (E) MASONRY WALL, MAINTAIN JAMB AT THIS SIDE OF EXISTING DOOR OPENING 142 PROVIDE FRAME ANCHORS AS REQ'D FOR ATTACHMENT OF DOOR FRAME AT JAMBS 8" CONC. CURB AT DOOR SILL TO CHEM RM, SEE STRUCT 2/S100 V.I.F. 5' - 8" +/- OVERLAP 4' - 4" R.O. 8" CURB OVERLAP 8" CURB CHLORINE RM 142 S.S. THRESHOLD SET IN ADHESIVE BED PATCH HEAD AND THIS JAMB OF 12 ICE MECHANICAL ROOM ICE MECHANICAL ROOM 2301 Blake Street, Suite 100 Denver, CO 80205 303.861.8555 Denver 1 A B C D E 2 3 4 5 6 A B C D E 1 2 3 4 5 6 DPA Project: Sheet Number: COPYRIGHT - DAVIS PARTNERSHIP, P.C. Sheet Title: Revisions Date No. Sheet Information Project Information Issuance Date Consultant 2/15/2016 5:57:11 PM 15809.00 CITY OF FORT COLLINS EPIC POOL RENOVATION 1801 RIVESIDE AVE. FORT COLLINS, CO 80525 2015 CONSTRUCTION 03/11/16 DOCUMENTS 14143 Denver West Pkwy. Suite 300 Golden CO, 80401 303.421.6655 www.me-engineers.com P-100 PLUMBING LEVEL 1 FLOORPLANS NORTH 1) - PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN - OVERALL LEVEL 1 NORTH 3) - PLUMBING ENLARGED FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL 1 PUMP ROOM 2) - EMERGENCY SHOWER AND EYEWASH DETAIL 2301 Blake Street, Suite 100 Denver, CO 80205 303.861.8555 Denver 1 A B C D E 2 3 4 5 6 A B C D E 1 2 3 4 5 6 DPA Project: Sheet Number: COPYRIGHT - DAVIS PARTNERSHIP, P.C. Sheet Title: Revisions Date No. Sheet Information Project Information Issuance Date Consultant 2/15/2016 5:57:11 PM 15809.00 CITY OF FORT COLLINS EPIC POOL RENOVATION 1801 RIVESIDE AVE. FORT COLLINS, CO 80525 2015 CONSTRUCTION 03/11/16 DOCUMENTS 14143 Denver West Pkwy. Suite 300 Golden CO, 80401 303.421.6655 www.me-engineers.com E-000 ELECTRICAL LEGEND 03/11/16 MOTOR CONTROL CENTER "MCC" 3P100A 60FRS 3P30A 12FRS 100A 30A 3P30A 25FRS 30A 3P30A 17 1/2FRS 30A AHU-1 AHU-3 AHU-4 AHU-5 SECTION A (300A) 3P60A 50FRS AHU-2 3P30A 17 1/2FRS 30A RF-3 (2 SPEED) (2 SPEED) SECTION B (300A) 3P30A 9FRS 30A RF-1 3P30A 9FRS 30A RF-2 3P30A 5 6/10FRS 30A RF-4 3P30A 9FRS 30A RF-5 3P30A 3 2/10FRS 30A EF-6 3P30A 9FRS 30A TF-1 SECTION C (300A) 3P30A 2FRS 30A P-1 3P60A 60A P-2 60FRS SECTION 16010 ELECTRICAL GENERAL 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 THE "GENERAL CONDITIONS" AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS" OF THE ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS GOVERN WORK FOR ALL ELECTRICAL DIVISION SECTIONS. THIS SECTION "GENERAL ELECTRICAL PROVISIONS" SHALL APPLY TO ALL ELECTRICAL SECTIONS. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK A. PROVIDE ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT TO CONSTRUCT AND INSTALL COMPLETE ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AS DESCRIBED HEREIN AND SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. B. ANY APPARATUS, APPLIANCE, MATERIAL OR WORK NOT SHOWN ON DRAWINGS BUT MENTIONED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, OR VICE VERSA, OR ACCESSORIES NECESSARY TO MAKE THE WORK COMPLETE IN ALL RESPECTS AND READY FOR OPERATION, EVEN IF NOT PARTICULARLY SPECIFIED, SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY THE CONTRACTOR WITHOUT ADDITIONAL EXPENSE TO THE OWNER. C. WITH SUBMISSION OF BID, THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL GIVE WRITTEN NOTICE TO OWNER OF ANY MATERIALS OR APPARATUS BELIEVED INADEQUATE OR UNSUITABLE, WORK SHOWN THAT IS IN VIOLATION OF CODES, ORDINANCES, RULES, AND ANY NECESSARY ITEMS OR WORK OMITTED. IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH A WRITTEN NOTICE, IT IS MUTUALLY AGREED THAT THE CONTRACTOR HAS INCLUDED THE COST OF ALL REQUIRED ITEMS IN HIS PROPOSAL AND THAT HE WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE APPROVED SATISFACTORY FUNCTIONING OF THE ENTIRE SYSTEM WITHOUT EXTRA COMPENSATION. D. DESIGN DRAWINGS ARE DIAGRAMMATIC AND DO NOT SHOW ALL OFFSETS, BENDS, ELBOWS OR OTHER SPECIFIC ELEMENTS WHICH MAY BE REQUIRED FOR PROPER INSTALLATION OF WORK. SUCH WORK SHALL BE VERIFIED AT THE JOB SITE AND THE REQUIRED ACCESSORIES AND ROUTING SHALL BE PROVIDED TO COMPLETE THE WORK AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. THE RIGHT IS RESERVED TO MAKE ANY REASONABLE CHANGES IN OUTLET, LIGHTING OR EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS, PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN WITHOUT ANY ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. "REASONABLE CHANGE" SHALL BE INTERPRETED AS INCLUDING ANY CHANGES OF UP TO SIX FEET FROM THE LOCATIONS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. CHANGES SHALL BE APPROVED BY ENGINEER OR ARCHITECT PRIOR TO EXECUTION OF WORK. E. ALL ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH THE TENANT MANUAL AND THE BASE BUILDING SPECIFICATIONS. F. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR ALTERNATES AND ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. 1.3 WORK INCLUDED THOSE ITEMS INCLUDED UNDER THIS SECTION OF SPECIFICATIONS SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT NECESSARILY BE LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: A. LIGHTING, RECEPTACLE, AND DISTRIBUTION PANELBOARDS. B. BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING FOR ALL DEVICES INDICATED ON THE PLANS AND DESCRIBED IN SPECIFICATIONS. C. LIGHTING FOR ALL AREAS INDICATED INCLUDING ALL SWITCHES, BALLASTS, LAMPS, ETC. D. POWER FOR ALL AREAS INDICATED, INCLUDING RECEPTACLES, BOXES, COVERPLATES AND MISCELLANEOUS WIRING DEVICE. E. TEMPERATURE CONTROL CONDUIT, PULLCORDS, AND JUNCTION BOXES. F. COORDINATION WITH BASE BUILDING OWNER, ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER FOR TIE INTO BASE BUILDING ELECTRICAL SERVICE, TELEPHONE, AND FIRE ALARM. 9 10 11 12 ICE MECHANICAL ROOM 2301 Blake Street, Suite 100 Denver, CO 80205 303.861.8555 Denver 1 A B C D E 2 3 4 5 6 A B C D E 1 2 3 4 5 6 DPA Project: Sheet Number: COPYRIGHT - DAVIS PARTNERSHIP, P.C. Sheet Title: Revisions Date No. Sheet Information Project Information Issuance Date Consultant 2/15/2016 5:57:11 PM 15809.00 CITY OF FORT COLLINS EPIC POOL RENOVATION 1801 RIVESIDE AVE. FORT COLLINS, CO 80525 2015 CONSTRUCTION 03/11/16 DOCUMENTS 14143 Denver West Pkwy. Suite 300 Golden CO, 80401 303.421.6655 www.me-engineers.com E-100 ELECTRICAL LEVEL 1 FLOORPLAN NORTH NORTH 03/11/16 ICE These drawings and specifications are the property and copyright of Aquatic Design Group, Inc. and shall not be used on any other work except by agreement with Aquatic Design Group, Inc. Written dimensions shall take preference over scaled dimensions and shall be verified on the job site. Any discrepancy shall be brought to the notice of Aquatic Design Group, Inc. prior to the of any work. DRAWING TITLE DRAWING NO. ARCHITECT DRAWN BY CHECKED BY DATE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION PROJECT NO. REVISIONS AP SJF 3.11.2016 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS No. 37926 EXISTING POOL DEMOLITION PLAN DP-1 These drawings and specifications are the property and copyright of Aquatic Design Group, Inc. and shall not be used on any other work except by agreement with Aquatic Design Group, Inc. Written dimensions shall take preference over scaled dimensions and shall be verified on the job site. Any discrepancy shall be brought to the notice of Aquatic Design Group, Inc. prior to the of any work. DRAWING TITLE DRAWING NO. ARCHITECT DRAWN BY CHECKED BY DATE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION PROJECT NO. REVISIONS AP SJF 3.11.2016 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS No. 37926 THERAPY POOL LAYOUT PLAN / SECTIONS TP-1 These drawings and specifications are the property and copyright of Aquatic Design Group, Inc. and shall not be used on any other work except by agreement with Aquatic Design Group, Inc. Written dimensions shall take preference over scaled dimensions and shall be verified on the job site. Any discrepancy shall be brought to the notice of Aquatic Design Group, Inc. prior to the of any work. DRAWING TITLE DRAWING NO. ARCHITECT DRAWN BY CHECKED BY DATE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION PROJECT NO. REVISIONS AP SJF 3.11.2016 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS No. 37926 KIDS POOL LAYOUT PLAN / SECTIONS KP-1 These drawings and specifications are the property and copyright of Aquatic Design Group, Inc. and shall not be used on any other work except by agreement with Aquatic Design Group, Inc. Written dimensions shall take preference over scaled dimensions and shall be verified on the job site. Any discrepancy shall be brought to the notice of Aquatic Design Group, Inc. prior to the of any work. DRAWING TITLE DRAWING NO. ARCHITECT DRAWN BY CHECKED BY DATE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION PROJECT NO. REVISIONS AP SJF 3.11.2016 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS No. 37926 COMPETITION POOL LAYOUT PLAN CP-1 These drawings and specifications are the property and copyright of Aquatic Design Group, Inc. and shall not be used on any other work except by agreement with Aquatic Design Group, Inc. Written dimensions shall take preference over scaled dimensions and shall be verified on the job site. Any discrepancy shall be brought to the notice of Aquatic Design Group, Inc. prior to the of any work. DRAWING TITLE DRAWING NO. ARCHITECT DRAWN BY CHECKED BY DATE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION PROJECT NO. REVISIONS AP SJF 3.11.2016 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS No. 37926 COMPETITION POOL PLUMBING LAYOUT PLAN CP-2 ICE MECHANICAL ROOM 100'-0" These drawings and specifications are the property and copyright of Aquatic Design Group, Inc. and shall not be used on any other work except by agreement with Aquatic Design Group, Inc. Written dimensions shall take preference over scaled dimensions and shall be verified on the job site. Any discrepancy shall be brought to the notice of Aquatic Design Group, Inc. prior to the of any work. DRAWING TITLE DRAWING NO. ARCHITECT DRAWN BY CHECKED BY DATE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION PROJECT NO. REVISIONS AP SJF 3.11.2016 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS No. 37926 COMPETITION POOL SECTIONS CP-4 These drawings and specifications are the property and copyright of Aquatic Design Group, Inc. and shall not be used on any other work except by agreement with Aquatic Design Group, Inc. Written dimensions shall take preference over scaled dimensions and shall be verified on the job site. Any discrepancy shall be brought to the notice of Aquatic Design Group, Inc. prior to the of any work. DRAWING TITLE DRAWING NO. ARCHITECT DRAWN BY CHECKED BY DATE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION COPYRIGHT © 2015 AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED PROJECT NO. REVISIONS PROJECT INFORMATION AP SJF 3.11.2016 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS No. 37926 D O U G L A S R E X F E R R E L L C O L O R A D O R E G I S T E R These drawings and specifications are the property and copyright of Aquatic Design Group, Inc. and shall not be used on any other work except by agreement with Aquatic Design Group, Inc. Written dimensions shall take preference over scaled dimensions and shall be verified on the job site. Any discrepancy shall be brought to the notice of Aquatic Design Group, Inc. prior to the of any work. DRAWING TITLE DRAWING NO. ARCHITECT DRAWN BY CHECKED BY DATE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION COPYRIGHT © 2015 AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED PROJECT NO. REVISIONS PROJECT INFORMATION AP SJF 3.11.2016 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS No. 37926 D O U G L A S R E X F E R R E L L C O L O R A D O R E G I S T E R These drawings and specifications are the property and copyright of Aquatic Design Group, Inc. and shall not be used on any other work except by agreement with Aquatic Design Group, Inc. Written dimensions shall take preference over scaled dimensions and shall be verified on the job site. Any discrepancy shall be brought to the notice of Aquatic Design Group, Inc. prior to the of any work. DRAWING TITLE DRAWING NO. ARCHITECT DRAWN BY CHECKED BY DATE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION COPYRIGHT © 2015 AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED PROJECT NO. REVISIONS PROJECT INFORMATION AP SJF 3.11.2016 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS No. 37926 D O U G L A S R E X F E R R E L L C O L O R A D O R E G I S T E R These drawings and specifications are the property and copyright of Aquatic Design Group, Inc. and shall not be used on any other work except by agreement with Aquatic Design Group, Inc. Written dimensions shall take preference over scaled dimensions and shall be verified on the job site. Any discrepancy shall be brought to the notice of Aquatic Design Group, Inc. prior to the of any work. DRAWING TITLE DRAWING NO. ARCHITECT DRAWN BY CHECKED BY DATE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION COPYRIGHT © 2015 AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED PROJECT NO. REVISIONS PROJECT INFORMATION AP SJF 3.11.2016 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS No. 37926 D O U G L A S R E X F E R R E L L C O L O R A D O R E G I S T E R These drawings and specifications are the property and copyright of Aquatic Design Group, Inc. and shall not be used on any other work except by agreement with Aquatic Design Group, Inc. Written dimensions shall take preference over scaled dimensions and shall be verified on the job site. Any discrepancy shall be brought to the notice of Aquatic Design Group, Inc. prior to the of any work. DRAWING TITLE DRAWING NO. ARCHITECT DRAWN BY CHECKED BY DATE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION COPYRIGHT © 2015 AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED PROJECT NO. REVISIONS PROJECT INFORMATION AP SJF 3.11.2016 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS No. 37926 D O U G L A S R E X F E R R E L L C O L O R A D O R E G I S T E R These drawings and specifications are the property and copyright of Aquatic Design Group, Inc. and shall not be used on any other work except by agreement with Aquatic Design Group, Inc. Written dimensions shall take preference over scaled dimensions and shall be verified on the job site. Any discrepancy shall be brought to the notice of Aquatic Design Group, Inc. prior to the of any work. DRAWING TITLE DRAWING NO. ARCHITECT DRAWN BY CHECKED BY DATE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION COPYRIGHT © 2015 AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED PROJECT NO. REVISIONS PROJECT INFORMATION AP SJF 3.11.2016 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS No. 37926 D O U G L A S R E X F E R R E L L C O L O R A D O R E G I S T E R These drawings and specifications are the property and copyright of Aquatic Design Group, Inc. and shall not be used on any other work except by agreement with Aquatic Design Group, Inc. Written dimensions shall take preference over scaled dimensions and shall be verified on the job site. Any discrepancy shall be brought to the notice of Aquatic Design Group, Inc. prior to the of any work. DRAWING TITLE DRAWING NO. ARCHITECT DRAWN BY CHECKED BY DATE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION PROJECT NO. REVISIONS AP SJF 3.11.2016 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS No. 37926 MECHANICAL ROOM DEMOLITION PLAN MR-1 These drawings and specifications are the property and copyright of Aquatic Design Group, Inc. and shall not be used on any other work except by agreement with Aquatic Design Group, Inc. Written dimensions shall take preference over scaled dimensions and shall be verified on the job site. Any discrepancy shall be brought to the notice of Aquatic Design Group, Inc. prior to the of any work. DRAWING TITLE DRAWING NO. ARCHITECT DRAWN BY CHECKED BY DATE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION PROJECT NO. REVISIONS AP SJF 3.11.2016 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS No. 37926 MECHANICAL ROOM LAYOUT PLAN MR-2 These drawings and specifications are the property and copyright of Aquatic Design Group, Inc. and shall not be used on any other work except by agreement with Aquatic Design Group, Inc. Written dimensions shall take preference over scaled dimensions and shall be verified on the job site. Any discrepancy shall be brought to the notice of Aquatic Design Group, Inc. prior to the of any work. DRAWING TITLE DRAWING NO. ARCHITECT DRAWN BY CHECKED BY DATE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION COPYRIGHT © 2015 AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED PROJECT NO. REVISIONS PROJECT INFORMATION AP SJF 3.11.2016 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS No. 37926 D O U G L A S R E X F E R R E L L C O L O R A D O R E G I S T E R RATING EXPLANATION GUIDE RATING HEALTH HAZARD FLAMMABILITY HAZARD REACTIVITY HAZARD CAN BE LETHAL MAY EXPLODE AT NORMAL TEMPERATURES AND PRESSURES MAY EXPLODE AT HIGH TEMPERATURES OR SHOCK IGNITES AT ABOVE 73° F, BELOW 100° F. CAN CAUSE SERIOUS OR PERMANENT INJURY EXTREMELY FLAMMABLE. IGNITES AT BELOW 73° F. VIOLENT CHEMICAL CHANGE AT HIGH TEMPERATURES OR PRESSURES CAN CAUSE TEMPORARY INCAPACITATION OR RESIDUAL INJURY NORMALLY STABLE. HIGH TEMPERATURES MAKE UNSTABLE CAN CAUSE SIGNIFICANT IRRITATION IGNITES AT ABOVE 200° F. IGNITES AT ABOVE 100° F, BELOW 200° F. NO HAZARD WILL NOT BURN STABLE 4 3 2 1 0 SPECIFIC HAZARD OXIDIZER: ACID: CORROSIVE: ALKALI: USE NO WATER: RADIATION HAZARDS: POLYMERIZES: OX ACID COR ALK W P MURIATIC ACID SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE LEGEND CARBON DIOXIDE COMMON NAME CHEMICAL NAME CAS # FORM JUSTIFICATION MURIATIC ACID 25% 7647-01-0 LIQUID 30 GAL. 30 GAL. CHEM. ROOM MSDS CARBON DIOXIDE 100% 124-39-9 GAS 600 lbs. 600 lbs. CHEM. ROOM CRYOGENIC MSDS % COMP. QUANT. STORED QUANT. IN USE (OPEN/ These drawings and specifications are the property and copyright of Aquatic Design Group, Inc. and shall not be used on any other work except by agreement with Aquatic Design Group, Inc. Written dimensions shall take preference over scaled dimensions and shall be verified on the job site. Any discrepancy shall be brought to the notice of Aquatic Design Group, Inc. prior to the of any work. DRAWING TITLE DRAWING NO. ARCHITECT DRAWN BY CHECKED BY DATE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION COPYRIGHT © 2015 AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED PROJECT NO. REVISIONS PROJECT INFORMATION AP SJF 3.11.2016 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS No. 37926 D O U G L A S R E X F E R R E L L C O L O R A D O R E G I S T E R These drawings and specifications are the property and copyright of Aquatic Design Group, Inc. and shall not be used on any other work except by agreement with Aquatic Design Group, Inc. Written dimensions shall take preference over scaled dimensions and shall be verified on the job site. Any discrepancy shall be brought to the notice of Aquatic Design Group, Inc. prior to the of any work. DRAWING TITLE DRAWING NO. ARCHITECT DRAWN BY CHECKED BY DATE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION COPYRIGHT © 2015 AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED PROJECT NO. REVISIONS PROJECT INFORMATION AP SJF 3.11.2016 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS No. 37926 D O U G L A S R E X F E R R E L L C O L O R A D O R E G I S T E R E D P R O F E S S I O N A L E N G I N E E R DETAILS MR-6 LO 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.0 HI Alarm Cal Set Point pH Feed Cl/Br Feed Failsafe E D P R O F E S S I O N A L E N G I N E E R DETAILS MR-5 -20 -30 60 -10 0 10 20 50 30 40 Hg psi CLOSED) LOCATION (STORAGE & USE) HAZ. CLASSES CORROSIVE LIQUID CARBON DIOXIDE CHEMICAL CLASSIFICATION TABLE HYDROCHLORIC ACID MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE QUANTITY 975 GAL. 1,150 lbs. SODIUM 12.5% 7681-52-9 LIQUID MECH. ROOM MSDS HYPOCHLORITE SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE IRRITANT These drawings and specifications are the property and copyright of Aquatic Design Group, Inc. and shall not be used on any other work except by agreement with Aquatic Design Group, Inc. Written dimensions shall take preference over scaled dimensions and shall be verified on the job site. Any discrepancy shall be brought to the notice of Aquatic Design Group, Inc. prior to the of any work. DRAWING TITLE DRAWING NO. ARCHITECT DRAWN BY CHECKED BY DATE NO. DATE DESCRIPTION COPYRIGHT © 2015 AQUATIC DESIGN GROUP, INC. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED PROJECT NO. REVISIONS PROJECT INFORMATION AP SJF 3.11.2016 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS No. 37926 D O U G L A S R E X F E R R E L L C O L O R A D O R E G I S T E R E D P R O F E S S I O N A L E N G I N E E R DETAILS MR-4 E D P R O F E S S I O N A L E N G I N E E R DETAILS MR-3 (4106'.'8#6+10 (41/211. 61211. #761/#6+%(+.6'4241)4#/'4 2$ 59 # 2$ 4 ) /1&'.4/( ) ) 59 9 2$ 59 DEFENDER FILTER COMPONENTS - INCLUDED IN DEFENDER PACKAGE MARK REFERENCE **D1 PNEUMATIC BUMPING ASSEMBLY NOTES VACUUM TRANSFER VALVE NONE **D2 **D3 **D4 **D5 **D6 QUICK EXHAUST VALVE LIFTING DAVIT VIEWING WINDOW GAUGE PANEL INFLUENT CHECK VALVE AIR OPERATED BUTTERFLY VALVE, NORMALLY OPEN. INSTALL EFFLUENT VALVE DIRECTLY ON PRECOAT TEE. LOCATE ACTUATOR WHERE VALVE CAN BE VIEWED FROM FLOOR. **D7 AIR OPERATED BUTTERFLY VALVE, NORMALLY CLOSED. INSTALL PRECOAT VALVE AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE TO THE PUMP SUCTION PIPING. PRECOAT LINE 2 PIPE DIAMETERS SMALLER THAN EFFLUENT PIPE DIAMETER. (NO LESS THAN 2") MANUALLY OPERATED BUTTERFLY VALVE, NORMALLY OPEN. **D8 **D9 SYSTEM FILL EFFLUENT VALVE PRECOAT VALVE MANUALLY OPERATED BUTTERFLY VALVE, NORMALLY CLOSED. WITH EXTENSION BOLTED DIRECTLY TO TANK BOTTOM (MEDIA DUMP / RINSE) DRAIN LINE MUST BE PLUMBED INDEPENDENTLY TO WASTE. **D10 DRAIN VALVE INSTALL 12" SECTION OF CLEAR PVC ON THE PRECOAT LINE SO THAT IT CAN BE VIEWED WHILE STANDING AT THE FILTER CONTROL PANEL. D11 IN-LINE SIGHT GLASS **D12 **D13 **D14 **D15 NONE RMF CONTROL PANEL FILTER REGULATOR VACUUM TRANSFER UNIT VACUUM TRANSFER HOSE **D16 VACUUM TRANSFER PIPING & FITTINGS SCH.80 PVC FITTINGS & PIPE 1.5" **D17 BALL VALVE 1.5" TRUE UNION, NORMALLY CLOSED. **D18 VACUUM VENT VALVE BALL VALVE 1.5" TRUE UNION, NORMALLY CLOSED. VACUUM DRAIN LINE MUST BE PLUMBED INDEPENDENTLY TO WASTE. VACUUM HOSE VALVE WITH HOSE **D19 BALL VALVE 1.5" TRUE UNION, NORMALLY CLOSED. D20 AIR COMPRESSOR D21 WATER SEPARATOR FILTER ACCESSORY COMPONENTS - AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST MARK REFERENCE F22 GREEN DRIVE VFD NOTES F24 F25 F26 F27 UV STRAINER UV ISOLATION GEAR OPERATED BUTTERFLY VALVE, NORMALLY CLOSED. F28 F29 NONE F31 PRECOAT REDUCING TEE SEWAGE PUMP PUMP STRAINER F32 PUMP THROTTLE VALVE UV TREATMENT SYSTEM UV BYPASS GEAR OR LEVER OPERATED BUTTERFLY VALVE, NORMALLY OPEN. (2) REQUIRED F30 STRAINER ISOLATION LEVER OR GEAR OPERATED BUTTERFLY VALVE, NORMALLY OPEN. NONE GEAR OPERATED BUTTERFLY VALVE, NORMALLY OPEN. F33 RECIRCULATING PUMP F34 PUMP BASE NONE F35 PRECOAT LINE VENT VALVE NORMALLY CLOSED, PRECOAT LINE MUST BE PLUMBED INDEPENDENTLY TO WASTE. F36 1 2" SHUT OFF VALVE NONE AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT SUCH AS HEATERS, CHEMICAL SAMPLE AND FEED LINES, ETC. MUSTE BE LOCATED DOWNSTREAM OF THE EFFLUENT VALVE D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D10 D11 D12 D13 D14 D15 D16 D17 D18 D19 D20 D21 F22 F24 F25 F26 F27 F27 F29 F30 F31 F32 F33 F34 F35 F36 NOTES: EQUIPMENT SHOWN FOR SCHEMATIC PURPOSES ONLY. REFER TO MR-2 FOR MECHANICAL ROOM LAYOUT. PNEUMATIC TUBING OR WIRING NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY. ** - DENOTES EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY OWNER REQUIRED FLANGE BREAK 3/4" VENT LINE WASTE PUMP BALL VALVE 1.5" TRUE UNION, NORMALLY CLOSED. 5HP CAST IRON SEWAGE & TRASH PUMP F28 E D P R O F E S S I O N A L E N G I N E E R DETAILS CP-10 E D P R O F E S S I O N A L E N G I N E E R DETAILS CP-9 E D P R O F E S S I O N A L E N G I N E E R DETAILS CP-8 E D P R O F E S S I O N A L E N G I N E E R DETAILS CP-7 E D P R O F E S S I O N A L E N G I N E E R DETAILS CP-6 E D P R O F E S S I O N A L E N G I N E E R DETAILS CP-5 G. TEMPERATURE CONTROL WIRING (LINE VOLTAGE ONLY). H. DEMOLITION AND RELOCATION OF EXISTING SPACES AND DEVICES AS DESCRIBED IN DOCUMENTS. I. TELE/DATA SYSTEMS RACEWAY J. FIRE ALARM DEVICES, CABLING AND RACEWAYS 1.4 WORK NOT INCLUDED THE FOLLOWING WORK IS NOT INCLUDED UNDER THIS SECTION OF SPECIFICATIONS: A. TELEPHONE, AND DATA CABLING AND EQUIPMENT B. LOW VOLTAGE TEMPERATURE CONTROL WIRING. C. FURNISHING SOUND SYSTEM COMPONENTS. 1.5 CODES AND FEES A. CONTRACTOR SHALL GIVE ALL NECESSARY NOTICES, OBTAIN ALL PERMITS AND PAY ALL TAXES, FEES AND OTHER COSTS IN CONNECTION WITH THIS WORK. HE SHALL OBTAIN ALL REQUIRED CERTIFICATES OF INSPECTION FOR HIS WORK AND DELIVER SAME TO THE OWNER BEFORE REQUEST FOR ACCEPTANCE AND FINAL PAYMENT FOR THE WORK. B. WORK AND MATERIALS SHALL CONFORM TO THE LATEST RULES OF THE NATIONAL BOARD OF FIRE UNDERWRITERS' CODE, REGULATIONS OF THE STATE FIRE MARSHAL, AND WITH APPLICABLE LOCAL AND STATE CODES. NOTHING IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE CONSTRUED TO PERMIT WORK NOT CONFORMING TO THE MOST STRINGENT APPLICABLE CODES. C. THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, APPLICABLE BUILDING CODES AND ANY APPLICABLE LOCAL AMENDMENTS TO THE FOREGOING CODES, AND ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS ESTABLISHED BY THE STATE AND LOCAL FIRE MARSHALS ARE ARE HEREBY MADE PART OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE OWNER OF ANY PART OF THE WORK HE BELIEVES TO BE IN CONFLICT WITH THESE CODES AND REGULATIONS. PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF THE PORTION OF WORK IN QUESTION. D. WHERE CONFLICTS EXIST BETWEEN THESE DOCUMENTS AND APPLICABLE CODES. THE MOST STRINGENT WILL APPLY. 1.6 COORDINATION A. ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS ARE ARRANGED FOR CONVENIENCE ONLY AND DO NOT NECESSARILY DETERMINE WHICH TRADE PERFORMS THE VARIOUS PORTIONS OF THE WORK. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM ALL NECESSARY WORK TO JOIN WITH OR RECEIVE WORK OF OTHER TRADES. B. WORK SHALL BE COORDINATED WITH ALL TRADES TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE CLEARANCE AND ELIMINATE CONFLICTS. C. THE ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL, PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL DRAWINGS SPECIFICATIONS AND CONDITIONS SHALL BE CONSIDERED AS PART OF THE CONDITIONS FOR ELECTRICAL WORK. EXACT ROUTINGS OF RACEWAYS AND LOCATIONS OF OUTLETS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THESE CONDITIONS. SHOULD CONDITIONS DEVELOP THAT RENDER ORIGINAL LOCATIONS UNSUITABLE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CALL ATTENTION TO THIS FACT AND OBTAIN APPROVAL FOR AN ALTERNATE METHOD BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. ALL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH DESIGN CRITERIA. 1.7 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. INFORMATION ON DRAWINGS RELATIVE TO EXISTING SITE CONDITIONS IS APPROXIMATE. DURING THE PROGRESS OF CONSTRUCTION, DEVIATIONS FOUND NECESSARY TO CONFORM TO ACTUAL CONDITIONS SHALL BE REPORTED TO THE OWNER. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY DAMAGE CAUSED TO EXISTING SYSTEMS. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE EXTENT OF DEMOLITION WORK PRIOR TO BID. 1.8 REQUIRED SUBMITTALS A. SUBMIT SIX COPIES OF SHOP DRAWINGS TO OWNER ON ALL MAJOR PIECES OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING LIGHT FIXTURES, STARTERS, CIRCUIT BREAKERS, PANELBOARDS, DISTRIBUTION SWITCHBOARDS. EACH ITEM OF THE SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE PROPERLY LABELED, INDICATING THE INTENDED SERVICE OF THE MATERIAL, THE JOB NAME AND THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR'S NAME. B. SUBMIT SIX COPIES OF MANUFACTURER'S DESCRIPTIVE LITERATURE AND CATALOG CUTS OF STANDARD ELECTRICAL PRODUCTS USED INCLUDING WIRE, CABLES, RACEWAY, SWITCHES, OUTLETS. C. SUBMIT SAMPLES OF CONTROL COMPONENTS AND WIRING DEVICES, INCLUDING TERMINALS, SIGNAL CABLES, CONNECTORS, RECEPTACLE OUTLETS, SWITCHES AND COVER PLATES WHEN REQUIRED. 1.9 RECORD AND AS-BUILT DRAWINGS A. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN A SET OF DRAWINGS AT THE JOBSITE FOR THE EXCLUSIVE PURPOSE OF MAINTAINING A RECORD OF ALL WORK INSTALLED AND TO SHOW ANY DEVIATIONS FROM THE WORK INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. B. AT THE COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT, TWO SET OF REPRODUCIBLE DRAWINGS, SHOWING ALL AS-BUILT CONDITIONS, SHALL BE DELIVERED TO THE OWNER AND BUILDING OWNER FOR ACCEPTANCE PRIOR TO FINAL PAYMENT. REPRODUCIBLE SEPIAS SHALL BE AVAILABLE TO THE CONTRACTOR FROM THE ENGINEER AT COST. 1.10 GUARANTEE A. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, ALL MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT FURNISHED AND INSTALLED UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE NEW, FREE FROM DEFECTS AND SHALL BE GUARANTEED FOR A PERIOD OF ONE (1) YEAR FROM THE TIME OF ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK. SHOULD ANY TROUBLE DEVELOP DURING THIS PERIOD DUE TO FAULTY WORKMANSHIP OR MATERIAL, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH ALL NECESSARY MATERIAL AND LABOR TO CORRECT THE TROUBLE, WITHOUT COST TO THE OWNER. IN DEFAULT, THE OWNER MAY HAVE SUCH WORK DONE AND CHARGE COST TO THE CONTRACTOR. B. WITHIN ONE MONTH PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THE GUARANTEE/WARRANTY PERIOD THE CONTRACTOR SHALL RETURN TO THE BUILDING AND CORRECT ANY AND ALL DEFECTS OR MAINTENANCE COVERED BY WARRANTY. COORDINATE WARRANTY WORK WITH LANDLORD. 1.11 HOUSEKEEPING AND PROTECTION PROTECT AND COVER ALL EQUIPMENT DURING CONSTRUCTION AND CLEAN AND TOUCH UP WHERE NECESSARY TO REMOVE SCARS AND SCRATCHES ON ALL FACTORY PAINTED EQUIPMENT. NAMEPLATES BEARING DESCRIPTIVE DATA SHALL BE LEFT CLEAN AND UNPAINTED. 1.12 TESTS A. THE RIGHT IS RESERVED TO INSPECT AND TEST ANY PORTION OF THE EQUIPMENT AND/OR MATERIALS DURING THE PROGRESS OF ITS ERECTION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL TEST ALL WIRING AND CONNECTIONS FOR CONTINUITY AND GROUNDS BEFORE CONNECTING ANY FIXTURES OR EQUIPMENT. B. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL TEST THE ENTIRE SYSTEM, AS REQUESTED, IN THE PRESENCE OF THE ENGINEER AND LANDLORD WHEN THE WORK IS COMPLETED TO ENSURE THAT ALL PORTIONS ARE FREE FROM SHORTS OR OPEN GROUNDS. ALL EQUIPMENT NECESSARY TO CONDUCT THESE TESTS SHALL BE FURNISHED AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. C. PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED SERVICES FOR FUNDAMENTAL COMMISSIONING AS REQUIRED PER LEED. 1.13 APPROVAL ON COMPLETION OF THE ENTIRE INSTALLATION, THE APPROVAL OF THE OWNER SHALL BE SECURED, COVERING THE INSTALLATION THROUGHOUT. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AND PAY FOR A CERTIFICATE OF APPROVAL FROM THE PUBLIC AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. A FINAL INSPECTION CERTIFICATE SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE OWNER PRIOR TO FINAL PAYMENT. ANY AND ALL COST INCURRED FROM FEES SHALL BE PAID FOR BY THE CONTRACTOR. 1.14 LEED CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL SERVICES AND DOCUMENTATION AS REQUIRED. -END OF SECTION 16010- SECTION 16100 BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SECTION 16010 SHALL APPLY TO THIS SECTION. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK PROVIDE ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES TO CONSTRUCT A COMPLETE AND WORKABLE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM AS SPECIFIED HEREIN AND AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. 1.3 LISTINGS PROVIDE UNDERWRITERS' LABORATORIES, INC. OR ETL TESTING LABORATORIES, INC. LISTED AND LABELED EQUIPMENT FOR ALL ITEMS FOR WHICH U.L. CARRIES A LISTING OR LABELING, UNLESS ITEMS ARE SPECIFICALLY EXEMPTED. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 RACEWAYS AND FITTINGS A. METALLIC CONDUIT INCORPORATED IN ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL CODES AND AMERICAN STANDARDS ASSOCIATION C80-1-1958 (NEMA-110) AND C80-3-1958 (NEMA-112). B. RIGID CONDUIT SHALL BE OF THREADED TYPE, HOT DIP GALVANIZED STEEL. ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING SHALL BE GALVANIZED STEEL. ALL STEEL CONDUIT SHALL BE PROTECTED BY AN OVERALL ZINC COATING. CONDUIT USED UNDERGROUND SHALL HAVE A PROTECTIVE PVC COATING OF MINIMUM 40 MIL THICKNESS ON ALL LENGTHS AND FITTINGS. SCHEDULE 40 PVC MAY BE USED IN WOOD FLOORS AND IN TOPPING CONCRETE IF LOCAL AHJ ALLOWS. C. FLEXIBLE CONDUIT SHALL BE STEEL: MINIMUM 1/2 INCH SIZE, FITTINGS SHALL BE OF SCREWED WEDGE TYPE. NEOPRENE JACKETED LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE CONDUIT SHALL BE USED IN LOCATIONS EXPOSED TO WEATHER OR DAMPNESS AND FOR ALL MOTOR FINAL CONNECTIONS WITH SUITABLE WATERPROOF FITTINGS. MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE DISTANCE SHALL BE 6'-0". D. EMT CONNECTORS AND COUPLINGS SHALL BE STEEL SET-SCREW OR COMPRESSION TYPE: CRIMP-ON TYPE AND CAST FITTINGS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. E. CONDUIT TERMINATIONS 1-1/4 INCH OR LARGER SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH APPROVED INSULATED BUSHINGS. F. APPROVED "CONCRETE TIGHT" AND "WATERTIGHT" FITTINGS SHALL BE USED ON CONDUITS IN THESE LOCATIONS. G. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, MINIMUM CONDUIT SIZES SHALL BE 1/2 INCH FOR LIGHTING AND UNDER FLOOR: 3/4 INCH FOR POWER, 3/4 INCH FOR TELEPHONE, MINIMUM HOMERUN TO ANY PANELBOARD SHALL BE 3/4 INCH. H. NO ROMEX CABLE ALLOWED. MC OR AC SHALL ONLY BE USED BETWEEN LAST JUNCTION BOX AND LIGHTING FIXTURES & RECEPTACLES, ABOVE CEILINGS AND IN GYP. BOARD WALLS ONLY. I. PROVIDE AND INSTALL EXPANSION FITTINGS OR FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT IN EACH RACEWAY WHERE IT CROSSES BUILDING EXPANSIONS JOINTS. 2.2 WIRE AND CABLE A. CONDUCTORS SHALL BE SOLID COPPER U.N.O. AND RATED AT NOT LESS THAN 600 VOLTS, EXCEPT FOR SIGNAL CABLE SPECIFICALLY RATED LOWER. FOR POWER AND LIGHTING MINIMUM SIZE SHALL BE NUMBER 12 AWG (UP TO 75' FOR 120V CIRCUITS & 125' FOR 277V CIRCUITS). FOR LONG HOME RUNS WHERE VOLTAGE DROP IS SIGNIFICANT OR WHERE LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS LIMIT LENGTHS, THE MINIMUM WIRE SIZE SHALL BE INCREASED AS REQUIRED. FOR SIGNAL CABLES NUMBER AND SIZE OF WIRE SHALL BE AS AS INDICATED THE DRAWINGS. ALL WIRE NUMBER 8 AWG OR LARGER SHALL BE STRANDED. B. FIXTURE EXTENSIONS SHALL BE NUMBER 12 AWG. FIXTURE EXTENSIONS SHALL HAVE TEMPERATURE RATING TO CONFORM TO INDIVIDUAL FIXTURE REQUIREMENTS. C. WIRING SHALL BE TYPE THHN, THWN, RHW OR THW, MINIMUM 75 DEGREES C. INSULATION. D. ALL WIRING SHALL BE COLOR CODED PER THE NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE. 2.3 SPLICES AND INSULATION A. WIRE NUT CONNECTORS SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY THOMAS AND BETTS. 3M IDEAL OR APPROVED EQUAL. B. COMPRESSION TYPE WIRE CONNECTORS SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY THOMAS AND BETTS, 3M IDEAL OR APPROVED EQUAL. C. MECHANICAL SCREWED COMPRESSION TYPE CONNECTORS SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY BURNDY, ILSCO OR APPROVED EQUAL. D. INSULATING TAPE SHALL BE MANUFACTURED BY 3M IDEAL OR APPROVED EQUAL. 2.4 WIRING DEVICES A. DEVICES SPECIFIED BY HUBBELL NUMBERS MAY BE EQUIVALENT DEVICES MANUFACTURED BY LEVITON OR ARROW HART. ALL OTHER ITEMS SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED OR NOTED IN THE LEGEND. B. WIRING DEVICE COVERPLATES - 0.04 THICK, TYPE 302 SATIN FINISHED STAINLESS STEEL C. SWITCHES SHALL BE 20 A, 120/277 VOLT. 1. SINGLE POLE - HUBBELL NO. HBL DS120. 2. TWO POLE - HUBBELL NO. HBL DS220. 3. THREE WAY - HUBBELL NO. HBL DS320. 4. FOUR WAY - HUBBELL NO. HBL DS420. D. WALL RECEPTACLE OUTLETS SHALL BE NEMA 5-20R (UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED). HUBBELL NO. HBL 5362. FINISH COLOR SHALL BE BROWN IN ALL MILLWORK LOCATIONS. ALL DEVICES IN OTHER AREAS SHALL BE WHITE.. E. SPECIAL RECEPTACLE OUTLETS SPECIFIED BY NEMA NUMBER SHALL BE HUBBELL. F. ALL EXTERIOR RECEPTACLES TO BE GFI TYPE WITH WEATHERPROOF COVER. 2.5 OUTLET BOXES A. OUTLET BOXES FOR CONCEALED WORK SHALL BE ONE PIECE, PRESSED STEEL, KNOCKOUT TYPE WITH ZINC OR CADMIUM COATING. BOXES SHALL NOT BE SMALLER THAN 4 INCHES SQUARE NOMINAL SIZE EXCEPT WHERE ARE INDICATED. PROVIDE EXTENSION RINGS, PLASTER RINGS AND COVERS NECESSARY FOR FLUSH FINISH. 2.6 DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT NOTE: SWITCHBOARDS, PANELBOARDS, TRANSFORMERS AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES SHALL MATCH EXISTING CUTLER HAMMER ONLY.. A. BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS: BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS SHALL BE SEQUENCE PHASED, FACTORY ASSEMBLED, WITH COPPER BUS, SIZED AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. CABINET SHALL BE MINIMUM 20 INCHES WIDE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. FRONT TRIM SHALL BE DEAD FRONT WITH HINGED DOOR, FLUSH LOCKS AND CONTAIN A TYPEWRITTEN DIRECTORY BEHIND CLEAR PLASTIC IN A METAL FRAME. CABINETS, DOORS AND TRIMS PRIMED FOR FIELD PAINTING TO MATCH SURROUNDING WALL FINISHES. PROVIDE A GROUND TERMINAL BLOCK WITH THE SAME NUMBER OF TERMINAL POINTS AS THERE ARE POLES. 2.7 CIRCUIT BREAKERS A. MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE SAME MANUFACTURER AS PANELBOARDS WITH FRAME, TRIP AND SHORT CIRCUIT RATING AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. B. CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE OF THE BOLT-ON TYPE MOUNTING. C. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE, MINIMUM RMS SYMMETRICAL RATING OF CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE 14,000A AT 480V OR 10,000A AT 208V. D. ALL CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE U.L. LISTED FOR USE WITH 75 C WIRE. E. ALL MULTI-CIRCUI BREAKERS SHALL BE MECHANICALLY CONNECTED SUCH THAT ALL BREAKERS SHARING A NEUTRAL SHALL OPERATE SIMULTANEOUSLY. 2.8 FUSES A. FUSES SHALL BE CLASS RK1. CURRENT LIMITING, DUAL ELEMENT TYPE CAPABLE OF INTERRUPTING 200,000 A RMS SYMMETRICAL. RATINGS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. BUSSMAN LOW-PEAK OR EQUAL BY GOULD SHAWMUT. B. PROVIDE AT LEAST ONE SPARE OF EACH FUSE SIZE USED IN THE PROJECT. 2.9 DISCONNECTS A. DISCONNECTING DEVICES SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR EACH MOTOR. SWITCHES SHALL BE MOTOR-RATED, EXCEPT WHERE OTHERWISE INDICATED. B. DISCONNECT SWITCHES FOR MOTORS RATED 1 HP OR LARGER SHALL BE TYPE A UNFUSED, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, THREE POLE, 208 OR 480 VOLT IN NEMA GENERAL PURPOSE OR WEATHERPROOF ENCLOSURES. C. SWITCHES FOR MOTORS LESS THAN 1 HP SHALL BE TOGGLE TYPE, QUICK MAKE AND BREAK, RATED 1 HP AT 120 VOLTS, WITH THE NUMBER OF POLES REQUIRED, IN SURFACE MOUNT TYPE, NEMA ENCLOSURES. D. SWITCHES LOCATED ON THE EXTERIOR OF THE BUILDING OR IN "WET" LOCATIONS SHALL HAVE NEMA 3R ENCLOSURES (WP). 2.10 GROUNDING 1. GENERAL: PROVIDE ALL GROUNDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES. INCLUDE TRANSFORMER HOUSINGS, CONDUIT SYSTEM, SWITCHBOARD FRAME AND NEUTRAL BUS, MOTORS, SECONDARY NEUTRAL WIRE AND HOUSING OF DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS AND MISCELLANEOUS GROUNDS REQUIRED. GROUNDING LUGS, WHERE PROVIDED AS STANDARD MANUFACTURER'S ITEMS ON EQUIPMENT FURNISHED MAY BE USED. THE GROUNDING SYSTEM SHALL COMPLY WITH ARTICLE 250 OF THE N.E.C. 2. EQUIPMENT: A. PROVIDE SEPARATE GREEN INSULATED EQUIPMENT GROUND CONDUCTOR IN ALL NON-METALLIC AND FLEXIBLE ELECTRICAL RACEWAYS. EFFECTIVELY GROUND ALL FIXTURES, PANEL, CONTROLS, MOTORS, DISCONNECT SWITCHES, EXTERIOR LIGHTING STANDARDS, AND NON-CURRENT CARRYING METALLIC ENCLOSURES. USE BONDING JUMPERS, GROUNDING BUSHINGS, LUGS, BUSES, ETC., FOR THIS PURPOSE. PROVIDE GROUNDING BUSHINGS ON ALL FEEDER CONDUIT ENTRANCES TO PANELS AND EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURES AND BOND BUSHINGS TO ENCLOSURES WITH MINIMUM NO. 10 AWG CONDUCTOR. CONNECT THE EQUIPMENT GROUND TO THE BUILDING SYSTEM GROUND. USE THE SAME SIZE EQUIPMENT GROUND CONDUCTORS AS PHASE CONDUCTORS, UP THROUGH NO. 10 AWG. USE N.E.C. TABLE 250-95 FOR CONDUCTOR SIZE WITH PHASE CONDUCTORS NO. 8 AND LARGER, IF NOT SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. B. RECEPTACLES: PERMANENTLY CONNECT THE GROUND TERMINAL ON EACH RECEPTACLE TO THE GREEN GROUND CONDUCTOR WITH A GROUND WIRE. C. MOTORS: CONNECT THE GROUND CONDUCTOR TO THE CONDUIT WITH AN APPROVED GROUNDING BUSHING, AND TO THE METAL FRAME WITH A BOLTED SOLDERLESS LUG. BOLTS, SCREWS AND WASHERS SHALL BE BRONZE OR CADMIUM PLATED STEEL. D. ALL BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL HAVE SEPARATE, INSULATED GROUND CONDUCTOR. 3. GROUND CONDUCTORS: SHALL BE 600 VOLT - NO. AWG STRANDED COPPER (MINIMUM CONTINUOUS, WITH GREEN INSULATION: AND SHALL BE CONTINUOUS FROM TERMINAL TO TERMINAL WITHOUT SPLICE. ALL GROUNDING CONDUCTORS NOT INCLUDED IN FEEDER OR BRANCH CIRCUIT CONDUIT SHALL BE ENCLOSED IN A SEPARATE CONDUIT SIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH TABLE 1, CHAPTER 9 OF N.E.C. OR CONNECTED TO GROUND BUS IN ELECTRICAL ROOMS. 4. TELEPHONE TERMINALS: PROVIDE ONE AWG #6 - TYPE THWN COPPER WIRE IN 1/2 INCH CONDUIT FROM THE MAIN TELEPHONE TERMINAL TO THE EQUIPMENT GROUND. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 RACEWAYS AND FITTINGS A. RIGID STEEL CONDUIT SHALL BE USED: 1. BELOW 8 FEET IN ALL MECHANICAL AND STORAGE ROOMS OR WHERE RUNS MAY BE SUBJECT TO DAMAGE BY MOVING EQUIPMENT. 2. WET OR DAMP LOCATIONS. 3. BURIED IN CONCRETE ABOVE GRADE. 4. IN OR UNDER BUILDING SLAB AND FOUNDATIONS (PVC COATED ONLY). B. ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING MAY BE USED ONLY IN INTERIOR, DRY APPLICATIONS NOT SUBJECT TO PHYSICAL DAMAGE. C. NON-METALLIC CONDUIT, PVC SCHEDULE 40, MAY BE USED ONLY IN EXTERIOR TO THE BUILDING BELOW GRADE. D. FLEXIBLE CONDUIT SHALL BE USED FOR FINAL CONNECTIONS TO ALL VIBRATING EQUIPMENT (INCLUDING TRANSFORMERS) AND RECESSED LIGHT FIXTURES. CONNECTIONS TO ROTATING EQUIPMENT SHALL BE WITH LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE CONDUIT WITH A MINIMUM 270 DEGREE BEND. MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE DISTANCE SHALL BE 6'-0". E. CONCEAL ALL CONDUIT WHEREVER POSSIBLE EXCEPT IN MECHANICAL OR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AREAS. EXPOSED CONDUIT SHALL BE RUN PARALLEL WITH OR AT RIGHT ANGLES TO THE LINES OF THE BUILDING. CONDUIT CONCEALED IN CEILING SPACES SHALL BE RUN PARALLEL TO BUILDINGS LINES WHERE POSSIBLE. F. CONDUIT SHALL BE SUPPORTED FROM THE BUILDING STRUCTURE: SUPPORTS FROM AIR CONDITIONING DUCTS OR PIPING SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED. G. SECURE ALL CONDUITS TO OUTLET BOXES, JUNCTION BOXES OR CABINETS WITH LOCKNUTS OUTSIDE AND LOCKNUTS WITH BUSHINGS INSIDE. H. REAM CONDUITS AFTER THREADS ARE CUT: ENDS SHALL BE CUT SQUARE AND SHALL BUTT SOLIDLY INTO COUPLINGS AND CONNECTORS. I. ALL CONDUITS PENETRATING BUILDING EXTERIOR WALLS, ROOFS OR MEMBRANES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A WATER TIGHT FITTING, PITCH POCKET, FLANGE OR MEMBRANE CLAMPING RING TO PROVIDE WATERTIGHT SEALS. J. CONDUITS SHALL BE CONTINUOUS FROM OUTLET TO OUTLET AND FROM OUTLETS TO CABINETS, JUNCTION OR PULL BOXES, AND SHALL ENTER AND BE SECURED AT ALL BOXES SO THAT EACH SYSTEM SHALL BE ELECTRICALLY CONTINUOUS THROUGHOUT. K. A. NO 14 GALVANIZED IRON OR STEEL FISHWIRE OR NYLON PULLWIRE SHALL BE LEFT IN ALL CONDUITS IN WHICH PERMANENT WIRING IS NOT INSTALLED. 3.2 WIRE AND CABLE A. ALL WIRE AND CABLE SHALL BE INSTALLED IN RACEWAY EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY PERMITTED OTHERWISE. B. VERTICAL RUNS OF CABLE SHALL BE SUPPORTED AT JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES PER CODE REQUIREMENTS. C. ALL GROUNDING CONDUCTORS SHALL BE COPPER. D. ALUMINUM ALLOY CONDUCTORS SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED: 3.3 SPLICES AND INSULATION A. JOINTS OR BRANCH CIRCUITS SHALL OCCUR ONLY WHERE SUCH CIRCUITS DIVIDE AND SHALL CONSIST OF ONE THROUGH CIRCUIT TO WHICH SHALL BE SPLICED FROM THE BRANCH CIRCUIT. NO SPLICES SHALL BE MADE IN CONDUCTORS EXCEPT AT OUTLET BOXES, JUNCTION BOXES AND SPLICE BOXES. B. ALL JOINTS FOR POWER WIRING NO. 10 AWG OR SMALLER SHALL BE MADE WITH WIRE NUTS OR COMPRESSION TYPE CONNECTORS. JOINTS IN SIGNAL CABLES SHALL BE MADE ONLY WITH COMPRESSION TYPE CONNECTORS. NO SCOTCHLOK OR EQUIVALENT PLUG-IN TYPE CONNECTERS ARE PERMITTED. C. ALL JOINTS OR SPLICES FOR NO. 8 AWG OR LARGER SHALL BE MADE WITH A MECHANICAL COMPRESSION CONNECTOR. AFTER THE CONDUCTORS HAVE BEEN MADE MECHANICALLY AND ELECTRICALLY SECURE, THE ENTIRE JOINT OR SPLICE SHALL BE COVERED WITH TAPE TO MAKE THE INSULATION OF THE JOINT OR SPLICE EQUAL TO THE INSULATION OF THE CONDUCTORS. 3.4 WIRING DEVICES A. MOUNT DEVICES IN APPROVED OUTLET BOXES WITH MOUNTING HEIGHTS INDICATED TO CENTER OF DEVICE. WHERE MORE THAN ONE WALL SWITCH IS INDICATED AT ONE LOCATION. SWITCHES SHALL BE GANGED UNDER A COMMON WALL PLATE. MORE THAN 6 SWITCHES AT ONE LOCATION SHALL BE GANGED IN TWO ROWS, ONE ABOVE THE OTHER. B. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR ALL DEVICE MOUNTING LOCATIONS. 3.5 OUTLET BOXES A. STAMPED STEEL OUTLET BOXES SHALL BE USED FOR ALL INTERIOR LOCATIONS. B. BEFORE LOCATING OUTLET BOXES, CHECK ALL ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION AND TO MAKE SURE THAT THERE ARE NO CONFLICTS WITH OTHER EQUIPMENT. C. BAR HANGERS SHALL BE USED TO SUPPORT OUTLET BOXES IN STUD OR FURRED PARTITIONS AND CEILINGS. SCREWS SHALL BE USED WITH EXPANSION SHIELDS FOR FASTENING TO CONCRETE OR MASONRY. PROVIDE APPROVED KNOCKOUT SEALS ON UNUSED OPEN KNOCKOUT HOLES. D. CAST METAL SURFACE BOXES SHALL BE USED FOR ALL EXPOSED CONDUIT RUNS AND WHERE WATERPROOF BOXES ARE REQUIRED. 3.6 PANELBOARDS B. PANELBOARDS SHALL BE MOUNTED PLUMB AND TRIM ADJUSTED TO BE VERTICAL AND COVERING ALL OPENINGS. C. TOP OF PANELBOARD SHALL BE MAXIMUM 6'-6" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. 3.7 JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES DRAWINGS DO NOT NECESSARILY SHOW EVERY PULL BOX REQUIRED. ADDITIONAL BOXES MAY BE ADDED WHEN DESIRABLE TO SAVE LABOR AND AVOID DIFFICULTIES; AND WHEN CODE REQUIREMENTS LIMIT THE NUMBER OF BENDS BETWEEN BOXES. ADDITIONAL BOXES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITHOUT ADDED COST TO THE OWNER. BOXES SHALL BE SIZED ACCORDING TO CODE AND SHALL BE UNDERWRITERS' LABORATORIES LISTED. BOXES SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE AT THE TIME OF COMPLETION AND IN FINISHED AREAS SHALL BE LOCATED ONLY AFTER APPROVAL OF ARCHITECT DUE TO APPEARANCE CONSIDERATIONS. 3.8 MOTOR STARTERS: A. PROVIDE MOTOR STARTERS FOR ALL NEW MOTORS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. B. INDIVIDUALLY MOUNTED STARTERS SHALL BE IN NEMA 1, OR OUTDOORS IN NEMA 4 ENCLOSURES. C. ALL INDIVIDUAL STARTERS SHALL HAVE AN ENGRAVED PLASTIC NAMEPLATE INDICATING DEVICE SERVED. 3.9 DISCONNECTS DISCONNECTING DEVICES SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR EACH MOTOR. SWITCHES SHALL BE MOTOR RATED. 3.10 LABELS A. WHITE CORE BLACK ENGRAVED PLASTIC NAMEPLATES SHALL BE ATTACHED TO ALL EQUIPMENT (PANELBOARDS, STARTERS, ETC.) INDICATING EQUIPMENT SERVED, DESIGNATION AND VOLTAGES. B. SIGNAL CABLES SHALL BE MARKED AT BOTH ENDS WITH BRADY MARKERS. DESIGNATION SHALL CORRESPOND TO THOSE ON APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS. C. ALL OUTLETS SHALL BE LABELED WITH TYPED ADHESIVE LABEL (BLACK LETTERS ON WHITE) INDICATING CIRCUIT NUMBER AND TYPE (IF DIFFERENT FROM NEMA 5-15R). -END OF SECTION 16100- SECTION 16950 ADDRESSABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENT A. DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND DIVISION-1 SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, APPLY TO WORK IN THIS SECTION. B. SPECIFICATION SECTIONS 16010 AND 16100 APPLY TO WORK IN THIS SECTION. C. RELATED WORK SPECIFIED IN OTHER DIVISIONS OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS: 1. INSTALLATION OF DUCT TYPE SMOKE DETECTORS 2. CONTROL WIRING FROM FIRE ALARM CONTROL EQUIPMENT TO MECHANICAL FANS, DAMPERS, LINE AND LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL EQUIPMENT AND ALL OTHER CONTROL WIRING ASSOCIATED WITH MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. D. LANDLORD'S FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SPECIFICATION. 1.2 SUMMARY A. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DESIGN, FURNISH AND INSTALL FIRE ALARM DEVICES AS REQUIRED TO MEET LOCAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL REMODELED AREAS AND ALL ADJACENT AREAS IMPACTED BY THE REMODEL WORK. CONNECT ALL DEVICES TO EXISTING BASE-BUILDING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. INCLUDE ALL NECESSARY COSTS WITH BID. COORDINATE ALL WORK WITH BUILDING TENANT AND BUILDING OWNER. BASE BUILDING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM IS EST. B. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ANY EQUIPMENT NECESSARY FOR THE EXPANSION OF THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM TO ACCOMMODATE SEQUENCE AND DETECTION DEVICES INDICATED ON DOCUMENTS ON REQUIRED BY LOCAL JURISDICTION AUTHORITY. C. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SHALL BE A FULLY FIELD PROGRAMMABLE, INTELLIGENT, ADDRESSABLE ANALOG FIRE DETECTION SYSTEM. THE SYSTEM SHALL USE CLASS A INITIATING CIRCUITS AND CLASS A INDICATING CIRCUITS WITH INDIVIDUAL DEVICE SUPERVISION AND ANNUNCIATION AND PRIMARY AND SECONDARY SUPERVISION. 1.3 CODES AND STANDARDS: EXCEPT AS MODIFIED BY GOVERNING CODES AND WHERE MORE STRINGENT STANDARDS ARE SPECIFIED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, COMPLY WITH THE LATEST RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE FOLLOWING. A. NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION AGENCY (NFPA): NFPA 70 ("2002 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE"), NFPA 72 ("INSTALLATION, MAINTENANCE AND USE OF PROTECTIVE SIGNALING SYSTEMS"), NFPA 241 ("STANDARDS FOR SAFEGUARDING CONSTRUCTION, ALTERATION, AND DEMOLITION OPERATIONS"), NFPA 101 ("LIFE SAFETY CODE"). B. FACTORY MUTUAL (FM): FM37825 ("1952 APPROVED GUIDE") C. 2009 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE, WITH DENVER AMENDMENTS. D. UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL): UL FPED, UL-268, UL-164, UL-197/ANSI. E. 2009 INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE, WITH DENVER AMENDMENTS F. 2014 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, WITH DENVER AMENDMENTS G. AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT 1.4 SUBMITTALS: SUBMITTALS SHALL BE SUBMITTED PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN OF SYSTEM. A. PROCEDURE PREPARE AND MAKE SUBMITTALS LISTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH GENERAL CONDITIONS AND AS REQUIRED BY THE LOCAL BUILDING AND FIRE DEPARTMENTS. B. PRODUCT DATA: SUBMIT MANUFACTURER'S CATALOG CUTS, SPECIFICATIONS, RECOMMENDATIONS, AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE INTENDED OF ALL EQUIPMENT. C. SHOP DRAWINGS: ENGINEERED SHOP DRAWINGS OF SYSTEM SHALL BE STAMPED BY A REGISTERED ELECTRICAL ENGINEER AND BE APPROVED BY THE BUILDING DEPARTMENT PRIOR TO SUBMISSION. SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: 1. 1/8" = 1'-0" SCALE PLANS SHOWING THE LOCATIONS OF ALL EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES AND CIRCUITING THEREOF. DEVICE LOCATIONS SHOWN ON CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ARE INTENDED TO SHOW GENERAL INTENT AND MORE DEVICES MAY BE NECESSARY. 2. ONE LINE DIAGRAM SHOWING ALL DEVICES, WIRING, ZONING, ETC., FOR THE SYSTEM. 3. COMPLETE WIRING DIAGRAM AND COLOR CODES FOR THE NEW FIRE ALARM CONTROL EQUIPMENT. 4. DEVICE WIRING DIAGRAM AND COLOR CODES FOR EACH TYPE OF DEVICE FURNISHED. 5. BATTERY CALCULATIONS. 6. CENTRAL STATION CONNECTION. 7. DESCRIPTION OF SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS. D. SAMPLES OF ANY FIRE ALARM DEVICES BEING PROVIDED FOR THE PROJECT SHALL BE SUBMITTED FOR REVIEW WHEN REQUESTED BY THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER/OWNER. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 MISCELLANEOUS PRODUCTS A. PHOTOELECTRIC SMOKE DETECTORS HORN AND STROBES MANUAL FIRE ALARM PULL STATIONS HEAT DETECTORS MONITOR MODULES (FLOW AND TAMPER) DUCT DETECTORS (HEAT AND SMOKE) AUTO DIALER CONTROL PANEL ANNUNCIATOR PANEL NOTE: ALL DEVICES SHALL BE LOW PROFILE DIMENSIONS. FOR EXAMPLE ANNUNCIATOR PANEL DIMENSIONS SHALL BE 4" X 6" MAXIMUM. FIRE ALARM DEVICES MUST BE BUILDING STANDARD. 2.2 WIRING A. ALL WIRING SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH CURRENT NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE AND LOCAL ELECTRICAL/FIRE CODES. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 TESTING, GUARANTEE, SERVICE A. PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF ANY EQUIPMENT, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE ENGINEER WITH SUBMITTALS FOR APPROVAL. SUBMITTALS SHALL INCLUDE A COMPLETE WIRING DIAGRAM SPECIFICALLY FOR THIS PROJECT AND CATALOG CUTS OF ALL EQUIPMENT. B. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ASSURING THAT CONDUIT SIZE AND WIRE QUANTITY, SIZE, AND TYPE ARE SUITABLE FOR THE EQUIPMENT SUPPLIED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW THE PROPER INSTALLATION FOR EACH TYPE OF DEVICE WITH THE EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER. C. UPON COMPLETION, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONDUCT A FUNCTIONAL TEST FOR THE OWNER, ARCHITECT, AND ENGINEER. D. ALL COMPONENTS, PARTS AND ASSEMBLIES SUPPLIED BY THE MANUFACTURER SHALL BE GUARANTEED AGAINST DEFECTS IN MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP FOR A PERIOD OF 12 MONTHS. E. THE EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER SHALL HAVE LOCAL REPRESENTATION WITH TRAINED, FULL-TIME EMPLOYEES WHO ARE CAPABLE OF PERFORMING TESTING, INSPECTION, REPAIR AND MAINTENANCE SERVICES FOR THE LIFE OF THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM. 3.2 EXECUTION A. ALL WIRING SHALL BE #18 AWG MINIMUM INSTALLED IN CONDUIT, APPROVED BY MANUFACTURER AND LOCAL CODE. B. INSTALLATION SHALL COMPLY WITH BOCA (LATEST EDITION). C. COMPLETE INSTALLATION SHALL BE DONE IN A NEAT AND WORKMANLIKE MANNER. D. FIRE ALARM TEST WILL BE CONDUCTED PRIOR TO REVIEW BY LOCAL FIRE DEPARTMENT. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE EQUIPMENT, ELECTRICIAN AND SUPPORT FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERATING SYSTEM AT THE TIME OF THE TEST. IF ANY COMPONENTS ARE FOUND DEFECTIVE, THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL REPLACE AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. -END OF SECTION 16950- SECTION 16500 LIGHTING 1.0 GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF SECTION 16010 SHALL APPLY TO THIS SECTION. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF WORK INSTALL NEW LIGHT FIXTURES AND LAMPS AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. PROVIDE ALL MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES TO CONSTRUCT A COMPLETE AND WORKABLE LIGHTING SYSTEM. 1.3 MANUFACTURER'S QUALIFICATIONS: FIRMS REGULARLY ENGAGED IN MANUFACTURE OF LIGHTING FIXTURES OF SIZES, TYPES AND RATINGS REQUIRED, WHOSE PRODUCTS HAVE BEEN IN SATISFACTORY USE IN SIMILAR SERVICE FOR NOT LESS THAN 5 YEARS. 1.4 CODES AND STANDARDS: A. ELECTRICAL CODE COMPLIANCE: COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS OF THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION AND NEC ARTICLES 220, 225, 250, 410, AND 500 AS APPLICABLE TO INSTALLATION AND CONSTRUCTION OF BUILDING LIGHTING FIXTURES. B. NEMA COMPLIANCE: COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF NEMA STDS PUB/NO'S LE 1 AND LE 2 PERTAINING TO LIGHTING EQUIPMENT. C. IES COMPLIANCE: COMPLY WITH IES RP-1 PERTAINING TO OFFICE LIGHTING PRACTICES AND RP-15, REGARDING SELECTION OF ILLUMINANCE VALUES FOR INTERIOR OFFICE LIGHTING. D. UL COMPLIANCE: COMPLY WITH UL STANDARDS, INCLUDING UL 486A AND 486B, PERTAINING TO LIGHTING FIXTURES. PROVIDE LIGHTING FIXTURES AND COMPONENTS WHICH ARE UL-LISTED AND LABELED. E. CBM LABELS: PROVIDE FLUORESCENT LAMP BALLASTS WHICH COMPLY WITH CERTIFIED BALLAST MANUFACTURER'S ASSOCIATION STANDARDS AND CARRY THE CBM LABEL. 2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1 BALLASTS A. ALL BALLASTS SHALL BE OF THE ELECTRONIC HIGH POWER FACTOR TYPE, ENERGY SAVING, "SUPER LOW HEAT" AS MANUFACTURED BY UNIVERSAL, MOTOROLA OR APPROVED EQUAL. B. ALL FLUORESCENT BALLASTS SHALL BE ELECTRONIC, CAPABLE OF MAINTAINING A CONSTANT LIGHT OUTPUT ON ALL RAPID START FLUORESCENT LAMPS OVER OPERATING RANGE OF 90V TO 145V (120V BALLAST) AND 200V TO 320V (277 BALLAST). THE TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION (THD) OF THE BALLAST SHALL BE LESS THAN 10 PERCENT OF THE FULL LIGHT OUTPUT CURRENT LEVEL. THE BALLAST SHALL HAVE A SEQUENCED START PROGRESSION WHICH FIRST HEATS CATHODE FILAMENTS AND THEN IGNITES THE LAMP. THE BALLAST SHALL WITHSTAND LINE TRANSIENTS AS DEFINED IN ANSI/IEEE C62.41, CATEGORY A; CREST FACTOR LESS THAN 1.4; POWER FACTOR GREATER THAN 90% AND OPERATING FREQUENCY OF 20KHZ OR GREATER WITHOUT A VISIBLE FLICKER. THE CASE TEMPERATURE SHALL NOT EXCEED 25ºC TEMPERATURE RISE OVER 40ºC AMBIENT. BALLASTS SHALL COMPLY WITH FCC REGULATIONS PART 18, CLASS A. C. PROVIDE THE LOWEST SOUND RATING AVAILABLE FOR THE LAMPS SPECIFIED AND CLEARLY SHOW THEIR RESPECTIVE SOUND RATINGS. BALLASTS FOUND BY THE ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER TO BE UNDULY NOISY SHALL BE REPLACED WITHOUT CHARGE PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE OF THE WORK. 3.0 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALL ALL LIGHT FIXTURES & ACCESSORIES, AND CONNECT TO BUILDING WIRING SYSTEM. REFERENCE FIXTURE SCHEDULE. 3.2 ALL NEW LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE SECURELY FASTENED TO EITHER SLAB, CEILING OR WALL. RECESSED FIXTURES IN SUSPENDED CEILING SHALL BE INDEPENDENTLY SUPPORTED FROM BUILDING STRUCTURE WITH MINIMUM TWO #9 WIRES AT DIAGONAL CORNERS AND CLIPPED TO CEILING GRID FOR BRACING. 3.3 ALL SURFACE MOUNTED LIGHTING FIXTURES SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH SPACES BETWEEN THE FIXTURES AND MOUNTING SURFACE AS REQUIRED BY CODE. -END OF SECTION 16500- A. PROVIDE NEW PANEL BOARD AS INDICATED IN DRAWINGS. MATCH EXISTING MANUFACTURE PER TENANT MANUAL. 2301 Blake Street, Suite 100 Denver, CO 80205 303.861.8555 Denver 1 A B C D E 2 3 4 5 6 A B C D E 1 2 3 4 5 6 DPA Project: Sheet Number: COPYRIGHT - DAVIS PARTNERSHIP, P.C. Sheet Title: Revisions Date No. Sheet Information Project Information Issuance Date Consultant 2/15/2016 5:57:11 PM 15809.00 CITY OF FORT COLLINS EPIC POOL RENOVATION 1801 RIVESIDE AVE. FORT COLLINS, CO 80525 2015 CONSTRUCTION 03/11/16 DOCUMENTS 14143 Denver West Pkwy. Suite 300 Golden CO, 80401 303.421.6655 www.me-engineers.com E-002 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS 03/11/16 3P30A 5 6/10FRS 30A P-4 3P30A 60A P-5 5 6/10FRS SECTION D (300A) 3P30A 9FRS 30A P-6 3P30A 30A P-7 9FRS 3P30A 12FRS P-9 3P30A P-10 12FRS 3P30A 12FRS P-11 3P30A 30A P-12 3 2/10FRS SECTION E (300A) 3P30A 5 6/10FRS 30A P-13 3P30A 30A P-14 5 6/10FRS 3P30A 12FRS 30A P-15 3P30A 12FRS 30A P-16 3P30A 3 2/10FRS 30A P-17 3P30A 30A P-18 2FRS (ALTERNATE) SECTION F (300A) 800A CU BUS 3P30A 3 6/10FRS 30A P-19 3P30A 30A P-20 5 6/10FRS 3P200A 125FRS CH-1 41.7KW 89AMPS 3P200A 150FRS CH-2 50KW 107AMPS SECTION G (300A) 3P200A 50FRS 200A 45.6KW 107AMPS 3P30A 30A P-23 SPARE 3P60A 40FRS 60A C.T. (2 SPEED) SECTION H (300A) 3P30A 30A TC-1 3 2/10FRS 3P30A 3 2/10FRS 30A TC-2 5P30A 30A P-24 5 6/10FRS 9FRS P-25 12FRS P-26 SECTION J INCOMING SERVICE (A1) (A2) (A3) (A4) (B1) (B2) (C1) (C2) (C3) (C4) (C5) (C6) (D1) (D2) (D3) (D4) (E1) (E2) (E3) (E4) (E5) (E6) (F1) (F2) (F3) (F4) (F5) (F6) (G1) (G2) (G3) (G4) (H1) (H2) (H3) (J1) (J2) (J3) (J4) (J5) (J6) TOSHIBA INVERTER #VTG130460075 TOSHIBA INVERTER #VT130G1-4035 PROVIDE (4)30AMP-3POLE LIGHTING CONTACTORS FOR ICE ARENA H.I.D. LIGHTING PROVIDE (2)30AMP-3POLE LIGHTING CONTACTORS FOR NATATORIUM H.I.D. LIGHTING 3P800A 800AF 3P100A 100AF 3P400A 400AF 3P600A 600AF SPACE 2000A BUS HOUSE SERVIE BOARD 'HSB' FROM UTILITY CO. (5)SETS OF: (4)500MCM & (1)#1/0GRD. IN 3 1/2"C. 480Y/277V SECONDARY 200AMP SERVICE 100A (4)#3 & (1)#8GRD IN 1 1/2"C. (3)500MCM & (1)#3GRD IN 3"C. 400A FUSIBLE DISC. SW. ICE RINK EQUIPMENT 3P100A 100AF MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL 'MDP' 100A (4)#3 & (1)#8GRD IN 1 1/2"C. 3P-4W-480/277V SECOND FLOOR RINK LIGHTING 3P100A 100AF 100A (4)#3 & (1)#8GRD IN 1 1/2"C. 3P-4W-480/277V SECOND FLOOR NATATORIUM LIGHTING 3P200A 200AF 200A (4)#3/0 & (1)#6GRD IN 2 1/2"C. 3P-4W-480/277V FIRST FLOOR NORTH WING LIGHTING T1 100A 3P-4W-208/120V 3P200A 200AF 200A (4)#3/0 & (1)#6GRD IN 2 1/2"C. 3P-4W-480/277V FIRST FLOOR WEST WING LIGHTING T2 100A 3P-4W-208/120V 3P60A 40AF (4)#4 & (1)#10GRD IN 1 1/4"C. T3 100A 3P-4W-208/120V ICE ARENA 3P60A 40AF (4)#8 & (1)#10GRD IN 1"C. T4 100A 3P-4W-208/120V MECHANICAL RM. DRY TYPE 30KVA 480/208Y/120V (TYPICAL FOR TI,T2,T3,T4 & T5) 3P60A 40AF SNOW MELTING 3P60A 40AF (4)#8 & (1)#10GRD IN 1"C. T5 100A 3P-4W-208/120V CONCESSION 3P100A 100AF 100A (4)#3 & (1)#8GRD IN 1 1/2"C. 3P-4W-480/277V MECHANICAL RM. POWER PANEL 3P60A SPARE 3P200A SPARE 1000A BUS (8)#250MCM & (2)#1 W/(2)3"C. (6)#500MCM & (2)#1/0 GRD W/(2)3 1/2"C. GENERAL NOTES: NOTES: 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 C X X X X P P X P P X X P P P P P P P P P P 1. EXISTING LOAD 2. NEW LOAD ON EXISTING BREAKER. EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING --SPARE-- --SPARE-- EXISTING --SPARE-- --SPARE-- EXISTING EXISTING --SPARE-- --SPARE-- --SPARE-- --SPARE-- --SPARE-- --SPARE-- --SPARE-- --SPARE-- --SPARE-- --SPARE-- Panels.xls 2105 - 2105 - 2105 8 - 8 - 8 BROWN ORANGE YELLOW WH/GRAY STRIPE GREEN 6,315 8 BUS: MAINS: 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 CATEGORY LIGHTING RECEPT RECEPT MOTOR LRGST MTR MISC KITCHEN ELEC HEAT OPTIONS: A B C A B C A B C A B C A B C A B C A B C CONNECTED 6,315 6,315 6,315 15 15 15 15 15 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 FACTOR 125% 100% 50% 100% 25% 100% 100% 100% 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 > > 1 1 1 PANEL: SECTION: LOCATION: DATE: FED FROM : MOUNTING : ISSUE: 2105 2105 2105 CALC'D V-A 6,315 1,579 7,894 EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING --SPARE-- --SPARE-- --SPARE-- --SPARE-- --SPARE-- --SPARE-- --SPARE-- EXISTING --SPARE-- --SPARE-- --SPARE-- --SPARE-- SEP ----- ----- EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING AMPS @ 480Y/277 VOLTS 8 2 X X X P P P P P P P X P P P P M M M X X X 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 NOTES: 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 C X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1. EXISTING LOAD 2. NEW LOAD ON EXISTING BREAKER. EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING Panels.xls 0 - 1500 - 0 0 - 13 - 0 BLACK RED BLUE WHITE GREEN 1,500 4 BUS: MAINS: 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 20 15 15 15 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 CATEGORY LIGHTING RECEPT RECEPT MOTOR LRGST MTR MISC KITCHEN ELEC HEAT OPTIONS: A B C A B C A B C A B C A B C A B C A B C CONNECTED 1,500 1,500 50 20 15 40 15 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 FACTOR 125% 100% 50% 100% 25% 100% 100% 100% 3 > > 1 1 2 > 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PANEL: SECTION: LOCATION: DATE: FED FROM : MOUNTING : ISSUE: 1500 CALC'D V-A 1,500 1,500 EXISTING ----- ----- EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING ----- EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING POOL RECEPTACLES EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING EXISTING AMPS @ 208Y/120 VOLTS 4 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2301 Blake Street, Suite 100 Denver, CO 80205 303.861.8555 Denver 1 A B C D E 2 3 4 5 6 A B C D E 1 2 3 4 5 6 DPA Project: Sheet Number: COPYRIGHT - DAVIS PARTNERSHIP, P.C. Sheet Title: Revisions Date No. Sheet Information Project Information Issuance Date Consultant 2/15/2016 5:57:11 PM 15809.00 CITY OF FORT COLLINS EPIC POOL RENOVATION 1801 RIVESIDE AVE. FORT COLLINS, CO 80525 2015 CONSTRUCTION 03/11/16 DOCUMENTS 14143 Denver West Pkwy. Suite 300 Golden CO, 80401 303.421.6655 www.me-engineers.com E-001 ELECTRICAL EXISTING ONE-LINE 03/11/16 WIDENED OPENING W/ OVER-SIZED BRICK SALVAGED FROM DEMO WORK EXTERIOR CURB 8" 8" ALIGN CURB W/ FACE OF EXIST'G CONC SLAB WATERPROOFING, CONTINUOUS BEHIND CATWALK FRAMING, SEE 13 1109 CHAMFERED EDGES, PER STRUCT TYP. 8" CONC. CURB AT DOOR SILL; DOWEL INTO EXIST'G FLR SLAB AS REQ'D AND BOND TO ADJACENT WALLS TO CREATE WATERTIGHT SEAL, SEE STRUCT 4/S100 100'-0" POOL DECK ELEVATION POOL MECH RM NATATORIUM 140 CATWALK FRAMING, SEE STRUCT SALVAGED MTL GRATING DOOR 140A: SEE SCHEDULE ALT-16 CURB 5" 4A A310 140A 8" TALL CONC. CURB AT DOOR SILL, SEE STRUCT 4/S100 DOOR 140A: SEE SCHEDULE V.I.F. R.O. 3' - 4" +/- V.I.F. CURB 5" CONC NATATORIUM POOL MECH RM 140 T/O FLOOR SLAB 100'-8" 100'-0" ALT-16 T/O CURB CURB 5" 2301 Blake Street, Suite 100 Denver, CO 80205 303.861.8555 Denver 1 A B C D E 2 3 4 5 6 A B C D E 1 2 3 4 5 6 DPA Project: Sheet Number: COPYRIGHT - DAVIS PARTNERSHIP, P.C. Sheet Title: Revisions Date No. Sheet Information Project Information Issuance Date Consultant 3/11/2016 4:40:19 PM 15809.00 A730 CITY OF FORT COLLINS EPIC POOL RENOVATION 1801 RIVESIDE AVE. FORT COLLINS, CO 80525 DOOR DETAILS 2015 CONSTRUCTION 03/11/2016 DOCUMENTS C5 HEAD/1 1/2" = 1'-0" SILL DETAIL - DOOR 142 - CHLORINE RM A5 JAMB 1 1/2" = 1'-0" DETAIL - DOOR 142 - CHLORINE RM C3 HEAD/1 1/2" = 1'-0" SILL DETAIL - DOOR 140A - POOL MECH RM A3 JAMB 1 1/2" = 1'-0" DETAIL - DOOR 140A - POOL MECH RM ALTERNATE LEGEND Key Value Keynote Text ALT-16 REFER TO ALT #16: SPOT PRIME AND PAINT ALL EXPOSED METAL GUARDRAILS, STAIRS, DOORS, DOOR FRAMES, EXPOSED STRUCTURAL BEAMS, AND OTHER MISC. METALS, IN POOL MECHANICAL ROOM, WITH HIGH PERFORMANCE COATINGS PER 09 9123 & 09 9600 WALL WIDTH NAME REV Comments DOOR TYPE MATERIAL FINISH LEAF 1 WIDTH HEIGHT THICKNESS FRAME TYPE FRAME MAT. FINISH HEAD DETAIL JAMB DETAIL THRESHOLD DETAIL POOL DECK 140A POOL MECH RM F FRP FACTORY 3' - 0" 7' - 2" 1 3/4" EXIST'G EXIST'G HM PT 01 N/A A3/A730 C3/A730 11 5/8" MOUNT NEW FRP DOOR AND H.W. INTO EXIST'G H.M. FRAME; REVERSE SWING DIRECTION SO DOOR SWINGS OUT OF POOL MECH. RM. 142 CHLORINE RM F FRP FACTORY 4' - 0" 7' - 2" 1 3/4" HM1 FRP FACTORY 02 C5/A730 A5/A730 C5/A730 1' - 2" EXTERIOR DOOR SET 01: DOOR 140A: POOL MECHANICAL ROOM 3 HINGE IVES 5BB1 1 CYLINDER (KEY IN LEVER) SCHLAGE PRIMUS 1 DOOR CLOSER LCN (IR) 4010/4110 EDA Series, SEM7800 SET 02: DOOR 142: CHLORINE ROOM 3 HINGE IVES 5BB1 1 CYLINDER (KEY IN LEVER) SCHLAGE PRIMUS 1 DOOR CLOSER LCN (IR) 4010/4110 EDA SERIES, SEM7800 1 GASKETING PEMKO 18041CNB 1 SWEEP PEMKO 18137CNB 1 THRESHOLD PEMKO 2005AV DOOR H.W. SCHEDULE: NOTE: ALL EXISTING ACCESS CONTROL DEVICES & HARDWARE TO BE SALVAGED AND REINSTALLED, PENDING ACCEPTANCE OF ALTERNATE #18. NOTE: REFER TO CITY OF FORT COLLINS BUILDING DESIGN STANDARDS, SECTION 08 7000 FOR DETAILED DOOR HARDWARE SPECIFICATIONS & STANDARDS AVAILABLE AT http://www.fcgov.com/opserv/design-standards.php DPA Project: Sheet Number: COPYRIGHT - DAVIS PARTNERSHIP, P.C. Sheet Title: Revisions Date No. Sheet Information Project Information Issuance Date Consultant 3/11/2016 4:40:15 PM 15809.00 A599 CITY OF FORT COLLINS EPIC POOL RENOVATION 1801 RIVESIDE AVE. FORT COLLINS, CO 80525 FINISH TRANSITION DETAILS 2015 CONSTRUCTION 03/11/2016 DOCUMENTS 5B 12" = 1'-0" DETAIL - PORCELAIN TILE TO RESILIENT FLOORING AT STOREFRONT DOOR THRESHOLD 5A DETAIL 12" = 1'-0" - PORCELAIN TILE TO CONCRETE 3A DETAIL 3" = 1'-0" - TILE COVE BASE, TYP. ALTERNATE LEGEND Key Value Keynote Text ALT-12 REFER TO ALT #12: ALL EXISTING DECK TILE AND SETTING BED SHOWN HATCHED SHALL BE ABATED BY G.C. BROWN COAT EXISTING THICK SET MORTAR BED AND SLOPE TO EXISTING DRAINS AT 2% SLOPE MAX. FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS. PROTECT EXISTING DECK DRAINS TO REMAIN IN PLACE. PROVIDE NEW 12"X24" PORCELAIN FLOOR TILE 'CT-1' PER 09 3013. APPROXIMATE AREA 6,850 SF (V.I.F.). CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ABATEMENT OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS HAS BEEN COMPLETED BY G.C. PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. 3B DETAIL 3" = 1'-0" - TILE AT STOREFRONT SILL MIN. OF 6 SPOT WELDS DEFORMED WIRE MESH FOR CASTING MATERIAL. 1' - 0'' ACCESS COVER: (3) 12" x 36" STAINLESS STEEL PANS WITH 2" DEPTH & CONCRETE INFILL. PROVIDE 3/16" STAINLESS STEEL ANGLE FRAME W/ BONDING LUGS AND (2) T-SHAPED LIFTING LUGS PER PANEL. 1' - 0'' 1'' 2'-10'' 1'' MATCHING DECK TILE 1' - 0" COMPOSITE FLOOR SLAB, SAW CUT OPENING & BRACE BOTTOM EDGES OF OPENING AS REQ'D 3'-0'' ALT-19 V.I.F. 6' - 2" +/- 14T @ 1'-0" 14' - 0" +/- V.I.F. TO SPECTATOR SEATING 108'-9 3/8" 100'-0 3/8" 2301 Blake Street, Suite 100 Denver, CO 80205 303.861.8555 Denver 1 A B C D E 2 3 4 5 6 A B C D E 1 2 3 4 5 6 DPA Project: Sheet Number: COPYRIGHT - DAVIS PARTNERSHIP, P.C. Sheet Title: Revisions Date No. Sheet Information Project Information Issuance Date Consultant 3/11/2016 4:40:14 PM 15809.00 A311 CITY OF FORT COLLINS EPIC POOL RENOVATION 1801 RIVESIDE AVE. FORT COLLINS, CO 80525 RENOVATION DETAILS 2015 CONSTRUCTION 03/11/2016 DOCUMENTS A4 PLAN 3/4" = 1'-0" DETAIL - 1 METER DIVING BOARD - MOUNTING PADS B4 SECTION 3/4" = 1'-0" DETAIL - 1 METER DIVING BOARD - MOUNTING PADS 3A No DETAIL Scale - FLOOR ACCESS COVER ALTERNATE LEGEND Key Value Keynote Text ALT-12 REFER TO ALT #12: ALL EXISTING DECK TILE AND SETTING BED SHOWN HATCHED SHALL BE ABATED BY G.C. BROWN COAT EXISTING THICK SET MORTAR BED AND SLOPE TO EXISTING DRAINS AT 2% SLOPE MAX. FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS. PROTECT EXISTING DECK DRAINS TO REMAIN IN PLACE. PROVIDE NEW 12"X24" PORCELAIN FLOOR TILE 'CT-1' PER 09 3013. APPROXIMATE AREA 6,850 SF (V.I.F.). CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ABATEMENT OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS HAS BEEN COMPLETED BY G.C. PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. ALT-19 REFER TO ALT #19: REMOVE & REPLACE CONC FILLED MTL PAN STAIR TREADS AND RISERS. EXISTING STRINGERS, RAILINGS, AND SUPPORTING MEMBERS TO REMAIN. 4C ALTERNATE 1/8" = 1'-0" #19 - STAIR REPLACEMENT 14T @ 1'-0" V.I.F. 15R @ 7" = 8'-9" STAIR SECTION: (PREVIOUS DRAWING FOR REFERENCE ONLY, FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS, TYP.) STAIR PLAN: (2) DIVING BOARDS TO BE REINSTALLED, SEE PLANS (2) DIVING BOARDS TO BE REINSTALLED, SEE PLANS +/- V.I.F. EXIST'G MATCH EXISTING CMU PARTITION WALL EXISTING ACCESS LADDER SALVAGED GUARDRAILS WELDED TO NEW CATWALK FRAMING BELOW GALVANIZED MTL CATWALK FRAMING, SEE STRUCT, APPLY COATINGS PER 09 9600 (BASE BID) SALVAGED MTL. GRATING PROVIDE NEW REMOVABLE GALV. CHAINS AT ACCESS GATE EXIST'G STAIR & RAILS TO REMAIN UNDISTURBED 100'-0" POOL DECK ELEVATION 0" PROVIDE CHAMFERED CORNERS PER STRUCT, TYP AT CONCRETE EDGES ALT-16 ALT-16 ALT-16 ALT-16 4A A310 2A A310 ACRYLIC MODIFIED CEMENT WATERPROOFING ON WALL BEYOND: CONTINUOUS FROM 2ND COURSE CMU ABOVE POOL DECK ELEVATION TO CONC. 8" BELOW POOL DECK ELEVATION, INCLUDING BEHIND CATWALK FRAMING MEMBERS, REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS 13 1109 WATERPROOFING 2' - 0" 140A DOOR 140A: SEE SCHEDULE SALVAGED GUARDRAILS WELDED TO NEW MTL CATWALK FRAMING GALVANIZED STL CATWALK FRAMING, SEE STRUCT, APPLY COATINGS PER CAST-IN OVERFLOW NOTCH, 09 9600 (BASE BID) MATCH ORIGINAL PROFILE; G.C. TO ADJUST FINAL HEIGHT OF TONGUE WITH FINAL STATIC WATER LEVEL 8" CONC. WALL EXTENSION, DOWEL INTO EXIST'G TANK WALLS AS REQ'D AND BOND SECURELY TO ADJACENT WALLS AT ENDS TO CREATE WATER-TIGHT SEAL, SEE STRUCT DETAIL 3/S100 (SIM) EXTENSION 8" EXIST'G MATCH 100'-0" POOL DECK ELEVATION SALVAGED MTL GRATING, REINSTALL TO RAISED CATWALK FRAMING ALT-16 ALT-16 ALT-16 RE: (E) FRAME TO REMAIN: 2301 Blake Street, Suite 100 Denver, CO 80205 303.861.8555 Denver 1 A B C D E 2 3 4 5 6 A B C D E 1 2 3 4 5 6 DPA Project: Sheet Number: COPYRIGHT - DAVIS PARTNERSHIP, P.C. Sheet Title: Revisions Date No. Sheet Information Project Information Issuance Date Consultant 3/11/2016 4:40:12 PM 15809.00 A310 CITY OF FORT COLLINS EPIC POOL RENOVATION 1801 RIVESIDE AVE. FORT COLLINS, CO 80525 RENOVATION DETAILS 2015 CONSTRUCTION 03/11/2016 DOCUMENTS 4A SECTION 1 1/2" = 1'-0" - SURGE TANK - CROSS SECTION @ CATWALK 2A SECTION 1 1/2" = 1'-0" - SURGE TANK @ ACCESS LADDER 3C SECTION 1 1/2" = 1'-0" - SURGE TANK - LONGITUDINAL ALTERNATE LEGEND Key Value Keynote Text ALT-16 REFER TO ALT #16: SPOT PRIME AND PAINT ALL EXPOSED METAL GUARDRAILS, STAIRS, DOORS, DOOR FRAMES, EXPOSED STRUCTURAL BEAMS, AND OTHER MISC. METALS, IN POOL MECHANICAL ROOM, WITH HIGH PERFORMANCE COATINGS PER 09 9123 & 09 9600 ALT-21 REFER TO ALT #21: REPAIR EXISTING CRACK IN COMPETITION POOL SURGE PIT WALL AT LOCATION INDICATED ON PLANS AND REFINISH ALL INTERIOR SURFACES OF THIS PIT WITH CEMENTITIOUS WATERPROOFING PER 13 1109. ALT-19 ALT-20 ALT-16 ALT-18 ALT-18 ALT-21 ALT-22 ALT-22 ALT-14 ALT-15 ALT-13 ALT-13 ALT-13 ALT-13 ALT-13 ALT-13 ALT-13 ALT-12 ALT-12 ALT-12 ALT-12 ALT-12 V.I.F. 6' - 2" +/- 14T @ 1'-0" 14' - 0" +/- V.I.F. TO SPECTATOR SEATING SPECTATOR SEATING, BTM AISLE AT +8'-9" (V.I.F.) FROM POOL DECK BELOW A311 A4 B4 A311 108'-9 3/8" 100'-0 3/8" 161' - 9 3/8" V.I.F. 12' - 4 7/8" +/- V.I.F. 78' - 11" +/- V.I.F. 5' - 4" +/- V.I.F. 13' - 8 1/4" +/- 175' - 5 1/2" V.I.F. 18' - 1 5/8" +/- 30' - 10" V.I.F. 4' - 6 1/2" +/- V.I.F. 13' - 0 1/8" +/- 33' - 1" V.I.F. 3' - 5" +/- V.I.F. 28' - 11" 3' - 3 7/8" +/- V.I.F. 42' - 4" 13' - 10 1/2" +/- V.I.F. 4' - 7 3/8" +/- F15 F15 F15 F15 4' - 6" 3' - 6" ALT-27 ALT-16 5B A599 Sim 3B A599 Sim 3B A599 Sim 3A A599 Sim V.I.F. 32' - 4" +/- V.I.F. 30' - 6" +/- V.I.F. 44' - 9" +/- 2301 Blake Street, Suite 100 Denver, CO 80205 303.861.8555 Denver 1 A B C D E 2 3 4 5 6 A B C D E 1 2 3 4 5 6 DPA Project: Sheet Number: COPYRIGHT - DAVIS PARTNERSHIP, P.C. Sheet Title: Revisions Date No. Sheet Information Project Information Issuance Date Consultant 3/11/2016 4:40:09 PM 15809.00 A100 CITY OF FORT COLLINS EPIC POOL RENOVATION 1801 RIVESIDE AVE. FORT COLLINS, CO 80525 FLOOR PLAN - OVERALL 2015 CONSTRUCTION 03/11/2016 DOCUMENTS 1 FLOOR 1/8" = 1'-0" PLAN - OVERALL 02 - 100 - KEYNOTE LEGEND - FLOOR PLAN Key Value Keynote Text F15 BASE-BID TILE REPLACEMENT: REFER TO 09 3013, REPLACE DEMOLISHED/ABATED DECK TILE WITH SIMILAR 1X1 MOSAIC 'CT-2' AND PROVIDE INTEGRAL BASE/BULLNOSE MOSAIC BASE WHERE REQUIRED BY POOL IMPROVEMENTS AND AROUND RAISED DIVING BOARD PADS AS DETAILED ON A4 & B4/A311. FIELD VERIFY EXTENTS OF TILE REPLACEMENT AND ENSURE ABATEMENT WORK COMPLETE AND EXISTING TILE TO REMAIN IS SECURELY IN PLACE BEFORE PATCHING DECK TILE. ALTERNATE LEGEND Key Value Keynote Text ALT-12 REFER TO ALT #12: ALL EXISTING DECK TILE AND SETTING BED SHOWN HATCHED SHALL BE ABATED BY G.C. BROWN COAT EXISTING THICK SET MORTAR BED AND SLOPE TO EXISTING DRAINS AT 2% SLOPE MAX. FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS. PROTECT EXISTING DECK DRAINS TO REMAIN IN PLACE. PROVIDE NEW 12"X24" PORCELAIN FLOOR TILE 'CT-1' PER 09 3013. APPROXIMATE AREA 6,850 SF (V.I.F.). CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ABATEMENT OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS HAS BEEN COMPLETED BY G.C. PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. ALT-13 REFER TO ALT #13: REPAINT THE TWO ACCENT COLORS ON THE FIRST ELEVEN COURSES OF CMU FROM DECK ELEV. TO +88" AT ALL CMU WALLS AND COLUMNS THROUGHOUT THE NATATORIUM; COLORS TO BE SELECTED BY OWNER FROM FULL MFR. PALETTE; REFER TO 09 9123. ALT-14 REFER TO ALT #14: COAT EXISTING POOL MECHANICAL ROOM CONC. FLOOR SLAB ON GRADE WITH EPOXY COATING SYSTEM PER 09 9123 ALT-15 REFER TO ALT #15: PATCH AND REPAIR ALL MECHANICAL ROOM WALLS AND CEILINGS, PRIME AND PAINT PER 09 9123 ALT-16 REFER TO ALT #16: SPOT PRIME AND PAINT ALL EXPOSED METAL GUARDRAILS, STAIRS, DOORS, DOOR FRAMES, EXPOSED STRUCTURAL BEAMS, AND OTHER MISC. METALS, IN POOL MECHANICAL ROOM, WITH HIGH PERFORMANCE COATINGS PER 09 9123 & 09 9600 ALT-18 REFER TO ALT #18: PROVIDE 'CONTINENTAL ACCESS' KEY CARD SYSTEM PER OWNER DIRECTION AT EXTERIOR OF MECHANICAL ROOM AND CHEMICAL ROOM DOORS AS INDICATED ON PLANS. ALT-19 REFER TO ALT #19: REMOVE & REPLACE CONC FILLED MTL PAN STAIR TREADS AND RISERS. EXISTING STRINGERS, RAILINGS, AND SUPPORTING MEMBERS TO REMAIN. ALT-20 REFER TO ALT #20: EXISTING VINYL COMPOSITE TILE AT BOTTOM AISLE OF SPECTATOR SEATING TO BE REMOVED/ABATED AS REQUIRED BY G.C. AND REPLACED WITH NEW 12"X24" PORCELAIN FLOOR TILE 'CT-1' PER 09 3013. APPROXIMATE AREA 1,068 SF (V.I.F.). CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ABATEMENT OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS HAS BEEN COMPLETED BY G.C. PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. ALT-21 REFER TO ALT #21: REPAIR EXISTING CRACK IN COMPETITION POOL SURGE PIT WALL AT LOCATION INDICATED ON PLANS AND REFINISH ALL INTERIOR SURFACES OF THIS PIT WITH CEMENTITIOUS WATERPROOFING PER 13 1109. ALT-22 REFER TO ALT #22: REPLACE ALL CEILING GRID AND CEILING TILE LOCATED ABOVE THE THERAPY AND KIDS POOLS WITH NEW PER 09 5123. ALT-27 REFER TO ALT #27: REMOVE EXISTING POOL MECHANICAL RM LIGHT FIXTURES AND REPLACE '1 FOR 1' WITH VAPOR TIGHT LINEAR LED FIXTURES DESCRIBED IN ALTERNATE SCHEDULE. 2 ALTERNATE 1/8" = 1'-0" #22 - ACT CEILING REPLACEMENT REFLECTED CEILING PLAN: (PREVIOUS DRAWING FOR REFERENCE ONLY, FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS, TYP.) NOTE: ALL TRADES/SUBS TO VERIFY THAT EXISTING DECK TILE AND OTHER HAZARDOUS MATERIALS HAVE BEEN ABATED OR LEFT SECURELY IN PLACE TO EXTENTS REQUIRED PRIOR TO START OF WORK. 100'-0" 100'-0" 100'-0" 100'-0" 100'-0" 100'-0" 95' - 0" V.I.F. 5' - 4 5/8" +/- V.I.F. 6' - 0" +/- V.I.F. 12' - 4" +/- V.I.F. 4' - 6" +/- D10 D16 ALT-27 (LIGHT FIXTURE REPLACEMENT) 4A A310 C5 A730 2A A310 3C A310 A730 A5 A730 A3 CHLORINE RM 142 POOL MECH RM 140 140A 142 F08 F05 F07 F06 F12 F13 F05 F10 F10 F10 F10 F09 ALT-16 ALT-21 F06 100'-8" 100'-0" 100'-8" 100'-0" 100'-0" 95'-0" 95'-4" TYP. 100'-8" F11 100'-0" F11 ALT-27 ALT-16 2301 Blake Street, Suite 100 Denver, CO 80205 303.861.8555 Denver 1 A B C D E 2 3 4 5 6 A B C D E 1 2 3 4 5 6 DPA Project: Sheet Number: COPYRIGHT - DAVIS PARTNERSHIP, P.C. Sheet Title: Revisions Date No. Sheet Information Project Information Issuance Date Consultant 3/11/2016 4:40:35 PM 15809.00 AD101 CITY OF FORT COLLINS EPIC POOL RENOVATION 1801 RIVESIDE AVE. FORT COLLINS, CO 80525 DEMO & RENOVATION - POOL MECH RM 2015 CONSTRUCTION 03/11/2016 DOCUMENTS A3 DEMOLITION AXON - POOL MECHANICAL RM C3 RENOVATION AXON - POOL MECHANICAL RM A1 DEMOLITION 1/4" = 1'-0" PLAN - POOL MECH RM C1 RENOVATION 1/4" = 1'-0" PLAN - POOL MECHANICAL ROOM DEMO LEGEND Key Value Keynote Text D08 REMOVE EXISTING INTERIOR PARTITION AND ALL ASSOCIATED COMPONENTS D09 REMOVE EXISTING DOOR, FRAME, AND HARDWARE, SALVAGE ALL RELATED SECURITY COMPONENTS FOR REINSTALLATION. D10 REMOVE EXISTING DOOR LEAF AND HARDWARE, EXISTING FRAME TO REMAIN IN PLACE. SALVAGE ALL RELATED SECURITY COMPONENTS FOR REINSTALLATION. D11 SALVAGE EXISTING GUARD RAILS FOR REINSTALLATION D12 SALVAGE EXISTING MTL GRATING FOR REINSTALLATION D13 REMOVE EXISTING CATWALK MTL FRAMING AND FILL ANCHOR HOLES WITH NON-SHRINK GROUT, TYP. D14 REMOVE EXISTING CONC. PAD; PATCH & REPAIR TO PROVIDE SMOOTH FLOOR FINISH FOLLOWING SLOPE OF ADJACENT SLAB D15 EXISTING LADDER TO REMAIN D16 WIDEN OPENING TO ACCOMMODATE NEW 4'-0" WIDTH DOOR; SEE STRUCT FOR LINTEL D17 EXISTING HYDRONIC CABINET UNIT HEATER TO REMAIN D18 EXISTING FLOOR DRAIN TO REMAIN 02 - 100 - KEYNOTE LEGEND - FLOOR PLAN Key Value Keynote Text F04 REFIT SALVAGED MTL GRATING TO RAISED FRAMING F05 RE-WELD SALVAGED GUARDRAILS TO NEW CATWALK FRAMING F06 EXIST'G LADDER TO REMAIN F07 NEW GALVANIZED STL CATWALK FRAMING; SEE STRUCT. F08 INSTALL NEW DOOR LEAF AND HARDWARE INTO EXISTING FRAME W/ SALVAGED CARD READER; REMOUNT DOOR AT OTHER SIDE OF FRAME SO DOOR SWINGS OUT TO NATATORIUM. RAISED CONC. CURB INSIDE DOOR SILL WILL NOT PERMIT DOOR TO SWING INTO POOL MECHANICAL ROOM. F09 MOUNT NEW 4FT DOOR INTO MODIFIED OPENING AND REFIT SALVAGED SECURITY DEVICES; SEE STRUCT FOR LINTEL F10 4" CONC. HOUSEKEEPING PAD FOR POOL EQUIPMENT; COORD. FINAL SIZE & LOCATION WITH POOL EQUIPMENT LAYOUT; SEE STRUCT F11 8" TALL CONC. CURB; SEE STRUCT F12 8" TALL CONC. WALL EXTENSION; SEE STRUCT F13 PROVIDE NEW OVERFLOW NOTCH W/ CAST-IN PROFILE TO RECREATE ORIGINAL; G.C. TO ADJUST TONGUE HT. PER OBSERVED FINAL STATIC WATER LEVEL F14 ACRYLIC MODIFIED CEMENT WATERPROOFING; REFER TO SPECS 13 1109 ALTERNATE LEGEND Key Value Keynote Text ALT-16 REFER TO ALT #16: SPOT PRIME AND PAINT ALL EXPOSED METAL GUARDRAILS, STAIRS, DOORS, DOOR FRAMES, EXPOSED STRUCTURAL BEAMS, AND OTHER MISC. METALS, IN POOL MECHANICAL ROOM, WITH HIGH PERFORMANCE COATINGS PER 09 9123 & 09 9600 ALT-21 REFER TO ALT #21: REPAIR EXISTING CRACK IN COMPETITION POOL SURGE PIT WALL AT LOCATION INDICATED ON PLANS AND REFINISH ALL INTERIOR SURFACES OF THIS PIT WITH CEMENTITIOUS WATERPROOFING PER 13 1109. ALT-27 REFER TO ALT #27: REMOVE EXISTING POOL MECHANICAL RM LIGHT FIXTURES AND REPLACE '1 FOR 1' WITH VAPOR TIGHT LINEAR LED FIXTURES DESCRIBED IN ALTERNATE SCHEDULE. NOTE: ALL TRADES/SUBS TO VERIFY THAT EXISTING DECK TILE AND OTHER HAZARDOUS MATERIALS HAVE BEEN ABATED OR LEFT SECURELY IN PLACE TO EXTENTS REQUIRED BY WORK PRIOR TO START OF DEMOLITION. NOTE: ALL FLOOR, WALL, AND CEILING/ROOF PENETRATIONS REMAINING FROM DEMOLISHED WORK TO BE GROUTED/PATCHED AND SEALED AS REQ'D. NOTE: ALL FLOOR, WALL, AND CEILING/ROOF PENETRATIONS REMAINING FROM DEMOLISHED WORK TO BE GROUTED/PATCHED AND SEALED AS REQ'D. V.I.F. 5' - 9" +/- D21 D19 108'-9" 100'-0" 100'-0" V.I.F. 4' - 6" V.I.F. 3' - 6" V.I.F. 4' - 0" +/- V.I.F. 5' - 9" +/- V.I.F. 5' - 9" +/- V.I.F. 5' - 9" +/- V.I.F. 13' - 8 1/4" +/- V.I.F. 179' - 5 1/2" +/- 34' - 9 3/4" +/- 14' - 8 3/8" +/- V.I.F. 13' - 0 1/8" +/- V.I.F. 33' - 1" +/- V.I.F. 3' - 5" +/- V.I.F. 18' - 1 5/8" +/- V.I.F. 30' - 10" +/- V.I.F. 4' - 7 1/2" +/- 5' - 4" 78' - 11" 12' - 4 7/8" V.I.F. 3' - 3 7/8" +/- V.I.F. 28' - 11" +/- V.I.F. 13' - 10 1/2" +/- V.I.F. 42' - 4" +/- V.I.F. 4' - 7 3/8" +/- 2301 Blake Street, Suite 100 Denver, CO 80205 303.861.8555 Denver 1 A B C D E 2 3 4 5 6 A B C D E 1 2 3 4 5 6 DPA Project: Sheet Number: COPYRIGHT - DAVIS PARTNERSHIP, P.C. Sheet Title: Revisions Date No. Sheet Information Project Information Issuance Date Consultant 3/11/2016 4:40:27 PM 15809.00 AD100 CITY OF FORT COLLINS EPIC POOL RENOVATION 1801 RIVESIDE AVE. FORT COLLINS, CO 80525 DEMOLITION PLAN - OVERALL 2015 CONSTRUCTION 03/11/2016 DOCUMENTS 1 DEMO 1/8" = 1'-0" PLAN - OVERALL DEMO LEGEND Key Value Keynote Text D01 REMOVE EXISTING DECK EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED PRIOR TO DEMOLITION AND SALVAGE ANY ITEMS TO BE REINSTALLED. PROVIDE NEW ANCHORS AS NECESSARY AND BOND TO DECKING. CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY AND DOCUMENT EXISTING LOCATIONS OF DECK EQUIPMENT ANCHORS AND INSTALL NEW ANCHORS TO MATCH EXISTING IN SAME LOCATIONS. D04 EXISTING DECK TILE AND SETTING BED SHOWN IN GREY SHALL BE ABATED BY G.C. ONCE CONTRACTOR VERIFIES ABATEMENT OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS HAS BEEN COMPLETED BY G.C., SAW CUT AND REMOVE EXISTING CONC SLAB AND TRENCH BELOW DECK AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS AND AS REQ'D BY FIELD CONDITIONS TO ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION OF POOL PIPING PER SHEET CP-2. SEE AQUATIC DWGS FOR TIE-IN DETAILS WITH EXISTING BELOW-DECK VENTILATION/PLUMBING CHASE. D19 G.C. TO SURVEY KEY ELEVATION POINTS ON SURFACE OF POOL SHELL BOTTOM AS INDICATED ON DWGS AND PROVIDE FINDINGS TO DESIGN TEAM AND OWNER ONCE COMPLETED. D20 CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY G.C. HAS ABATED EXISTING DECK TILE TO EXTENTS REQUIRED FOR INSTALLATION OF CONCRETE PADS; REFER TO A4 & B4/A311 AND TO 6 & 7/S100. D21 CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY G.C. HAS ABATED EXISTING DECK TILE TO EXTENTS REQUIRED FOR NEW DECK OPENING AND INSTALLATION OF FLOOR ACCESS COVER; REFER TO 3A/A311. ALTERNATE LEGEND Key Value Keynote Text ALT-12 REFER TO ALT #12: ALL EXISTING DECK TILE AND SETTING BED SHOWN HATCHED SHALL BE ABATED BY G.C. BROWN COAT EXISTING THICK SET MORTAR BED AND SLOPE TO EXISTING DRAINS AT 2% SLOPE MAX. FIELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS. PROTECT EXISTING DECK DRAINS TO REMAIN IN PLACE. PROVIDE NEW 12"X24" PORCELAIN FLOOR TILE 'CT-1' PER 09 3013. APPROXIMATE AREA 6,850 SF (V.I.F.). CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ABATEMENT OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS HAS BEEN COMPLETED BY G.C. PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. ALT-19 REFER TO ALT #19: REMOVE & REPLACE CONC FILLED MTL PAN STAIR TREADS AND RISERS. EXISTING STRINGERS, RAILINGS, AND SUPPORTING MEMBERS TO REMAIN. ALT-20 REFER TO ALT #20: EXISTING VINYL COMPOSITE TILE AT BOTTOM AISLE OF SPECTATOR SEATING TO BE REMOVED/ABATED AS REQUIRED BY G.C. AND REPLACED WITH NEW 12"X24" PORCELAIN FLOOR TILE 'CT-1' PER 09 3013. APPROXIMATE AREA 1,068 SF (V.I.F.). CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ABATEMENT OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS HAS BEEN COMPLETED BY G.C. PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. NOTE: ALL TRADES/SUBS TO VERIFY THAT EXISTING DECK TILE AND OTHER HAZARDOUS MATERIALS HAVE BEEN ABATED OR LEFT SECURELY IN PLACE TO EXTENTS REQUIRED BY WORK PRIOR TO START OF DEMOLITION. The Structural Drawings are copyrighted and shall not be copied for use as erection plans or shop details. Use of JVA's electronic files as the basis for shop drawings requires prior approval by JVA, a signed release of liability by the General Contractor and/or his subcontractors, and deletion of JVA's name and logo from all sheets so used. The General Contractor shall submit in writing any requests to modify the Structural Drawings or Project Specifications. All shop and erection drawings shall be checked and stamped (after having been checked) by the General Contractor prior to submission for Structural Engineer's review; shop drawing submittals not checked by the General Contractor prior to submission to the Structural Engineer will be returned without review. Furnish two (2) prints of shop and erection drawings (or electronic PDFs) to the Structural Engineer for review prior to fabrication for reinforcing steel, structural steel Submit in a timely manner to permit 10 working days for review by the Structural Engineer. Shop drawings submitted for review do not constitute "request for change in writing" unless specific suggested changes are clearly marked. In any event, changes made by means of the shop drawing submittal process become the responsibility of the one initiating the change. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ FIELD VERIFICATION OF EXISTING CONDITIONS: The General Contractor shall thoroughly inspect and survey the existing structure to verify conditions that affect the work shown on the drawings. The General Contractor shall report any variations or discrepancies to the Architect and Structural Engineer before proceeding. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ STRUCTURAL ERECTION AND BRACING REQUIREMENTS: The Structural Drawings illustrate and describe the completed structure with elements in their final positions, properly supported, connected, and/or braced. The Structural Drawings illustrate typical and representative details to assist the General Contractor. Details shown apply at all similar conditions unless otherwise indicated. Although due diligence has been applied to make the drawings as complete as possible, not every detail is illustrated and not every exceptional condition is addressed. All proprietary connections and elements shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations. All work shall be accomplished in a workmanlike manner and in accordance with the applicable codes and local ordinances. The General Contractor is responsible for coordination of all work, including layout and dimension verification, materials coordination, shop drawing review, and the work of subcontractors. Any discrepancies or omissions discovered in the course of the work shall be immediately reported to the Architect and Structural Engineer for resolution. Continuation of work without notification of discrepancies relieves the Architect and Structural Engineer from all consequences. Unless otherwise specifically indicated, the Structural Drawings do not describe methods of construction. The General Contractor, in the proper sequence, shall perform or supervise all work necessary to achieve the final completed structure, and to protect the structure, workmen, and others during construction. Such work shall include, but not be limited to temporary bracing, shoring for construction equipment, shoring for excavation, formwork, scaffolding, safety devices and programs of all kinds, support and bracing for cranes and other erection equipment. Temporary bracing shall remain in place until all floors, walls, roofs and any other supporting elements are in place. The Architect and Structural Engineer bear no responsibility for the above items, and observation visits to the site do not in any way include inspections of these items. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ LETTERS OF CONSTRUCTION COMPLIANCE: The General Contractor shall determine from the local building authority, at the time the building permit is obtained, whether any letters of construction compliance will be requested from the Structural Engineer. The Contractor shall notify the Structural Engineer of all such requirements in writing prior to the start of construction. Two day advance notice shall be given when requesting site visits necessary as the basis for the compliance letter. The General Contractor shall provide copies of all third-party testing and inspection reports to the Architect and Structural Engineer a minimum of one week prior to the date that the compliance letter is needed. _____________________________________________________________________________________________ SPECIAL INSPECTIONS: The following Special Inspections and Testing shall be performed by a qualified Special Inspector, retained by the Owner, in accordance with the following sections of IBC Chapter 17: Section 1704 Special Inspections, Contractor Responsibility, and Structural Observations and the following sub-sections: 1704.2 Special Inspections 1704.3 Statement of Special Inspections Section 1705 Required Verification and Inspection and the following sub-sections: 1705.2 Steel Construction 1705.3 Concrete Construction The Special Inspector shall be a qualified person who shall demonstrate competence, to the satisfaction of the building official, for inspection of the particular type of construction or operation requiring special inspection. The approved inspector must be independent from the contractor responsible for the work being inspected. Duties and responsibilities of the Special Inspector shall be to inspect and/or test the work outlined above and within the Statement of Special Inspections in accordance with Chapter 17 of the IBC for conformance with the approved construction documents. All discrepancies shall be brought to the immediate attention of the contractor for correction. Per Section 1704.2.4 the Special Inspector shall furnish regular reports to the building official and the Structural Engineer. Progress reports for continuous inspection shall be furnished weekly. Individual reports of periodic inspections shall be furnished within one week of inspection dates. The reports shall note uncorrected deficiencies, correction of previously reported deficiencies, and changes to the approved construction documents authorized by the Structural Engineer of Record. The Special Inspector shall submit a final signed report within 10 days of the final special inspection stating whether the work requiring special inspection was, to the best of the inspector's knowledge, in conformance with the approved construction documents and the applicable workmanship provisions of the IBC. Work not in compliance shall be noted in the report. The Contractor shall submit a written statement of responsibility to the Building Official and the Owner prior to the commencement of work on a main wind- or seismic-force-resisting system per section 1704.4. The statement shall acknowledge the awareness of the special listed requirements of designated seismic system or a wind- or seismic-resisting component in the Statement of Special Inspections per section 1705. Except as noted, the special inspections outlined above are in addition to, and beyond the scope of, periodic Structural Observations as defined in section 1704.5. Structural Observations are included in the structural engineering design and construction administration services provided by the Structural Engineer. THRD ROD ANCHOR MIN EMBED UNO 4" 5" 1/2"ø 3/4"ø 5/8"ø 6" 6 1/2" 8 1/4" 3" 9 1/4" 3" 3" H HILTI HIT-RE 500-SD (ICC- ESR 2322) MIN EDGE DISTANCE E MIN SPACING S MIN CONC THICKNESS T ADHESIVE TYPE SIMPSON SET-XP (ICC- ESR 2508) ADHESIVE ANCHOR IN 2500 PSI MIN CONCRETE NOTES: ANCHORS PER PLAN & DETAILS EDGE OF CONC AS OCCURS 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. REBAR #4 #6 #5 7/8"ø #7 7" 3" 11 1/2" 1"ø #8 8" 3" 13" INSTALL ADHESIVE ANCHORS PER MANUFACTURER'S INFORMATION AND ICC REPORT. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY MINIMUM EDGE DISTANCES, SPACING AND THICKNESS ARE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SCHEDULE PRIOR TO INSTALLING ANCHOR. HOLES TO BE DRILLED WITH ROTARY DRILL ONLY. WHEN DRILLING HOLES IN EXISTING CONCRETE, USE CARE AND CAUTION TO AVOID CUTTING OR DAMAGING THE EXISTING REINFORCING BARS. MAINTAIN A REASONABLE CLEARANCE BETWEEN REINFORCEMENT AND THE DRILLED-IN ANCHOR. FILL ABANDONED HOLES WITH HIGH STRENGTH GROUT. SPECIAL INSPECTION IS REQUIRED PER IBC SECTION 1705 AND THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE ICC REPORTS. THE SPECIAL INSPECTOR MUST BE ON THE JOB SITE PERIODICALLY DURING ANCHOR INSTALLATION TO VERIFY ANCHOR TYPE, ANCHOR DIMENSIONS, HOLE CLEANLINESS, EMBEDMENT DEPTH, CONCRETE TYPE, CONCRETE COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH, DRILL BIT DIAMETER, HOLE DEPTH, EDGE DISTANCE(S), ANCHOR SPACING(S), CONCRETE THICKNESS, AND ADHESIVE INJECTION. DOUBLE EMBEDMENT LENGTH FOR REBAR AT DIVING BOARD PAD. 3/8"ø #3 3" 1 3/4" 3" 5" PILOT HOLE 1/2"ø 5/8"ø 3/4"ø 7/8"ø 1"ø 1 1/8"ø TOP OF CONC 4" 5" 1/2"ø 3/4"ø 5/8"ø 6" 5 1/4" 6 1/4" 3 3/4" 7 1/2" 3 1/8" #4 2 1/2" #6 #5 7/8"ø #7 7" 4 3/8" 8" 1"ø #8 8" 5" 10" 3/8"ø #3 1/2"ø 3" 1 7/8" 1 7/8" 4 1/4" 5/8"ø 3/4"ø 7/8"ø 1"ø 1 1/8"ø 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 1 3/4" 2 1/2" 3 1/8" 3 3/4" 4 3/8" 5" E S H T #4 @ 12", EACH WAY (E) SLAB ON GRADE, FIELD VERIFY #4 x 6" DOWELS @ 12" AT PERIMETER. SEE 1/S100 FOR EMBEDMENT 8" PAD CONCRETE NOTES: F'c = 4000 PSI MAX W/C = 0.45 MAX. AGGREGATE = 3/4" SLUMP (+/- 1") = 4" ENTRAINED AIR CONTENT = +/- 2% CEMENT TYPE = I/II PAD INSTALLATION NOTES: 1. REFERENCE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR PAD LOCATION, SIZE, AND CONFIGURATION. 2. REBAR SHALL BE EPOXY COATED. 3. ROUGHEN (E) SLAB SURFACE AND APPLY BOND COAT PRIOR TO PLACING CONCRETE. W/ARCH COORD REQ'D THICKNESS CURB CONCRETE NOTES: F'c = 4000 PSI MAX W/C = 0.45 MAX. AGGREGATE = 3/4" SLUMP (+/- 1") = 4" ENTRAINED AIR CONTENT = +/- 2% CEMENT TYPE = I/II CURB INSTALLATION NOTES: 1. REFERENCE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR CURB LOCATION, SIZE, AND CONFIGURATION. 2. REBAR SHALL BE EPOXY COATED. 3. ROUGHEN (E) SLAB SURFACE AND APPLIED BOND COAT PRIOR TO PLACING CONCRETE. 5" VERIFY DEPTH (E) SLAB, FIELD 8" 2 - #4 @ HORIZ, COORD TOP BAR W/THREADED RODS FOR GRATING SUPPORT ANGLE, TYP #4 VERT @ EA END & @ 12" C/C. SEE 1/S100 FOR EMBEDMENT INFO. NEW CIP CONC CURB. COORD LOCATION, CONFIGURATION, SIZE, 3/4" CHAMFER, TYP ETC. WITH ARCH. 8" SOLID MASONRY BEARING EACH JAMB GROUT HOLLOW CELLS SOLID 16" MIN BELOW BEARING 1 NEW OPENING -4'-0" MAX. WIDTH 1/4" CLOSURE PL (3) L5x3 1/2x1/4 TYPICAL ANGLE LINTEL ELEVATION LINTEL PROCEDURE NOTES -ANGLE LINTELS 1. SHORE EXISTING WALL. 2. REMOVE EXISTING LINTEL. 3. INSTALL NEW ANGLES AT DESIRED ELEVATION. 4. MINIMUM STEEL LINTEL BEARING = 8" UNO. 5. FILL MASONRY SOLID AT BEARING. 6. INFILL NEW MASONRY AS REQ'D. 7. MAX. WIDTH FOR THIS LINTEL = 4'-0." EXISTING MASONRY WALL, FIELD VERIFY WIDTH & CONSTRUCTION TYPE 3/16 3-12 1/2" TYP 5" 1/4" CLOSURE PL NEW JAMB BEYOND CURB CONCRETE NOTES: F'c = 4000 PSI MAX W/C = 0.45 MAX. AGGREGATE = 3/4" SLUMP (+/- 1") = 4" ENTRAINED AIR CONTENT = +/- 2% CEMENT TYPE = I/II CURB INSTALLATION NOTES: 1. REFERENCE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR CURB LOCATION, SIZE, AND CONFIGURATION. 2. REBAR SHALL BE EPOXY COATED. 3. ROUGHEN (E) WALL SURFACE AND APPLY BOND COAT PRIOR TO PLACING CONCRETE. WALL WIDTH MATCH (E) 2 SETS - 2 - #4 HORIZ, COORD W/THREADED ROD PLACEMENT 2 SETS - #4 VERT @ EA END & @ 12 C/C. SEE 1/S100 FOR EMBEDMENT INFO. NEW CIP CONC CURB. COORD LOCATION, CONFIGURATION, SIZE, ETC. WITH ARCH. NOTCH TOP OF WALL AS REQ'D TO BEAR GRATING (E) CONCRETE WALL, FIELD VERIFY #4 @ 12", EACH WAY (E) SLAB ON GRADE, (MINIMUM OF 6 DOWELS) FIELD VERIFY #4 x 2E DOWELS @ 12" AT PERIMETER. SEE 1/S100 FOR EMBEDMENT, DOUBLE EMBEDMENT DEPTH FOR DIVING BOARD PAD 8" PAD CONCRETE NOTES: F'c = 4000 PSI MAX W/C = 0.45 MAX. AGGREGATE = 3/4" SLUMP (+/- 1") = 4" ENTRAINED AIR CONTENT = +/- 2% CEMENT TYPE = I/II PAD INSTALLATION NOTES: 1. REFERENCE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR CURB LOCATION, SIZE, AND CONFIGURATION. 2. REBAR SHALL BE EPOXY COATED. 3. ROUGHEN (E) SLAB SURFACE AND APPLY BOND COAT PRIOR TO PLACING CONCRETE. NOTE: EXISTING DRAWINGS INDICATE THICKENED CONCRETE SLAB UNDERNEATH (E) DIVING BOARD AREA. FIELD VERIFY. DOUBLE EMBEDMENT LENGTH FOR DOWELS @ DIVING BOARD PADS, TYP. SEE 7/S100 NOTE: DIVING BOARD ATTACHMENT TO NEW PAD TO MATCH OR EXCEED (E) ATTACHMENT NOTE: (E) DOOR TO BE ENLARGED. SEE DETAIL X/X FOR RETROFIT LINTEL INFORMATION. ARCH SEE VERIFY DEPTH (E) SLAB, FIELD 8" 5/8" F1552 GR 55 GALVANIZED THREADED RODS AT EA. END & @ 12" C/C. RODS CAN BE PRE OR POST INSTALLED L - 6"X4"X3/8" LLV GALVANIZED GRATING. ATTACHMENT TO SUPPORT ANGLE BY MANUF., DO NOT WELD #4 @ 12", EACH WAY (MINIMUM OF 6 DOWELS). EMBED 3" MINIMUM INTO (E) CONCRETE (E) ELEVATED SLAB, FIELD VERIFY THICKNESS #4 x 2E DOWELS @ 12" AT PERIMETER. SEE 1/S100 FOR EMBEDMENT, DOUBLE EMBEDMENT DEPTH FOR DIVING BOARD PAD 8" PAD CONCRETE NOTES: F'c = 4000 PSI MAX W/C = 0.45 MAX. AGGREGATE = 3/4" SLUMP (+/- 1") = 4" ENTRAINED AIR CONTENT = +/- 2% CEMENT TYPE = I/II PAD INSTALLATION NOTES: 1. REFERENCE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR PAD LOCATION, SIZE, AND CONFIGURATION. 2. REBAR SHALL BE EPOXY COATED. 3. ROUGHEN (E) SLAB SURFACE AND APPLY BOND COAT PRIOR TO PLACING CONCRETE. NOTE: DIVING BOARD ATTACHMENT TO NEW PAD TO MATCH OR EXCEED (E) ATTACHMENT DIVING BOARD ANCHOR BOLTS SHALL EXTEND THRU ELEVATED SLAB. INSTALL OVERSIZED WASHER SUCH THAT BOLT HAS FULL BEARING ON DECK BELOW. 2"x2" MINIMUM ARCH SEE VERIFY DEPTH (E) SLAB, FIELD 8" L - 6"X4"X3/8" LLV GALVANIZED GRATING. ATTACHMENT TO SUPPORT ANGLE BY MANUF., DO NOT WELD 2 - 5/8"Ø GALVANIZED BOLTS L - 6"x4"x3/8" LLV GALVANIZED 3/8" STIFF PL @ CROSS ANGLE CONNECTION, TYP (E) HANDRAIL TO BE REUSED 3/16" REPAIR GALVANIZING 2301 Blake Street, Suite 100 Denver, CO 80205 303.861.8555 Denver 1 A B C D E 2 3 4 5 6 A B C D E 1 2 3 4 5 6 DPA Project: Sheet Number: COPYRIGHT - DAVIS PARTNERSHIP, P.C. Sheet Title: Revisions Date No. Sheet Information Project Information Issuance Date Consultant JVA #17984 43003 C O L O R A D O L I C E N S E D P R O F E S S I O N A L E N G I N E E R 03/04/16 S T E V E N R E T N E P R C A D E R E K 3/8/2016 11:03:49 AM 1801 RIVERSIDE AVE. FORT COLLINS, CO 80525 15809.00 S100 CITY OF FORT COLLINS EPIC POOL RENOVATION GENERAL NOTES & DETAILS 100% CD's 03/11/16 S100 NO SCALE 1 ADHESIVE ANCHOR EMBEDMENT 0 6" 1' 2' 3' 3/4" S100 3/4" = 1'-0" 5 SECTION - TYP MECH PAD 0 6" 1' 2' 3' 3/4" S100 3/4" = 1'-0" 2 SECTION - CURB @ DOOR 0 6" 1' 2' 3' 3/4" S100 3/4" = 1'-0" 8 DOUBLE ANGLE RETROFIT LINTEL 0 6" 1' 2' 3' 3/4" S100 3/4" = 1'-0" 3 SECTION - CURB @ WALL 0 6" 1' 2' 3' 3/4" S100 3/4" = 1'-0" 6 SECTION - PAD @ DIVING BOARD S100 NO SCALE 7 SECTION - (E) DIVING BOARD BASE S100 NO SCALE 9 (E) DOOR ELEVATION 0 6" 1' 2' 3' 3/4" S100 3/4" = 1'-0" 4 SECTION - ANGLE ATTACHMENT 0 6" 1' 2' 3' 3/4" S100 3/4" = 1'-0" 10 SECTION - PAD @ ELEVATED FLOOR 0 6" 1' 2' 3' 3/4" S100 3/4" = 1'-0" 11 SECTION - ANGLE CONNECTION ####X # X-### SIM X#x 1i STAIR TAG 20 R @ 7 1/2" VIEW REFERENCE 1 / A1 1 DETAIL NUMBERING BATTLESHIP GRID ORDER A B C D E 1 2 3 4 5 6 FINISH CEILING TAG XX# KEYNOTE AND LEADER- ? TYPE 1 HATCHED DETAIL LOCATION WOULD BE NUMBERED "A2" ON THE DETAIL SHEET F15 07 2700 - SHEET WATERPROOFING KEYNOTE AND LEADER- TYPE 2 2301 Blake Street, Suite 100 Denver, CO 80205 303.861.8555 Denver 1 A B C D E 2 3 4 5 6 A B C D E 1 2 3 4 5 6 DPA Project: Sheet Number: COPYRIGHT - DAVIS PARTNERSHIP, P.C. Sheet Title: Revisions Date No. Sheet Information Project Information Original Issuance Date Consultant 3/10/2016 8:32:46 PM 15809.00 G-002 EPIC POOL RENOVATION 1801 Riverside Ave, Fort Collins, CO 80525 ABBREVIATIONS & SYMBOLS 2015 CONSTRUCTION 03/11/2016 DOCUMENTS Key Name Comments NOTE: FOR ADDITIONAL ABBREVATIONS; REFER TO SPECIFICATION 01 4200 FOR COMPLETE INDUSTRY STANDARD ABBREVIATION LIST A ACT ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE ADD ADDENDUM AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR ALT ALTERNATE ALUM ALUMINUM ANOD ANODIZED APPROX APPROXIMATE(LY) ARCH ARCHITECT or ARCHITECTURAL ASI ARCHITECT'S SUPPLEMENTAL INSTRUCTIONS AUX AUXILIARY B BLDG BUILDING BSMT BASEMENT BTWN BETWEEN C CD CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS or CONTRACT DOCUMENTS CJ CONSTRUCTION JOINT or CONTROL JOINT CLG CEILING CLR CLEAR CMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT CONC CONCRETE CORR CORRIDOR D DBL DOUBLE DEMO DEMOLISH or DEMOLITION DF DRINKING FOUNTAIN DIA DIAMETER DIM DIMENSION or DIMENSIONAL DW DISHWASHER DWG DRAWING E EA EACH EJ EXPANSION JOINT ELEC ELECTRIC(AL) ELEV ELEVATOR EMER EMERGENCY EOS EDGE OF SLAB EQ EQUAL EQUIP EQUIPMENT EWC ELECTRIC WATER COOLER EXIST EXISTING F FD FLOOR DRAIN FDC FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION FE FIRE EXTINGUISHER FEC FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET FFE FURNITURE, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT FHC FIRE HOSE CABINET G GA GAUGE GALV GALVANIZED H HB HOSE BIBB HORIZ HORIZONTAL HT HEIGHT HVAC HEATING, VENTILATION and AIR CONDITIONING I IBC INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE J JAN JANITOR JT JOINT L LANGLE M MAX MAXIMUM MECH MECHANICAL MEP MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL and PLUMBING MEZZ MEZZANINE MIN MINIMUM MISC MISCELLANEOUS MO MASONRY OPENING N NA NOT APPLICABLE NIC NOT IN CONTRACT NRC NOISE REDUCTION COEFFICIENT NTS NOT TO SCALE O OC ON-CENTER OPNG OPENING OPP OPPOSITE P PERIM PERIMETER PR PAIR or PROPOSAL REQUEST PSF POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT PSI POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH PT PAINT(ED), POST-TENSIONED SLAB or PRESSURE TREATED Q QTY QUANTITY R R RADIUS, RISER or THERMAL RESISTANCE RCP REFLECTED CEILING PLAN RD ROAD or ROOF DRAIN RE REFER TO or REFERENCE REV REVISE, REVISED or REVISION RM ROOM RO ROUGH OPENING ROW RIGHT-OF-WAY RTU ROOFTOP UNIT S SAN SANITARY SF SQUARE FOOT (FEET) SHT SHEET SIM SIMILAR SPEC SPECIFICATION(S) SQ SQUARE STC SOUND TRANSMISSION CLASS STL STEEL STOR STORAGE T TO TOP OF TOC TOP OF CONCRETE TOP TOP OF PARAPET TOS TOP OF STEEL TOW TOP OF WALL TYP TYPICAL U UNO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE V VIF VERIFY IN FIELD W W/ WITH W/O WITHOUT WD WOOD WP WORKING POINT WT WEIGHT CP-6 DETAILS CP-7 DETAILS CP-8 DETAILS CP-9 DETAILS CP-10 DETAILS MR-1 MECHANICAL ROOM DEMOLITION PLAN MR-2 MECHANICAL ROOM LAYOUT PLAN MR-3 DETAILS MR-4 DETAILS MR-5 DETAILS MR-6 DETAILS NOTE: THESE INSTRUMENTS, INCLUDING DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS, & ANY MODIFICATIONS THERETO, PREPARED BY DAVIS PARTNERSHIP ARCHITECTS AND ITS CONSULTANTS, ARE NOT INTENDED TO DOCUMENT OR DIRECT HAZARDOUS MATERIALS ABATEMENT, AND ARE ONLY TO BE USED AS A BASIS FROM WHICH A QUALIFIED CONTRACTOR CAN PROVIDE COSTS FOR ABATEMENT WORK. C Yellow insulation 65 ND 90 10 TSI03-EPIC-02 (Not on Original COC) EM 1557873 A White resinous material w/ green paint 35 ND 0 100 B Yellow insulation 65 ND 90 10 TSI03-EPIC-03 (Not on Original COC) EM 1557874 A Yellow insulation 100 ND 90 10 TEM Analysis recommended for organically bound material (i.e. floor tile) if PLM results are <1%. Analyst Analyst Analyst Analyst Analyst / Data QA P: 303-964-1986 F: 303-477-4275 1-866-RESI-ENV www.reilab.com 5801 Logan Street, Suite 100, Denver, CO 80216 Page 4 of 4 MISC04-EPIC-01 EM 1557857 A Brown resinous material w/ blue paint 100 ND 0 100 MISC04-EPIC-02 EM 1557858 A Brown resinous material w/ blue paint 100 ND 0 100 MISC04-EPIC-03 EM 1557859 A Brown resinous material w/ blue paint 100 ND 0 100 MISC05-EPIC-01 EM 1557860 A White resinous material w/ blue paint 100 ND 0 100 MISC05-EPIC-02 EM 1557861 A White resinous material w/ blue paint 100 ND 0 100 MISC05-EPIC-03 EM 1557862 A White resinous material w/ blue paint 100 ND 0 100 MISC06-EPIC-01 EM 1557863 A Colorless resinous material 100 ND 0 100 MISC06-EPIC-02 EM 1557864 A Colorless resinous material w/ blue paint 100 ND 0 100 TEM Analysis recommended for organically bound material (i.e. floor tile) if PLM results are <1%. P: 303-964-1986 F: 303-477-4275 1-866-RESI-ENV www.reilab.com 5801 Logan Street, Suite 100, Denver, CO 80216 Page 3 of 4 MICS02-EPIC-03 EM 1557848 A Tan/green fibrous material 100 ND 60 40 TSI02-EPIC-01 EM 1557849 A Gray resinous material 50 ND 0 100 B White/silver wrap 50 ND 60 40 TSI02-EPIC-02 EM 1557850 A Gray resinous material 40 ND 0 100 B White/silver wrap 60 ND 60 40 TSI02-EPIC-03 EM 1557851 A Gray resinous material 50 ND 0 100 B White/silver wrap 50 ND 60 40 MISC03-EPIC-01 EM 1557852 A Gray grout 100 ND 0 100 TEM Analysis recommended for organically bound material (i.e. floor tile) if PLM results are <1%. P: 303-964-1986 F: 303-477-4275 1-866-RESI-ENV www.reilab.com 5801 Logan Street, Suite 100, Denver, CO 80216 Page 2 of 4 TSI01-EPIC-02 EM 1557838 A White/silver wrap w/ green paint 15 ND 60 40 B Yellow insulation 35 ND 90 10 C White resinous material w/ green paint 50 ND 0 100 TSI01-EPIC-03 EM 1557839 A White/silver wrap w/ green paint 15 ND 60 40 B White resinous material w/ green paint 15 ND 0 100 C Yellow insulation 70 ND 90 10 MISC01-EPIC-01 EM 1557840 A Orange foam 100 ND 0 100 MISC01-EPIC-02 EM 1557841 A Orange foam 100 ND 0 100 TEM Analysis recommended for organically bound material (i.e. floor tile) if PLM results are <1%. P: 303-964-1986 F: 303-477-4275 1-866-RESI-ENV www.reilab.com 5801 Logan Street, Suite 100, Denver, CO 80216 Page 1 of 4 FRIABLE SAMPLE DESCRIPTION TABLE 1 ASBESTOS CONTENT ASSESSMENT (GOOD, DAMAGED, SIGNIFICANTLY DAMAGED) POTENTIAL FOR DISTURBANCE (LOW, MODERATE, HIGH) EPIC SWIM CENTER 1801 RIVERSIDE AVENUE FORT COLLINS, COLORADO CITY OF FORT COLLINS ASBESTOS SAMPLE DESCRIPTION TABLE SAMPLE IDENTIFICATION